UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2003
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to

Commission File Number 1-7234
GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

            Delaware                                     13-1926739
----------------------------                ------------------------------------
(State of Incorporation)                   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

777 Westchester Avenue, White Plains, NY                    10604
----------------------------------------    -----------------------------------
(Address of principal executive offices)                  (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (914) 249-9700

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class Name of each exchange on which registered: Common Stock,
$.01 Par Value New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. / /

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer. Yes No X

The aggregate market value of the outstanding shares of the Registrant's Common Stock, par value $.01 per share and Class B Capital Stock, par value $.01 per share held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2003 was approximately $68,737,653.

The number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant's Common Stock and Class B Stock as of March 15, 2004:

              Class                                             Outstanding

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share                      16,391,006 shares
Class B Capital Stock, par value $.01 per share              1,200,000 shares

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant's definitive Proxy Statement for its 2004 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference into Part III hereof.


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                           Page
PART I
    Item 1.   Business                                                      1

    Item 2.   Properties                                                   24

    Item 3.   Legal Proceedings                                            25

    Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of
               Security Holders                                            27
PART II
    Item 5.   Market for the Registrant's Common
               Equity and Related Stockholder Matters                      28

    Item 6.   Selected Financial Data                                      30

    Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of
               Financial Condition and Results of Operations               31

    Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    50

    Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                  51

    Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
               on Accounting and Financial Disclosure                      115

    Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures                                     115
PART III
    Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant*          116

    Item 11.  Executive Compensation*                                      116

    Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain
               Beneficial Owners and Management*                           116

    Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions*              116

    Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services*                      116
PART IV
     Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules,
     and Reports on Form 8-K                                               117

*To be incorporated by reference from the proxy statement for the
Registrant's 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.


Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

The forward-looking statements contained herein reflect GP Strategies' management's current views with respect to future events and financial performance. We use words such as "expects", "intends" and "anticipates" to indicate forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond the control of GP Strategies, including, but not limited to, our inability to generate funds by selling any assets that are included in the proposed spin-off, our holding company structure, failure to continue to attract and retain personnel, loss of business from significant customers, failure to keep pace with technology, changing economic conditions, competition, and those other risks and uncertainties detailed in GP Strategies' periodic reports and registration statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

If any one or more of these expectations and assumptions proves incorrect, actual results will likely differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. Even if all of the foregoing assumptions and expectations prove correct, actual results may still differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements as a result of factors we may not anticipate or that may be beyond our control. While we cannot assess the future impact that any of these differences could have on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows or the market price of shares of our common stock, the differences could be significant. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statements made by us.

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF BUSINESS

GP Strategies Corporation (the "Company") was incorporated in Delaware in 1959. The Company is a New York Stock Exchange listed company traded under the symbol GPX. Effective October 23, 2003, the Company has five operating business segments. Two of these segments, the Manufacturing & Process Segment and the Information Technology Segment, are managed through the Company's principal operating subsidiary General Physics Corporation ("General Physics"). The third segment is the Optical Plastics Segment, comprised of the Company's subsidiary MXL Industries, Inc. ("MXL"). The fourth segment is the Simulation segment, comprised of the Company's majority-owned subsidiary GSE Systems Inc. ("GSE"). The fifth segment is the Home Improvement Distribution Segment, comprised of the Company's majority-owned subsidiary Five Star Products Inc. ("Five Star").

General Physics is a workforce development company that improves the effectiveness of organizations by providing training, management consulting, e-Learning solutions and engineering services that are customized to meet the specific needs of clients. Additional information about General Physics may be found at www.gpworldwide.com.

GSE develops and delivers business and technology solutions by applying simulation software, systems and services to the energy, process and manufacturing industries worldwide. GSE was previously an investment of the


Company accounted for under the equity method. During the fourth quarter of 2003 due to the Company's acquisition of additional shares of GSE, bringing its ownership to 58%, GSE will be consolidated into the Company's financial statements effective October 23, 2003. GSE is a part of the Company's new Simulation Segment.

MXL is a specialist in the manufacture of polycarbonate parts requiring strict adherence to optical quality specifications, and in the application of abrasion and fog resistant coatings to those parts. Products include shields, face masks and non-optical plastic products.

Five Star is a leading regional distributor of paint sundry items, interior and exterior stains, brushes, rollers, caulking compounds and hardware products. Five Star was previously an investment of the Company accounted for under the equity method. During the fourth quarter of 2003 due to the Company's acquisition of additional shares of Five Star, bringing its ownership to 54%, Five Star will be consolidated into the Company's financial statements effective October 8, 2003. Five Star is a part of the Company's new Home Improvement Distribution Segment.

In addition, the Company holds an investment in Millennium Cell Inc., a publicly held company, and an investment in a private company, Valera Pharmaceuticals (formerly Hydro Med Sciences ) ("Valera"), and also owns certain real estate.

The Company is actively pursuing a spin-off of certain of its non-core assets, including MXL, its ownership in Five Star, the investment in Millennium Cell Inc., the investment in Valera and certain real estate, into a separate corporation to be named National Patent Development Corporation (See Recent Developments)

Company Information Available on the Internet

The Company's internet address is www.gpstrategies.com. The Company makes available free of charge through its internet site, its annual reports on Form 10-K; quarterly reports on Form 10-Q; current reports on Form 8-K; and any amendment to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the "Exchange Act," as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

On October 23, 2003, the Company purchased from ManTech International ("ManTech") 3,426,699 shares of common stock of GSE and a GSE Subordinated Note in the outstanding principal amount of $650,000, which the Company immediately converted into 418,653 shares of common stock of GSE. This transaction (the "GSE Acquisition") increased the Company's ownership of the common stock of GSE from approximately 22% to approximately 58%, and as a result, commencing in the fourth quarter of 2003, GSE will be consolidated into the Company's consolidated financial statements. Simultaneously with the closing of the GSE Acquisition, three directors nominated by the Company were added to the GSE board of directors.

The consideration paid to ManTech by the Company consisted of a five-year 5% note of $5,250,955 (the "ManTech Note") due in full in October


2008. Each year during the term of the ManTech Note, ManTech will have the option to convert up to 20% of the original principal amount of the note into common stock of the Company at the then market price of the Company's common stock, but only in the event that the Company's common stock is trading at $10 per share or more. In the event that less than 20% of the principal amount of the note is not converted in any year, such amount not converted will be eligible for conversion in each subsequent year until converted or until the note is repaid in cash.

As part of the GSE Acquisition, the Company and ManTech entered into a five-year Teaming Agreement pursuant to which ManTech and the Company will work together to give the Company the opportunity to provide training services to ManTech's customers.

On October 8, 2003, the Company converted $500,000 principal amount of the $3,500,000 Senior Unsecured 8% Note due June 30, 2005, as amended, (the "Five Star Note") of Five Star into 2,000,000 shares of Five Star common stock (the "Five Star Acquisition"). In consideration for the Company agreeing to convert at a conversion price of $0.25 per share, Five Star agreed to terminate the voting agreement between the Company and Five Star. The voting agreement, which by its terms would in any event have terminated on June 30, 2004, provided that the Company (i) would vote its Five Star common stock so that not more than 50% of the members of the Five Star board of directors would be officers or directors of the Company and (ii) would vote on matters other than the election of directors in the same proportion as the other Five Star stockholders.

The Five Star Acquisition, which was approved by a Special Committee of the Five Star board of directors comprised of an independent non-management director who is unaffiliated with the Company, increased the Company's ownership in Five Star from approximately 48% to approximately 54% of the outstanding Five Star common stock and as a result, commencing in the fourth quarter of 2003, Five Star will be consolidated into the Company's consolidated financial statements. In addition, the Company continues to own the remaining $2.8 million principal amount of the Five Star Note, the balance of which decreased in 2003 due to repayments of $1,000,000 prior to the Five Star Acquisition, $500,000 due to the conversion of principal to common stock in the Five Star Acquisition and a $200,000 repayment subsequent to the Five Star Acquisition.

In July 2002, the Company announced that it was actively considering a spin-off of certain of its non-core assets into a separate corporation to be named National Patent Development Corporation ("NPDC"). On November 14, 2002, the Company filed a ruling request with the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"), which if approved, would enable the Company to do a tax-free spin-off of certain non-core assets, including MXL and Five Star. Each holder of the Company's common stock would receive one share of NPDC common stock for each share of the Company's common stock held and each holder of the Company's Class B capital stock would receive one share of NPDC common stock for each share of Class B capital stock held. On March 21, 2003, the IRS issued a favorable tax ruling, however, the spin-off is still subject to certain conditions, including certain SEC filings. On February 12, 2004 the Company filed documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the proposed spin-off and the Company anticipates that the spin-off will occur at the conclusion of the SEC review process.


After the spin-off becomes effective, the Company's business would be comprised of its training and workforce development business operated by General Physics and the GSE simulation business. NPDC would be a stand- alone public company owning all of the stock of MXL, the interest in Five Star and certain other non-core assets.

GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION

Organization and Operations

General Physics provides performance improvement services and products to multinational companies in manufacturing and process industries, electric power utilities, and other commercial and governmental customers. General Physics is a global leader in performance improvement, with over three decades of experience in providing solutions to optimize work force performance. Since its incorporation in 1966, General Physics has provided clients with the products and services they need to successfully integrate their people, processes and technology. General Physics' instruction delivery capabilities include traditional classroom, structured on-the-job training (OJT), just-in-time methods, electronic performance support systems (EPSS), and the full spectrum of e-learning technologies. For businesses, government agencies and other organizations, General Physics offers services and products spanning the entire lifecycle of production facilities. General Physics products and services include plant equipment and process launch assistance; operations and maintenance practice training and consulting services; curriculum development and delivery; facility and enterprise change and configuration management; lean enterprise consulting; plant and process engineering review and re-design; learning resource management; e-learning consulting and systems implementation; and development and delivery of information technology (IT) training on an enterprise-wide scale. General Physics' personnel bring a wide variety of professional, technical and military backgrounds together to create cost-effective solutions for modern business and governmental challenges.

General Physics' Operating Segments

General Physics provides services and sells products within a structure that is integrated both vertically and horizontally. Vertically, General Physics is organized into Strategic Business Units (SBUs), Business Units (BUs), and Groups focused on providing a wide range of products and services to clients and prospective clients predominantly within targeted markets. Horizontally, General Physics is organized across SBUs, BUs and Groups to integrate similar service lines, technology, information, work products, client management and other resources. Communications and market research, accounting, finance, legal, human resources and other administrative services are organized at the corporate level. Business development and sales resources are aligned with operating units to support existing customer accounts and new customer development. General Physics operates in two business segments: Manufacturing & Process and Information Technology.


Manufacturing & Process

The Manufacturing & Process Segment provides technology-based training, engineering, consulting and technical services to leading companies in the automotive, steel, power, oil and gas, chemical, energy, pharmaceutical, and food and beverage industries, as well as to the government sector, and focuses on developing long-term relationships with Fortune 500 companies, their suppliers and agencies of the government. Through this segment General Physics provides training, Learning Resource Management (LRM) training outsourcing, engineering and technical support services to clients, whether involving workforce development, product, process and plant launch, modification of existing facilities and systems or regulatory compliance. This segment frequently supports the introduction of new work practices associated with lean manufacturing, self-directed work teams and engineering. Adult learning delivery capabilities include traditional classroom, structured on-the-job training (OJT), just in time methods, electronic performance support systems (EPSS), and the full spectrum of e-Learning technologies. Also included in this segment are e-Learning services, which function as a single-source e-learning solution provider through its integration services, the development and provisioning of proprietary content and the aggregation and distribution of third party content.

Information Technology

The Information Technology Segment provides information technology (IT) training programs and solutions, including Enterprise Solution training. Specific services include software applications training, change management, and courseware development. This segment has operations in the United States and Canada.

General Physics Products and Services

Training. Each of General Physics' segments provides training services and products to support existing, as well as the launch of new, plants, products, equipment, technologies and processes. The range of services includes fundamental analysis of a client's training needs, curriculum design, instructional material development (in hard copy, electronic/software or other format), information technology service support, and delivery of training using an instructor-led, on-the-job, computer-based, web-based, video-based or other technology-based method. General Physics has available an existing curriculum of business and technical courses and also is involved in the management of the training business operations at several of its customers. Training products include instructor and student training manuals, instructional material on CD-ROM and PC-based simulators.

Consulting. Consulting services include not only training-related consulting services, but also more traditional business management, engineering and other disciplines. General Physics is able to provide high-level lean enterprise consulting services, as well as training in the concept, methods and application of lean enterprise and other quality practices, organizational development and change management. General Physics also provides engineering consulting services to support regulatory and environmental compliance, modification of facilities


and processes, reliability-centered maintenance practices, and plant start-up activities. Consulting products include copyrighted training and reference materials.

Technical Support and Engineering. General Physics is staffed and equipped to provide engineering and technical support services and products to clients. Technical support services include procedure writing and configuration control for capital intensive facilities, plant start-up assistance, logistics support (e.g., inventory management and control), implementation and engineering assistance for facility or process modifications, facility management for high technology training environments, staff augmentation, and help-desk support for standard and customized client desktop applications. Technical support products include EtaPro(TM) General Physics software applications.

Contracts

General Physics is currently performing under time-and-materials, fixed-price and cost-reimbursable contracts. General Physics' contracts with the United States Government have predominantly been cost-reimbursable contracts and fixed-price contracts. General Physics is required to comply with the Federal Acquisition Regulations and the Government Cost Accounting Standards with respect to services provided to the United States Government and agencies thereof. These Regulations and Standards govern the procurement of goods and services by the United States Government and the nature of costs that can be charged with respect to such goods and services. All such contracts are subject to audit by a designated government audit agency, which in most cases is the Defense Contract Audit Agency (the "DCAA"). The DCAA has audited General Physics' contracts through 2000 without any material disallowances.

The following table illustrates the percentage of total revenue of General Physics attributable to each type of contract for the year ended December 31, 2003:

Fixed-Price...............................69%
Time and Materials........................17
Cost-Reimbursable.........................14
                                          --
     Total Revenue.......................100%
                                         ====

General Physics' fixed-price contracts provide for payment to General Physics of pre-determined amounts as compensation for the delivery of specific products or services, without regard to the actual cost incurred by General Physics. General Physics bears the risk that increased or unexpected costs required to perform the specified services may reduce General Physics' profit or cause General Physics to sustain a loss, but General Physics has the opportunity to derive increased profit if the costs required to perform the specified services are less than expected. Fixed-price contracts generally permit the client to terminate the contract on written notice; in the event of such termination, General Physics would typically, at a minimum, be paid a proportionate amount of the fixed price.


General Physics' time-and-materials contracts generally provide for billing of services based upon the hourly billing rates of the employees performing the services and the actual expenses incurred multiplied by a specified mark-up factor up to a certain aggregate dollar amount. General Physics' time-and-materials contracts include certain contracts under which General Physics has agreed to provide training, engineering and technical services at fixed hourly rates (subject to adjustment for labor costs). Time-and-materials contracts generally permit the client to control the amount, type and timing of the services to be performed by General Physics and to terminate the contract on written notice. If a contract is terminated, General Physics typically is paid for the services provided by it through the date of termination.

General Physics' cost-reimbursable contracts provide for General Physics to be reimbursed for its actual costs plus a specified fee. These contracts also are generally subject to termination at the convenience of the client. If a contract is terminated, General Physics typically would be reimbursed for its costs to the date of termination, plus the cost of an orderly termination, and paid a proportionate amount of the fee.

No significant terminations of General Physics' contracts have occurred over the last five years.

International

General Physics conducts its business outside the United States and Canada primarily through its wholly-owned subsidiaries General Physics (UK) Ltd., General Physics Corporation Mexico, S.A. de C.V., General Physic Asia, Ptd. Ltd. and General Physics (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd. Through these companies, General Physics is capable of providing substantially the same services and products as are available to clients in the United States, although modified as appropriate to address the language, business practices and cultural factors unique to each client and country. In combination with its subsidiaries, General Physics is able to coordinate the delivery to multi-national clients of services and products that achieve consistency on a global, enterprise-wide basis.

SIMULATION SEGMENT

GSE

GSE is a world leader in real-time power plant simulation. GSE provides simulation solutions and services to the nuclear and fossil electric utility industry, as well as process industries such as the chemical and petrochemical industries. In addition, GSE provides plant monitoring, security access and control, and signal analysis monitoring and optimization software primarily to the power industry.

Prior to September 25, 2003, GSE also had a process automation and control business. The automation products of this business unit optimized batch and hybrid plant control for the specialty chemical, food and beverage, and pharmaceutical industries. On September 25, 2003, GSE completed the sale of substantially all of the assets of this business to Novatech, LLC. GSE is


currently comprised of three divisions: Power Simulation, Process Simulation and Emergency Management Simulation.

GSE is positioning itself to take advantage of emerging trends in the power industry. The operating licenses for numerous nuclear power plants will expire over the next several years. Fourteen plants have already received license extensions, and sixteen more have applications pending. Many plants are also planning significant upgrades to the physical equipment and control room technology in conjunction with the license extensions. Both will result in the need to modify or replace the existing plant control room simulators. GSE, having the largest installed base of existing simulators, is well positioned to capture the majority of this business.

To address the varying levels of technology that exists across GSE's installed base, GSE has developed a Java-based graphical overlay technology called JADE (Java Application Development Environment). JADE provides a common look and feel to GSE's various simulation tools regardless of whether the underlying technology is UNIX, LINUX or Microsoft Windows XP. JADE also works with all of GSE's tools for building electrical, logic and control, and flow system models for plants.

GSE continues to focus on the fossil power segment of the power industry. Several fossil plant simulator projects were awarded in 2003, expanding GSE's presence in the market and establishing key strategic relationships with power industry DCS providers. GSE expects continued growth in this market segment and is focusing on second time simulation buyers that now demand the more sophisticated and realistic simulation models offered by GSE. Sales and marketing resources have been expanded for the fossil power industry.

While GSE simulators are primarily utilized for power plant operator training, the uses are expanding to include engineering analysis, plant modification studies, and operation efficiency improvements for both nuclear and fossil utilities. During plant construction, simulators are used to test control strategies and ensure on-time start-up. After commissioning, the same tools can be used to increase plant availability and optimize plant performance for the life of the facility. In 2003, GSE demonstrated its ability to link its simulation models to plant optimization tools of third parties to provide a unique and broad based optimization solution. GSE and its partners will be bringing these new products to market in 2004.

GSE has targeted the Process simulation business as an area with a significant potential for growth. The process industries, particularly oil and gas and chemical, are expanding worldwide and are faced with the challenges of performance improvement at existing facilities and training of personnel to staff new and upgraded facilities. GSE's SimSuite Pro product and experience in the process industries provide GSE with excellent capabilities to service these needs. Dedicated sales and marketing resources have been assigned to Process simulation to facilitate this initiative.

In 2003, GSE continued to expand the sale of its plant optimization tools based on advanced signal analysis technology. GSE's Pegasus Plant Surveillance and Diagnosis System helps improve plant availability, safety and economy. Pegasus is a software package for semi-automatic plant surveillance and


diagnostics and enables site engineers to perform detailed analysis for specified component faults, allowing the identification of degraded performance and replacement of components before they fail. SensBase provides comprehensive sensor test services, thus ensuring that changes in transmitters and other instruments do not jeopardize the function of the nuclear plant protection systems. BRUS, a noise analysis program package, is a collection of signal analysis tools which allow users to detect developing abnormalities in the plant. GSE's worldwide reputation for boiling water reactor stability training lead to an increase in sales of both stability training courses and GSE's SIMON Stability Monitoring equipment. GSE has been very successful in selling this technology to European and Asian customers and is investigating its viability in the US market.

The acquisition by the Company of controlling interest in GSE has led to further cooperation between the companies. In addition to cooperating in the marketing of individual products, the companies will combine some of General Physics' extensive training materials and programs with GSE's power plant simulation models to provide truly interactive and adaptive total training solutions. Cooperative marketing activities between General Physics and GSE will enable GSE to extend simulation capabilities into industries beyond Power and Process and to expand the range of products and services offered to customers.

In 2003, GSE began to aggressively market its access control and intrusion detection system to the nuclear and process industries, however, the market has been slow to develop. The nuclear industry security focus has been on investing in technology to detect the approach of intruders farther away from the plant perimeter. As a result, much of the anticipated sales of GSE's GAARDS system have failed to materialize. At the end of 2003, GSE made the decision to reduce its investment in this market segment until the market rebounds.

In lieu of pursuing physical security system projects, GSE has turned its attention to opportunities for simulation in disaster recovery and terrorist threat response. In 2003, GSE modified its simulation technology to simulate the operation of Emergency Operations Centers (EOC) run by municipal and state governments. REMITS is a Real-time Emergency Management Interactive Training System designed to simulate emergency situations and enable EOC staffs to train without requiring human participation in the field. REMITS enables the EOC staff to stay current with the technology and enables instructors to introduce new problems and challenges during the exercise to test the EOC staff response to changing situations. As the Federal Government spends billions in first responder training, GSE believes its REMITS product will find a large market in the developing field of training for disaster recovery and terrorist threat response.

Additional information about GSE may be found at www.gses.com

OPTICAL PLASTICS SEGMENT

MXL

MXL is a specialist in the manufacture of polycarbonate parts requiring strict adherence to optical quality specifications, and in the application of abrasion and fog resistant coatings to those parts at its Lancaster, Pa.


facility. Polycarbon is the most impact resistant plastic utilized in optical quality molded parts. Products include shields, face masks and non-optical plastic products. Additionally, at its Illinois facility, MXL has the capability to design and construct injection molds for a variety of applications (optical and non-optical).

As the market for optical injection molding, tooling and coating is focused, MXL believes that the principal strengths of its business are its state-of-the-art injection molding equipment, advanced production technology, high quality standards, and on time deliveries. MXL believes that the combination of its proprietary "Anti-Fog" coating, precise processing of the "Anti-Scratch" coatings, and precise molding and proprietary grinding and polishing methods for its injection tools will provide it with the opportunity to expand into related products.

MXL uses only polycarbonate resin to manufacture shields, face masks and lenses for over 50 clients in the safety, recreation and military industries. For its manufacturing work as a subcontractor in the military industry, MXL is required to comply with various federal regulations including Military Specifications and Federal Acquisition Regulations for military end use applications. At its Lancaster, Pa. facility, molding machines are housed in a climate controlled clean environment designed and built by MXL. In September 2003, MXL acquired certain of the precision custom optical assemblies inventory, machinery and equipment of AOtec for $1.1 million in cash and notes, subject to adjustment. MXL leased space in Massachusetts for the newly purchased equipment.

MXL's contracts in the military and commercial area often require either vacuum deposited beam-splitter coatings, vacuum deposited anti-reflective coatings, laser eye protection, or a combination of these technologies in addition to MXL's capabilities of providing difficult and optically correct molded and coated components. The laser eye protection manufacturing equipment purchased from AOtec will enable MXL to better service purchase orders for precision pilot visors for next generation military fighter and attack aircraft, which require beam-splitter and anti-reflective coatings and will shortly require laser eye protection.

Additional information about MXL may be found at www.mxl-industries.com

HOME IMPROVEMENT DISTRIBUTION SEGMENT

Five Star

Five Star is engaged in the wholesale distribution of home decorating, hardware and finishing products. It serves over 3,500 independent retail dealers in twelve states, making Five Star one of the largest distributors of its kind in the Northeast. Five Star operates two state -of -the -art warehouse facilities, located in Newington, CT and East Hanover, NJ with approximately 347,000 square feet of space between them. All operations are coordinated by senior management from offices in New Jersey. Five Star's sales force consists almost entirely of employees.

Five Star is a leading distributor of paint sundry items, interior and exterior stains, brushes, rollers, caulking compounds and hardware products. Five Star offers products from leading manufacturers such as Cabot Stain,


William Zinsser & Company, DAP, General Electric Corporation, American Tool, USG, Stanley Tools, Minwax and 3M Company. Five Star distributes its products to retail dealers, which include lumber yards, "do-it yourself" centers, hardware stores and paint stores principally in the northeast region. It carries an extensive inventory of the products it distributes and provides delivery, generally within 24 to 72 hours. Five Star has grown to be one of the largest independent distributors in the Northeast by providing a complete line of competitively priced products, timely delivery and attractive pricing and financing terms to its customers. Much of Five Star's success can be attributed to a continued commitment to provide customers with the highest quality service at reasonable prices.

As one of the largest distributors of paint sundry items in the Northeast, Five Star enjoys cost advantages and favorable supply arrangements over the smaller distributors in the industry. This enables Five Star to compete as a "low cost" provider. Five Star uses a fully computerized warehouse system to track all facets of its distribution operations. Five Star has enhanced the sophistication of its warehouse and office facilities to take full advantage of economies of scale, speed the flow of orders and to compete as a low cost distributor. Nearly all phases of the selling process from inventory management to receivable collection are automated and tracked; all operations are overseen by senior management at the New Jersey facility. Five Star is able to capitalize on manufacturer discounts by strategically timing purchases involving large quantities.

Five Star has developed strong, long-term relationships with leading suppliers since its predecessor company, J. Leven, was founded in 1912. As a major distributor of paint sundry items, suppliers rely on Five Star to introduce new products to market. Furthermore, suppliers have grown to trust Five Star's ability to penetrate the market. As a result, Five Star is often called on first by manufacturers to introduce new products into the marketplace. For example, Minwax, Best Liebco and Cabot Stain have utilized Five Star to introduce and distribute some of their new product innovations.

On February 6, 2004 Five Star announced that it will repurchase up to 5,000,000 shares, or approximately 30% of its common stock currently outstanding, through a tender offer for the shares at $0.21 per share, originally set to expire on March 16, 2004. On March 17, 2004 Five Star announced that it had increased the price it was offering to pay for the shares in the tender offer to $0.25 per share and extended the offer to March 31, 2004. Based on the final tabulation by the depositary for the tender offer, approximately 2,648,000 shares of common stock were tendered and acquired by Five Star. The effect of the tender offer was to increase the Company's ownership in Five Star to approximately 64%.

If the Company increases its ownership to at least 80% of Five Star's common stock, Five Star would become, for federal tax purposes, part of the affiliated group of which the Company is the common parent. As a member of such affiliated group, Five Star would be included in the Company's consolidated federal income tax returns, Five Star's income or loss would be included as part of the income or loss of the affiliated group and any of Five Star's income so included might be offset by the consolidated net operating losses, if any, of the affiliated group. As part of this agreement, Five Star has agreed to enter into a tax sharing agreement with the Company pursuant to which Five Star will make tax sharing payments to the Company once Five Star becomes a member of the consolidated group equal to 80% of the amount of taxes Five Star would pay if


Five Star were to file separate consolidated tax returns but did not pay as a result of being included in the Company affiliated group. If the Company completes the spin-off of certain of its assets, including its interest in Five Star into NPDC (See Recent Developments above), the foregoing agreement would be assigned by the Company to NPDC.

Additional information about Five Star, may be found at www.fivestargroup.com

INVESTMENTS

Over the last several years, the Company has taken significant steps to focus primarily on becoming a global workforce development company and has divested many of its non-core assets. However, the Company still has investments in the common stock of Valera and Millennium Cell and also owns certain real estate.

Valera is a specialty pharmaceutical company focused on the acquisition, development and commercialization of novel prescription pharmaceuticals, particularly for the treatment of urological conditions and disorders. Valera intends to develop new formulations using its hydron drug delivery technology, which is a subcutaneous implant that controls the amount, timing and location of the release of drug compounds into the body.

Valera's lead product is a twelve-month implant that delivers the luteinizing hormone releasing hormone, or LHRH, histrelin for the palliative treatment of metastatic prostate cancer. LHRH agonists are the premium standard of care in the palliative treatment for metastatic breast cancer. This implant is currently in open label Phase III clinical trials and is currently meeting its two primary endpoints. On December 16, 2003, Valera submitted its New Drug Application (NDA) for Vantas(TM), the name for Valera's long-acting LHRH implant for treating prostate cancer.

Prior to June 2000, Valera operated as a division of the Company, however, in connection with an offering of the Company's 6% Convertible Subordinated Exchangeable Notes due 2003 (the "Valera Notes"), Valera was incorporated as a separate company and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Valera Notes, at the option of the holders, could previously have been exchanged for 19.9% of the outstanding common stock of Valera on a fully diluted basis or into shares of the Company's common stock. On April 23, 2003, the Company entered into an agreement with the holders of the Valera Notes to exchange the Valera Notes plus related accrued interest for 554,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at a conversion rate of $5.00 per share with a fair value of $2,770,000. As a result, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS Statement No. 84, Induced Conversions of Convertible Debt, the Company recorded debt conversion expense, net of approximately $622,000, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in 2003.

On December 27, 2001, Valera completed a $7 million private placement of Valera Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Stock") to certain institutional investors. The Preferred Stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder and participates in dividends with Valera common stock on an as converted basis.

The Company owns 100% of Valera's common stock but no longer has financial and operating control of Valera. As a condition of the private placement, the


Company contractually gave up operating control over Valera through an Investors Rights Agreement. Therefore, through December 27, 2001, the operating results of Valera are consolidated within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. However, subsequent to that date the Company accounts for its investment in Valera under the equity method. Due to Valera's operating losses in 2002 the Company's investment in Valera as of December 31, 2002 was written down to zero.

In the second quarter of 2003, Valera completed a $12 million private placement offering of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. As part of such transaction, the Company was granted an option (the "Valera Option") until March 31, 2004 (which the Company did not exercise) to purchase up to $5 million of Series B preferred stock at the offering price of $.72 per share. The Company valued the Valera Option using the Black-Scholes model and recorded approximately $500,000 of income, which is included in Investments and other income (loss) net. The Valera Option was written down to zero in the quarter ended September 30, 2003 due to the recognition of the Company's share of Valera's equity loss. Assuming conversion of all of the outstanding shares of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock and exercise of options for the total number of Valera common shares reserved for Valera's employee stock option plans, the Company would own approximately 25% of Valera.

Millennium Cell Inc. ("Millennium") is a publicly traded emerging technology company engaged in the business of developing innovative fuel systems for the safe storage, transportation and generation of hydrogen for use as an energy source. The Company owns approximately 4% of the outstanding common stock of Millennium as of December 31, 2003, with a market value of $3,570,000.

CUSTOMERS

General Physics currently provides services to more than 500 customers. Significant customers include multinational automotive manufacturers, such as General Motors Corporation, Ford Motor Company and Daimler Chrysler Corporation; commercial electric power utilities, such as Consolidated Edison Company of New York, Public Service Electric & Gas Company and Entergy Operations, Inc.; governmental agencies, such as the U.S. Departments of Defense, Energy and Treasury, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Department of Transportation and U.S. Social Security Administration; U.S. government prime contractors, such as Northrop-Grumman and Lockheed Martin; and other large multinational companies, such as Pfizer, Inc., Merck & Co., Eli Lily & Co, IBM Corporation, United Technologies Corporation, Anheuser-Busch Company, The Coca-Cola Company, ExxonMobil, USX Corporation, and General Electric Company. Revenue from the United States Government accounted for approximately 38% of General Physics' revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003. Revenue was derived from many separate contracts and subcontracts with a variety of Government agencies and contractors that are regarded by General Physics as separate customers. In 2003, revenue from the Department of the Army, which is included in United States Government revenue accounted for approximately 22% of General Physics' revenue.

As the market for optical injection molded plastics is relatively focused, MXL serves virtually all of the major users. The customer base of MXL includes over 50 commercial customers in 27 states and Japan, the United Kingdom, Europe, the Middle East, Mexico, Canada and Australia. These commercial


customers are primarily in the recreation, safety, and security industries. MXL's largest two customers comprised approximately 25% and 12%, respectively, of its total sales in 2003.

GSE has provided approximately 200 simulation systems to an installed base of over 75 customers worldwide. GSE's largest two customers accounted for approximately 28.7% and 11.0%, respectively, of its sales in 2003 and its 10 largest customers accounted for approximately 73.6% of such sales. In 2003, approximately 15.2% of revenue was generated from end users outside the United States.

Five Star's largest customer accounted for approximately 3.6% of its sales in 2003 and its 10 largest customers accounted for approximately 12.4% of its sales.

EMPLOYEES

At December 31, 2003, the Company and its subsidiaries employed 1,692 persons, including 10 in the Company's headquarters, 1,189 at General Physics, 146 at GSE, 93 at MXL and 254 at Five Star.

General Physics' principal resource is its personnel. General Physics' future success depends to a significant degree upon its ability to continue to attract, retain and integrate into its operations instructors, technical personnel and consultants who possess the skills and experience required to meet the needs of its clients. As of December 31, 2003, General Physics employed 1,189 employees and over 100 adjunct instructors.

During 2003, General Physics transferred certain contracts and employees to SkillRight, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of General Physics. Substantially all of the non-management employees of SkillRight, Inc. are members of the United Auto Workers union and covered by the terms of a collective bargaining agreement entered into between SkillRight, Inc. and the UAW.

General Physics utilizes a variety of methods to attract and retain personnel. General Physics believes that the compensation and benefits offered to its employees are competitive with the compensation and benefits available from other organizations with which it competes for personnel. In addition, General Physics maintains and continuously improves the professional development of its employees, both internally via General Physics University (the Company's internal training organization) and through third parties, and also offers tuition reimbursement for job-related educational costs. General Physics believes its relations with its employees are good.

GSE employs a highly educated and experienced multinational workforce of 146 employees, including approximately 84 engineers and scientists. Approximately 60% of these engineers and scientists have advanced science and technical degrees in fields such as chemical, mechanical and electrical engineering, applied mathematics and computer sciences. GSE believes its employees offer a competitive advantage that enhances its position to compete in the Simulation markets.


COMPETITION

General Physics' services and products face a highly competitive environment. The principal competitive factors are the experience and capability of service personnel, performance, quality and functionality of products, reputation and price. Consulting services such as those provided by General Physics are performed by many of the customers themselves, large architectural and engineering firms that have expanded their range of services beyond design and construction activities, large consulting firms, information technology companies, major suppliers of equipment, degree-granting colleges and universities, vocational and technical training schools, continuing education programs, small privately held training providers and individuals and independent service companies similar to General Physics. The training industry is highly fragmented and competitive, with low barriers to entry and no single competitor accounting for a significant market share. Some of General Physics' competitors offer services and products that are similar to those of General Physics at lower prices, and some competitors have significantly greater financial, managerial, technical, marketing and other resources than does General Physics. There can be no assurance that General Physics will be successful against such competition.

The Power Simulation business encounters intense competition. In the nuclear simulation market, GSE competes directly with larger firms primarily from Canada and Germany, such as Canadian Aerospace & Electronics (CAE) and STN Atlas. The fossil simulation market is represented by smaller companies in the U.S. and overseas. Several of GSE's competitors have greater capital and other resources than it has, including, among other advantages, more personnel and greater marketing, financial, technical and research and development capabilities. Customer purchasing decisions are generally based upon price, the quality of the technology, experience in related projects, and the financial stability of the supplier. GSE's competitors in Process Simulation include major corporations offering a wide range of products and services that include operator training simulators, companies focused on Process Technology and manufacturing enhancement, companies with specific industry niches that enables them to compete in operator training simulation and smaller training companies that compete at the lower cost levels of Computer Based Training (CBT) or simple simulations close to CBT. GSE's competition in Emergency Management Simulation is unclear at this time.

The markets for the products currently manufactured and sold by MXL are characterized by extensive competition. The principal competitive factors of MXL are its reputation for quality, service and integrity. MXL is able to provide its customers with a breadth of experience, from mold design through mold construction, to injection molding, coating, laser eye protection and/or high technology optical coating. MXL is able to accomplish the most complex projects for its customers. In addition, MXL's engineering, performance, availability and reliability are important competitive factors. Many existing and potential competitors have greater financial, marketing and research resources than MXL.

Competition within the home improvement distribution industry is intense. Among Five Star's competitors are much larger national companies commonly associated with national franchises such as Ace and TruServ, smaller regional distributors, Lowe's and Home Depot, which purchase directly from manufacturers and dealer-owned distributors. Moreover, in some instances manufacturers will bypass the distributor and choose to sell and ship their


products directly to the retail outlet. The principal means of competition for Five Star are its strategically placed distribution centers and its extensive inventory of quality, name-brand products. Five Star will continue to focus its efforts on supplying its products to its customers at a competitive price and on a timely, consistent basis.

MARKETING

General Physics has approximately 39 employees dedicated primarily to marketing its services and products through Business Development initiatives at both the Group and Business Unit levels. General Physics uses attendance at trade shows, presentations of technical papers at industry and trade association conferences, press releases, public courses and workshops given by General Physics personnel to serve an important marketing function. General Physics also does selective advertising and sends a variety of sales literature, including a catalog of course listings, to current and prospective clients. By staying in contact with clients and looking for opportunities to provide further services, General Physics sometimes obtains contract awards or extensions without having to undergo competitive bidding. In other cases, clients request General Physics to bid competitively. In both cases, General Physics submits proposals to the client for evaluation. The period between submissions of a proposal to final award can range from 30 days or less (generally for non-competitive, short-term contracts), to a year or more (generally for large, competitive multi-year contracts with governmental clients).

GSE markets its Power Simulation products and services through a network of direct sales staff, agents and representatives, systems integrators and strategic alliance partners. A direct sales force is employed in the continental United States. Market-oriented business and customer development teams define and implement specific campaigns to pursue opportunities in the power marketplace. GSE's ability to support its multi-facility, international and/or multinational Power Simulation clients is facilitated by its network of offices and strategic partners in the U.S. and overseas. Power Simulation offices are maintained in Maryland and Georgia, and outside the U.S., in Sweden, China and Japan. GSE will market its Process Simulation technologies through a combination of techniques including its existing direct sales channel, sales agents, and strategic alliance partners. GSE will market its product in the U.S. Homeland Security industry through the existing sales channels of General Physics and foreign markets through existing power simulation partners and agents

Because of the narrow niche MXL serves, its sales and marketing effort concentrates on industry trade shows, such as the Society of Plastics Engineers, and advertising in industry journals. Its senior management team, as well as four marketing and sales executives, is responsible for the sales and marketing effort. It also utilizes one sales representative to market its products.

Five Star distributes and markets products from hundreds of manufacturers to all of the various types of retailers from regional paint stores, to lumber yards, to independent paint and hardware stores. The marketing efforts are directed by regional sales managers who are responsible for designing, implementing and coordinating marketing policies. The sales managers coordinate company-wide marketing plans together with senior management, service Five Star's major multi-state customers and oversee the efforts of sales representatives.


The sales representatives each cover an assigned geographic area and are responsible for generating revenue, ensuring customer satisfaction and expanding the customer base. The representatives are compensated based solely on commission. In addition, the representatives' efforts are strengthened by company-sponsored marketing events. Each year in the first quarter, Five Star invites all of its customers to special trade shows for Five Star's major suppliers, so that suppliers may display their products and innovations. Five Star also participates in advertising circular programs in the spring and the fall which contain discount specials and information concerning new product innovations.

BACKLOG

General Physics' backlog for services under signed contracts and subcontracts as of December 31, 2003 was approximately $74,918,000 compared to $72,500,000 as of December 31, 2002. General Physics anticipates that most of its backlog as of December 31, 2003 will be recognized as revenue during fiscal year 2004, however, the rate at which services are performed under certain contracts, and thus the rate at which backlog will be recognized, is at the discretion of the client, and most contracts are, as mentioned above, subject to termination by the client upon written notice.

GSE does not reflect an order in backlog until it has received a contract that specifies the terms and milestone delivery dates. As of December 31, 2003, GSE's aggregate contract backlog totaled approximately $30,400,000. Approximately $19,500,000 or 64% of the backlog is expected to be converted to revenue by December 31, 2004.

MXL's sales order backlog as of December 31, 2003 was approximately $1,703,000 and most of the orders were expected to be completed during fiscal 2004.

Five Star does not have any significant backlog.

INSURANCE

By providing services to the commercial electric power industry, in the area of alternative fuel construction management and to the United States Armed Forces, the Company is engaged in industries in which there are substantial risks of potential liability. The Company maintains a consolidated insurance program (including general liability coverage) and claims made by any covered insured will reduce the amount of available insurance for the other insureds. In addition, certain liabilities associated with the Company's business are not covered by these insurance policies. In addition, such liabilities may not be covered by Federal legislation providing a liability protection system for licensees of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (typically utilities) for certain damages caused by nuclear incidents, since the Company is not such a licensee. Finally, few of the Company's contracts with clients contain a waiver or limitation of liability. Thus, to the extent a risk is neither insured nor indemnified against nor limited by an enforceable waiver or limitation of liability, the Company could be materially adversely affected by a nuclear incident. Certain other environmental risks, such as liability under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, as amended (Superfund), also may not be covered by the Company's insurance.


ENVIRONMENTAL STATUTES AND REGULATIONS

General Physics provides environmental engineering services to its clients, including the development and management of site environmental remediation plans. Due to the increasingly strict requirements imposed by Federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations (including, without limitation, the Clean Water Act, the Clean Air Act, Superfund, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and the Occupational Safety and Health Act), General Physics' opportunities to provide such services may increase.

General Physics' activities in connection with providing environmental engineering services may also subject General Physics itself to such Federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. Although General Physics subcontracts most remediation construction activities and all removal and offsite disposal and treatment of hazardous substances, General Physics could still be held liable for clean-up or violations of such laws as an "operator" or otherwise under such Federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations with respect to a site where it has provided environmental engineering and support services. General Physics believes, however, that it is in compliance in all material respects with such environmental laws and regulations.

The nuclear power industry is associated with a number of hazards which could create significant liabilities for GSE. GSE's business could expose it to third party claims with respect to product, environmental and other similar liabilities. Although GSE has sought to protect itself from these potential liabilities through a variety of legal and contractual provisions as well as through liability insurance, the effectiveness of such protections has not been fully tested. The failure or malfunction of one of GSE's systems or devices could create potential liability for substantial monetary damages and environmental cleanup costs. Such damages or claims could exceed the applicable coverage of their insurance. Although management has no knowledge of material liability claims against GSE to date, such potential future claims could have a material adverse effect on their business or financial condition.

For its manufacturing work as a subcontractor in the military industry, MXL is required to comply with various federal regulations including Military Specifications and Federal Acquisition Regulations for military end use applications. In addition, MXL's activities may subject it to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. MXL believes that it is in compliance in all material respects with such government regulations and environmental laws.

Factors Affecting Our Future Performance

Set forth below and elsewhere in this report and in other documents the Company files with the Securities and Exchange Commission are risks and uncertainties that could cause the Company's actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by the forward-looking statements contained in this report and other public statements the Company makes.


Our history of net losses could cause us to need additional capital.

For the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 and 2003, we have experienced net losses of $22,205,000, $25,392,000, $945,000, $5,228,000, and $8,276,000, respectively. If such net losses continue, we will need additional capital to fund our operations. If adequate funds are not available, we may be required to curtail our operations.

A spin-off of non-core assets could hamper our ability to generate funds by selling such assets.

We are actively considering transferring certain of our non-core assets into a separate corporation and spinning off that corporation to our stockholders. We would lose our ability to raise funds by selling any assets that are included in any spin-off.

Our holding company structure could adversely affect our ability to pay our expenses.

Our principal operations are conducted through our General Physics subsidiary. General Physics' credit agreement currently limits its ability to dividend or pay funds to us, which could adversely affect our ability to pay our expenses.

Failure to continue to attract and retain qualified personnel could harm our business.

Our principal resource is our personnel. A significant portion of our revenue is derived from services and products that are delivered by instructors, engineers, technical personnel and consultants. Our success depends upon our ability to continue to attract and retain instructors, engineers, technical personnel and consultants who possess the skills and experience required to meet the needs of our clients. In order to initiate and develop client relationships and execute our growth strategy, we must maintain and continue to hire qualified salespeople. We must also continue to attract and develop capable management personnel to guide our business and supervise the use of our resources. Competition for qualified personnel can be intense. We cannot assure you that qualified personnel will continue to be available to us. Any failure to attract or retain qualified instructors, engineers, technical personnel, consultants, salespeople and managers in sufficient numbers could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

The loss of our key personnel, including Jerome I. Feldman and Scott N. Greenberg, could harm our business.

Our success is largely dependent upon the experience and continued services of Jerome I. Feldman, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Scott N. Greenberg, our President and Chief Financial Officer, and our other key personnel. The loss of one or more of our key personnel and a failure to attract suitable replacements for them may adversely affect our business.


Our revenue and financial condition could be adversely affected by the loss of business from significant customers.

For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and the 2003, revenue from the United States Government represented approximately 29%, 32%, and 32% of our revenue, respectively. However, the revenue was derived from a number of separate contracts and subcontracts with a variety of government agencies and contractors we regard as separate customers. Most of our contracts and subcontracts are subject to termination on written notice, and therefore our operations are dependent on our clients' continued satisfaction with our services and their continued inability or unwillingness to perform those services themselves or to engage other third parties to deliver such services.

Failure to keep pace with technology and changing market needs could harm our business.

Traditionally, most of our training and performance improvement services and products have been delivered through instructors, written materials or video. Our future success will depend upon our ability to gain expertise in technological advances rapidly and respond quickly to evolving industry trends and client needs. We intend to deliver many of our training and development services and products, including some services and products previously delivered in "traditional" formats, via interactive multimedia software, such as CD-ROM, and distance-based media, such as video conferencing, intranets and the Internet. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in adapting to advances in technology, addressing client needs on a timely basis, or marketing our services and products in multimedia software and distance-based media formats. In addition, services and products delivered in the newer formats may not provide comparable training results. Furthermore, subsequent technological advances may render moot any successful expansion of the methods of delivering our services and products. If we are unable to develop new means of delivering our services and products due to capital, personnel, technological or other constraints, our business and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Our business and financial condition could be adversely affected by government limitations on contractor profitability and the possibility of cost disallowance.

A significant portion of our revenue and profit is derived from contracts and subcontracts with the United States Government. The United States Government places limitations on contractor profitability; therefore, government related contracts may have lower profit margins than the contracts we enter into with commercial customers. Furthermore, United States Government contracts and subcontracts are subject to audit by a designated government agency. Although we have not experienced any material cost disallowances as a result of these audits, we may be subject to material disallowances in the future.

Changing economic conditions in the United States or the United Kingdom could harm our business and financial condition.

Our revenues and profitability are related to general levels of economic activity and employment in the United States and the United Kingdom. As a result, any significant economic downturn or recession in one or both of those


countries could harm our business and financial condition. A significant portion of our revenues are derived from Fortune 1000-level companies and their international equivalents, which historically have adjusted expenditures for external training during economic downturns. If the economies in which these companies operate weaken in any future period, these companies may not increase or may reduce their expenditures on external training, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Our financial results are subject to quarterly fluctuations.

We experience, and expect to continue to experience, fluctuations in quarterly operating results. Consequently, you should not deem our results for any particular quarter to be necessarily indicative of future results. These fluctuations in our quarterly operating results may vary because of, among other things, the overall level of performance improvement services and products sold, the gain or loss of material clients, the timing, structure and magnitude of acquisitions, the commencement or completion of client engagements or custom services and products in a particular quarter, and the general level of economic activity. To the extent they are unexpected, downward fluctuations may result in a decline in the trading price of our Common Stock.

Competition could adversely affect our performance.

The training industry is highly fragmented and competitive, with low barriers to entry and no single competitor accounting for a significant market share. Our competitors include several large publicly traded and privately held companies, vocational and technical training schools, degree-granting colleges and universities, continuing education programs and thousands of small privately held training providers and individuals. In addition, many of our clients maintain internal training departments. Some of our competitors offer similar services and products at lower prices, and some competitors have significantly greater financial, managerial, technical, marketing and other resources. Moreover, we expect to face additional competition from new entrants into the training and performance improvement market due, in part, to the evolving nature of the market and the relatively low barriers to entry.

We are subject to potential environmental liabilities and liabilities associated with nuclear incidents.

We provide services that could subject us to significant environmental, third party and professional liability. If we were found to have been negligent or to have breached our obligations to our clients, we could be exposed to significant fines and penalties and third-party liabilities and our reputation could be adversely affected. The Company maintains a consolidated insurance program (including general liability coverage) and claims made by any covered insured will reduce the amount of available insurance for the other insureds. Although we believe that we currently have appropriate insurance coverage, since 2000 we have experienced increasing premiums and decreasing quality of available insurance coverage, and we may not be able to obtain appropriate coverage on a cost-effective basis in the future. In addition, we do not presently have coverage for all of the risks to which we are subject. For example, liabilities associated with nuclear incidents may not be covered by our insurance policies, or by indemnification provisions contained in agreements with clients. In


addition, these liabilities may not be covered by federal legislation providing liability protection for licensees of the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, typically utilities, for some damages caused by nuclear incidents because we are not a licensee. Finally, few of our contracts with clients contain a waiver or limitation of liability. A nuclear incident could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

We also provide environmental engineering services to our clients, including the development and management of site environmental remediation plans. Although we subcontract most remediation construction activities, and in all cases subcontract the removal and off-site disposal and treatment of hazardous substances, we could be subject to liability relating to the environmental services we perform directly or through subcontracts. Specifically, if we were deemed under federal and state legislation, including "Superfund" legislation, to be an "operator" of sites to which we provide environmental engineering and support services, we could be subject to liabilities. Our insurance policies may not provide coverage for these risks. Various mechanisms exist whereby the United States Government may limit liability for environmental claims and losses or indemnify us for such claims or losses under governmental contracts. Nonetheless, incurrence of any substantial "Superfund" or other environmental liability could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our Common Stock.

We do not, in the foreseeable future, anticipate paying any cash dividends on our Common Stock.

Our Chief Executive Officer and directors can exercise significant influence over GP Strategies.

The holder of a share of our Common Stock is entitled to one vote per share and the holder of a share of our Class B capital stock is entitled to ten votes per share. As of March 15, 2004, Jerome I. Feldman, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, beneficially owned shares of Common Stock and Class B capital stock constituting 20% of our voting stock; Harvey Eisen, one of our directors, beneficially owned shares of Common Stock and Class B capital stock constituting 18% of our voting stock; and EGI-Fund (02-04) Investors, L.L.C., which has designated Mark Radzik to be one of our directors, beneficially owns shares of Common Stock and Class B capital stock constituting 14% of our voting stock. Messrs. Feldman and Eisen and EGI will be able to influence our management and affairs and all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, discouraging or preventing a change in control and might affect the market price of our Common Stock.

Our stockholder rights plan and authorized preferred stock could make a third-party acquisition of us difficult.

We have a stockholder rights plan. Our stockholder rights plan would cause substantial dilution to any person or group that attempts to acquire us on terms not approved in advance by our Board of Directors. In addition, our certificate of incorporation allows us to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock,


the rights, preferences, qualifications, limitations, and restrictions of which may be fixed by the Board of Directors without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The stockholder rights plan, the ability to issue preferred stock, and certain provisions in our by-laws may have the effect of delaying, discouraging or preventing a change in control and might affect the market price of our Common Stock.

Our certificate of incorporation may discourage foreign ownership of our Common Stock.

The United States Departments of Energy and Defense have policies regarding foreign ownership, control or influence over government contractors who have access to classified information, and inquire as to whether any foreign interest has beneficial ownership of 5% or more of a contractor's or subcontractor's voting securities. If either Department determines that an undue risk to the common defense and security of the United States exists, it may, among other things, terminate the contractor's or subcontractor's existing contracts. Our certificate of incorporation allows us to redeem or require the prompt disposition of all or any portion of the shares of our Common Stock owned by a foreign stockholder beneficially owning 5% or more of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock if either Department threatens termination of any of our contracts as a result of such an ownership interest. These provisions may have the additional effect of delaying, discouraging or preventing a change in control and might affect the market price of our Common Stock.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

For financial information about segments and geographic operations and sales, see Note 13 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Foreign operations and export sales represent less than 10% of the Company's sales.


Item 2. Properties

The following information describes the material physical properties owned or leased by the Company and its subsidiaries.

The Company leases approximately 10,000 square feet of space for its White Plains, New York principal executive offices. General Physics leases approximately 30,700 square feet in an office building in Elkridge, Maryland and approximately 215,000 square feet of office, classroom and warehouse space at various other locations throughout the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Mexico, and Malaysia.

GSE is headquartered in an approximately 53,000 square feet facility in Columbia, Maryland which also houses their support functions. In addition, GSE leases office space domestically in Georgia and internationally in China, Japan, and Sweden. GSE leases these facilities for terms ending between 2004 and 2008.

MXL owns 50,200 square feet of warehouse and office space in Lancaster, PA and 55,000 square feet of warehouse and office space in Downer's Grove, IL, both of which are subject to mortgages. In September 2003, MXL entered into a three-year lease for a 55,000 square foot storage and manufacturing facility in Southbridge, Massachusetts for its newly purchased equipment from AOtec.

Five Star leases 236,000 square feet in New Jersey, 111,000 square feet in Connecticut, 1,300 square feet of sales offices in New York and 800 square feet in Maryland. Five Star's operating lease for the New Jersey facility expires in March, 2007 and the operating lease for the Connecticut facility expires in February, 2007.

The facilities owned or leased by the Company are considered to be suitable and adequate for their intended uses and are considered to be well maintained and in good condition.


ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

On January 3, 2001, the Company commenced an action alleging that MCI Communications Corporation ("MCI"), MCI's Systemhouse subsidiaries ("Systemhouse"), and Electronic Data Systems Corporation, as successor to Systemhouse ("EDS"), committed fraud in connection with the Company's 1998 acquisition of Learning Technologies from the defendants for $24.3 million. The Company seeks actual damages in the amount of $117.9 million plus interest, punitive damages in an amount to be determined at trial, and costs.

The complaint alleges that the defendants created a doctored budget to conceal the poor performance of the United Kingdom operation of Learning Technologies. The complaint also alleges that the defendants represented that Learning Technologies would continue to receive new business from Systemhouse even though the defendants knew that the sale of Systemhouse to EDS was imminent and that such new business would cease after such sale. In February 2001, the defendants filed answers denying liability. No counterclaims against the plaintiffs have been asserted. Although discovery had not yet been completed, defendants made a motion for summary judgment, which was submitted in April 2002. The motion was denied by the court due to the MCI bankruptcy described below.

The defendants other than MCI then made an application to the court to stay the fraud action until a later-commenced arbitration, alleging breach of the acquisition agreement and of a separate agreement to refer business to General Physics on a preferred provider basis, is concluded. In a decision dated May 9, 2003, the court granted the motion and stayed the fraud action pending the outcome of the arbitration. Limited discovery was conducted in connection with the arbitration. The arbitration hearings are scheduled to begin on May 17, 2004 before JAMS, a private dispute resolution firm.

MCI filed for bankruptcy protection in July 2002. As a result, the action was automatically stayed as to MCI. The Company and its subsidiary, General Physics, both filed timely Proofs of Claim in the United States Bankruptcy Court against MCI and WorldCom, Inc., among others. On or around April 22, 2003, MCI served objections to these Proofs of Claim. On May 15, 2003, the Company and General Physics submitted their opposition to the objections. The Company and General Physics subsequently made a motion in Bankruptcy Court to lift the automatic stay to permit the litigation to proceed against MCI. In February 2004, the Bankruptcy Court granted the motion of the Company and General Physics to the extent that they sought to have the stay lifted so that the state court could rule on the merits of MCI's summary judgment motion. On February 19, 2004, the Company and General Physics notified the state court of the Bankruptcy Court's decision.

The Company will make a capital contribution to NPDC, which in turn will transfer to MXL, the right to receive the first $5 million of any proceeds (net of certain litigation expenses), and 50% of any proceeds (net of certain litigation expenses) in excess of $15 million, received with respect to the foregoing claims.


The Company is not a party to any legal proceeding, the outcome of which is believed by management to have a reasonable likelihood of having a material adverse effect upon the financial condition and operating results of the Company.


ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.


PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER

MATTERS

The Company's Common Stock, $.01 par value, is traded on the New York Stock Exchange. The following table presents its high and low market prices for the last two years. During the periods presented below, the Company has not paid any dividends.

                 Quarter                       High                     Low

2003             First                        $5.30                   $4.72
                 Second                        6.60                    4.62
                 Third                         7.44                    5.90
                 Fourth                        8.00                    7.01


                 Quarter                       High                     Low

2002             First                        $4.00                   $3.23
                 Second                        5.75                    3.50
                 Third                         5.04                    4.20
                 Fourth                        5.10                    3.60

The number of shareholders of record of the Common Stock as of March 15, 2004 was 1,370 and the closing price of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on that date was $6.80.

The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends on its Common Stock during the two most recent fiscal years. The Company currently intends to retain future earnings to finance the growth and development of its business. In addition the Credit Agreement contains restrictive covenants, including a prohibition on the payment of dividends. General Physics is currently restricted from paying dividends or management fees to the Company in excess of $1,000,000 in any fiscal year.


Equity Compensation Plan Information as of December 31, 2003
                                            (a)                  (b)                            (c)
------------------------------- ---------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------------------
------------------------------- ---------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------------------
Plan category                   Number of securities         Weighted-average             Number of securities remaining
                                to be issued upon            exercise price of            available for future issuance under
Equity compensation             exercise of                  outstanding options,         equity
plans not approved              outstanding options,         warrants and rights(i)       compensation plans (excluding
by security holders             warrants and rights (i)                                   securities reflected in column(a))
                                                                                          (ii)
------------------------------- ---------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------------------
------------------------------- ---------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------------------
Non-Qualified
  Stock Option Plan             2,552,397                    $6.91                        711,394
------------------------------- ---------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------------------

------------------------------- ---------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------------------
                                            (a)                 (b)                             (c)
------------------------------- ---------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------------------
------------------------------- ---------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------------------
Plan category                   Number of securities         Weighted-average             Number of securities remaining
                                to be issued upon            exercise price of            available for future issuance under
Equity compensation             exercise of outstanding      outstanding options,         equity
plans approved                  options,                     warrants and rights          compensation plans
by security holders             warrants and rights
------------------------------- ---------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------------------
------------------------------- ---------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------------------
GP Strategies Corporation's
2003 Incentive Stock Plan
                                0                                                         2,000,000
------------------------------- ---------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------------------

(i) Does not include warrants to purchase 300,000 shares of Common Stock issued to a financial consulting firm at an exercise price of $4.60 per share and warrants to purchase 937,500 shares issued and sold to four Gabelli funds in conjunction with the 6% Conditional Subordinated Notes due 2008.

(ii) Does not include shares of Common Stock that may be issued to directors of the Company as director's fees.

For a description of the material terms of the Company's Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan and the GP Strategies Corporation's 2003 Incentive Stock Plan, see Note 12 to the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Directors of the Company who are not employees of the Company or its subsidiaries receive an annual fee of $10,000, payable quarterly, in cash or Common Stock of the Company, at their option. In addition, the directors receive $1,500 for each meeting of the Board of Directors attended, and generally do not receive any additional compensation for service on the committees of the Board of Directors other than the Audit Committee. Employees of the Company or its subsidiaries do not receive additional compensation for serving as directors.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Operating Data                                                                   (in thousands, except per share data)
------------------------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------ ------------- -------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------
Years ended December 31,                                    2003            2002          2001          2000               1999
------------------------------------------------------ ------------- -------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------
------------------------------------------------------ ------------- -------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------
Sales                                                    $168,678       $152,233      $186,611      $197,467           $224,810
Gross margin                                               23,442         17,465        22,577        19,789             26,379
Interest expense                                            3,625          2,770         4,733         5,616              4,922
(Loss) income before taxes and minority interests          (7,420)        (6,047)        1,570       (34,265)           (21,293)
Net loss                                                   (8,276)        (5,228)         (945)      (25,392)           (22,205)
------------------------------------------------------ ------------- -------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------
------------------------------------------------------ ------------- -------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------
Loss per share:
Basic                                                        (.48)          (.34)         (.09)        (2.04)             (1.95)
Diluted                                                      (.48)          (.34)         (.09)        (2.04)             (1.95)
------------------------------------------------------ ------------- -------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------
------------------------------------------------------ ------------- -------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------
Balance Sheet Data
December 31,                                                2003            2002          2001         2000                1999
------------------------------------------------------ ------------- -------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------
------------------------------------------------------ ------------- -------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------
Cash and cash equivalents                                $  4,416         $1,516      $  1,705      $ 11,317             $4,068
Short-term borrowings                                      26,521         22,058        32,338        36,162             40,278
Working capital (deficit)                                  17,998            780        (2,750)        1,834               (146)
Total assets                                              188,323        144,905       160,824       212,578            197,118
Long-term debt                                             14,861          6,912         6,863        17,612             18,490
Stockholders' equity                                       92,812         92,982        95,943       112,518             99,982
------------------------------------------------------ ------------- -------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------
------------------------------------------------------ ------------- -------------- ------------- ----------------- ---------------


Item 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

The Company's primary operating entity is General Physics, a global workforce development company that improves the effectiveness of organizations by providing training, management consulting, e-Learning solutions and engineering services that are customized to meet the specific needs of clients. Clients include Fortune 500 companies, manufacturing, process and energy companies, and other commercial and governmental customers.

General Physics operates in two segments: the Manufacturing & Process Segment and the IT Segment. The Company has a third segment, Optical Plastics (MXL), which manufactures molded and coated optical products. During the fourth quarter of 2003 due to the Company's acquisition of additional shares of GSE, bringing its ownership to 58%, GSE will be consolidated into the Company's consolidated financial statements as the Company's new Simulation Segment effective October 23, 2003. Also during the fourth quarter of 2003 due to the Company's acquisition of additional shares of Five Star, bringing its ownership to 54%, Five Star will be consolidated into the Company's consolidated financial statements as the Company's new Home Improvement Distribution Segment effective October 8, 2003. The Company also holds investments in a publicly held company, Millennium Cell, Inc. ("Millennium"), and in a private company, Valera Pharmaceuticals (formerly Hydro Med Sciences) ("Valera"), and owns certain real estate.

Spin-off of National Patent Development Corporation

In July 2002, the Company announced that it was actively considering a spin-off of certain of its non-core assets into a separate corporation to be named National Patent Development Corporation ("NPDC"). The spin-off, when effective, will result in the Company being separated into two independent, publicly-held companies. GP Strategies will own and operate the manufacturing & process business and information technology business through its subsidiary, General Physics Corporation, and retain the 58% interest in GSE. NPDC will own and operate the optical plastics business through its subsidiary, MXL, and will own the 54% interest in Five Star and certain other non-core assets.

On November 14, 2002, the Company filed a ruling request with the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"), which enables the Company to do a tax-free spin-off of certain non-core assets, including MXL and Five Star. Each holder of the Company's common stock would receive one share of NPDC common stock for each share of the Company's common stock held and each holder of the Company's Class B capital stock would receive one share of NPDC common stock for each share of Class B capital stock held. On March 21, 2003, the IRS issued a favorable tax ruling for the spin-off. On February 12, 2004 the Company filed documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the proposed spin-off and the Company anticipates that the spin-off will occur at the conclusion of the SEC review process.


The spin-off is expected to result in several benefits to the Company and its shareholders. By engaging in the spin-off, the Company would improve its access to capital and significantly improve its borrowing capacity, thereby satisfying its need to raise additional funds as well as achieving other corporate benefits. Having two separate public companies will enable financial markets to better evaluate each company more effectively, thereby enhancing stockholder value over the long term for both companies and making the stock of each more attractive as currency for future acquisitions. The spin-off will provide NPDC's management with increased strategic flexibility and decision-making power to realize significant growth opportunities. Having a separate management and ownership structure for NPDC will provide equity based compensation that is more closely related to the business in which its employees work.

Acquisitions

On October 23, 2003, the Company purchased from ManTech International ("ManTech") 3,426,699 shares of common stock of GSE and a GSE Subordinated Note in the outstanding principal amount of $650,000, which the Company immediately converted into 418,653 shares of common stock of GSE. This transaction (the "GSE Acquisition") increased the Company's ownership of the common stock of GSE from approximately 22% to approximately 58%, and as a result, effective October 23, 2003, GSE is consolidated in the Company's financial statements. The consideration paid to ManTech by the Company consisted of a five-year 5% note of $5,250,955 (the "ManTech Note") due in full in October 2008.

The GSE Acquisition was carried out in order to allow the Company to work together with GSE to expand GSE's simulation technology to the power, military and homeland defense markets that are currently served by General Physics. In December 2003, John Moran, an executive of the Company with experience in both the power industry and simulation technology, was elected Chief Executive Officer of GSE by GSE's Board of Directors. In addition GSE restructured its Power Simulation Business in order to reduce expenses and focus on business development. Several operating personnel were terminated in the fourth quarter, and GSE entered into a Management Services Agreement with the Company effective January 1, 2004 pursuant to which GSE outsourced most of its corporate functions to the Company and General Physics and terminated most of its corporate staff. GSE recognized $256,000 of severance expense in connection with this transaction. The Company agreed to provide corporate support services to GSE, including accounting, finance, human resources, legal, network support and tax. In addition, GSE will use General Physics' financial system. GSE will pay an annual fee to General Physics of $685,000. The term of the agreement is one year, subject to earlier termination only upon the mutual consent of the parties to the agreement. The agreement can be renewed for successive one-year terms. GSE reorganized, creating a dedicated worldwide business development organization under the direction of one manager, and consolidating all of its worldwide operations under another manager. To maintain its capability to fulfill customer orders, GSE strengthened and expanded its relationships with international partners to provide the necessary workforce augmentation.

On October 8, 2003, the Company converted $500,000 principal amount of the $3,500,000 Senior Unsecured 8% Note due June 30, 2005, as amended, (the "Five


Star Note") of Five Star into 2,000,000 shares of Five Star common stock (the "Five Star Acquisition"). The Five Star Acquisition increased the Company's ownership in Five Star from approximately 48% to approximately 54% of the outstanding Five Star common stock. As a result, effective October 8, 2003 Five Star is consolidated in the Company's financial statements. In addition, the Company continues to own the remaining $2.8 million principal amount of the Five Star Note, the balance of which decreased in 2003 due to repayments of $1,000,000 prior to the Five Star Acquisition, $500,000 due to the conversion of principal to common stock in the Five Star Acquisition and a $200,000 repayment subsequent to the Five Star Acquisition. The Five Star Acquisition occurred because the Company believed that the common stock of Five Star represented an attractive investment opportunity based on its valuation at that time.

Operating Highlights

In 2003, the Company had a loss before income taxes and minority interests of $7,420,000 compared to a loss before income taxes of $6,047,000 in 2002. The decrease in income before income taxes in 2003, as compared to 2002, was primarily due to the following factors: (i) executive incentive bonuses of $3,000,000, (ii) lower gains on sales of marketable securities by $1,421,000,
(iii) increased interest expense due to a write-off of deferred financing costs of $860,000 and (iv) non-cash debt conversion expense of $622,000. These items were partially offset by non-cash gain of $1,436,000 (due to a valuation adjustment to the liability for the warrant to purchase Company Common Stock issued in connection with the Gabelli Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement) (see below), as well as increased operating profit from the consolidation of GSE and Five Star, following the GSE and Five Star Acquisitions in the fourth quarter of 2003 of $358,000 and $333,000 respectively.

In 2003, the Company had a net gain of $846,000 on marketable securities, primarily relating to the Company's sale of 783,000 shares of Millennium, which were held as available-for-sale. The Company received gross proceeds of $1,648,000 from these sales. In addition, the Company recorded a $150,000 credit to compensation expense related to the GP Strategies Corporation Millennium Cell, LLC Option Plan (the "Millennium Option Plan") offered to certain of its employees, which is included as a credit to selling, general and administrative expense, a $500,000 non-cash gain associated with an option to purchase Valera Series B preferred stock and a non-cash gain of $1,436,000 due to a valuation adjustment to the liability for the Gabelli warrant. These items were offset by restructuring charges of $291,000, primarily attributable to adjustments to the reserve for lease obligations, and $500,000 equity loss of Valera. The Company incurred approximately $1,200,000 of legal fees relating to the Company's ongoing litigation against MCI Communications, Systemhouse and Electronic Data Systems Corporation, as successor to Systemhouse and incurred costs of approximately $500,000 in connection with the proposed spin-off of NPDC.

In 2002, the Company had a net gain of $2,267,000 on marketable securities, primarily relating to the Company's sale of 1,286,000 shares of Millennium, which were held as available-for-sale. The Company received gross proceeds of $3,833,000 from these sales. In addition, the Company recorded a $1,211,000 credit to compensation expense related to the Millennium Option Plan offered to certain of its employees, which is included as a credit to selling, general and


administrative expense, and restructuring charge reversals of $368,000 primarily relating to favorable settlements on certain lease and contractual obligations. These items were offset by equity losses of $2,611,000 of which $1,401,000 related to Valera and $1,210,000 to GSE. The Company recorded charges of approximately $700,000 relating to financial and consulting fees and incurred approximately $800,000 of legal fees relating to the Company's ongoing litigation against MCI Communications, Systemhouse and Electronic Data Systems Corporation, as successor to Systemhouse.

In 2001, the Company had a net gain of $4,294,000 on marketable securities, primarily relating to the Company's sale of 2,081,000 shares of Millennium, 861,000 of which were trading securities and 1,220,000 of which were available for sale. The Company received gross proceeds of $14,624,000 from these sales. In addition, the Company recorded a $2,370,000 credit to compensation expense related to the Millennium Option Plan, which is included as a credit to selling, general and administrative expense. The Company had restructuring charge reversals of $1,174,000 primarily relating to favorable settlements on certain lease and contractual obligations, offset by an operating loss from Valera of approximately $3,400,000 and a $320,000 write-down on investments, of which $200,000 related to Five Star. In addition, the Company recorded charges of approximately $1,050,000 relating to financial consulting services (of which $750,000 is a non-cash stock based award) and $400,000 relating to a potential new credit agreement which was not consummated. The Company also incurred in excess of $500,000 relating to legal fees relating to the Company's litigation against MCI Communications Corporation, Systemhouse and Electronic Data System Corporation, as successor to Systemhouse.

Sales

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)            2003             2002          2001
------------------------------------------------------------ ---------------- -----------------
------------------------------------------------------------ ---------------- -----------------
Manufacturing & Process                        $127,762         $134,255         $164,361
Information Technology                            6,213            7,982           11,061
Simulation                                        6,059
Optical Plastics                                  8,613            9,996           11,184
Home Improvement Distribution                    20,031
Valera                                                                                  5
------------------------------------------------------------ ---------------- -----------------
------------------------------------------------------------ ---------------- -----------------
                                               $168,678         $152,233         $186,611
------------------------------------------------------------ ---------------- -----------------

The decreased sales of $6,493,000 by the Manufacturing & Process Segment in 2003 were primarily due to the following: o A decrease in engineering and related services in connection with Liquefied Natural Gas projects. o Decreased services provided to nuclear power utilities.

o A decline in attendance at General Physics Training Institute (GPTI) open enrollment courses primarily due to reduced spending on training within the automotive industry.
o A general decline in client spending (and budgets for spending) on consulting and training services due to overall economic conditions during the past year.

The decline in revenue was partially offset by an increase in revenue from the United States Army for Domestic Preparedness services for the Department of Homeland Security.


The decreased sales of $30,106,000 by the Manufacturing & Process Segment in 2002 were primarily attributable to a reduction in sales from the automotive and e-Learning divisions, as well as from advanced manufacturing clients and reduced sales from a contract with Westinghouse Savannah River.

The decreased sales of $1,769,000 in the IT Segment in 2003 was primarily due to the Company focusing on higher margin projects and declining certain work with lower margins. The decrease in sales of $3,079,000 in the IT Segment in 2002 was primarily due to the continued downturn in the economy, which caused a reduction in overall technology spending, including training and consulting.

In 2003, the Optical Plastics Segment (MXL) sales decreased by $1,383,000 or 14% primarily as a result of a decline in revenue from the discontinuance of a product line. In 2002 MXL sales decreased by $1,188,000 or 11% primarily due to the overall downturn in the economy, which caused a reduction in orders from MXL's most significant customers.

In the fourth quarter of 2003 the Company acquired additional shares of GSE and Five Star, bringing its ownership to 58% and 54% as of October 23, 2003 and October 8, 2003 respectively. As a result, sales of GSE and Five Star of $6,059,000 and $20,031,000, respectively, are included in the Company's consolidated financial statements. GSE comprises the Company's new Simulation Segment and Five Star comprises the Company's new Home Improvement Distribution Segment.

Gross margin

------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Years ended December 31, (in thousands)                          2003                   2002                   2001
------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ---------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ---------
                                                                          %                    %                    %
Manufacturing & Process                                    $14,240       11.1      $15,158    11.3        $18,551   11.3
Information Technology                                       1,261       20.3          208     2.6          1,781   16.1
Simulation                                                   1,594       27.3
Optical Plastics                                             1,863       21.6        2,099    21.0          2,816   25.2
Home Improvement Distribution                                4,484       22.4
Valera                                                                                                       (571)
------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ---------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ---------
------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ---------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ---------
                                                           $23,442       13.8      $17,465    11.5        $22,577   12.1
------------------------------------------------------- ------------ ---------- ----------- ---------- ------------ ---------

The Manufacturing & Process Segment gross margin of $14,240,000 in 2003 decreased by $918,000 when compared to 2002. This decrease was primarily due to reduced sales. In addition, the Company experienced a reduction in higher value-added services primarily provided to customers in the automotive division, that typically generate higher gross margins. However, the gross margin percentage for the Manufacturing & Process Segment remained relatively consistent as a result of the Company's efforts to monitor and control costs.

The gross margin of $15,158,000 by the Manufacturing & Process Segment in 2002, decreased by $3,393,000 when compared to 2001. This decrease was due to the continued downturn in the economy as well as a reduction in higher value-added services primarily provided to customers in the automotive division and advanced


manufacturing clients. Nonetheless, the gross margin percentage for the Manufacturing & Process Segment remained unchanged as a result of the Company's efforts to monitor and control costs.

The IT Segment gross margin of $1,261,000 in 2003 increased by $1,053,000 when compared to 2002. This increase was due to the Company concentrating on higher gross margin opportunities and cost cutting initiatives. The decrease of $1,573,000 in the IT Segment gross margin in 2002 compared to 2001 was the result of the continued downturn in the economy, and primarily due to the inability to reduce certain overhead costs in proportion to the decline in sales.

In the fourth quarter of 2003 the Company acquired additional shares of GSE and Five Star, bringing its ownership to 58% and 54% as of October 23, 2003 and October 8, 2003 respectively. As a result, gross margins of GSE and Five Star of $1,594,000 and $4,484,000, respectively, are included in the Company's consolidated financial statements as part of the new Simulation and Home Improvement Distribution Segments, respectively.

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

The increase in SG&A of $8,428,000 in 2003 as compared to 2002 was primarily attributable to the following factors: (i) $1,228,000 and $4,151,000 of SG&A for GSE and Five Star, respectively, being consolidated in the Company's financial statements subsequent to the GSE and Five Star Acquisitions, (ii) executive incentive bonuses of $3,000,000, (iii) a non-cash debt conversion expense of $622,000, (iv) restructuring charges of $291,000 (as compared to a reversal of restructuring charges of $368,000 in 2002) and (v) a decrease in the non-cash credit to compensation expense of $1,061,000, relating to the Millennium Option Plan. The increase was offset by a decrease in severance and related expense of $2,089,000 and decrease in rental expense of approximately $540,000 due to the relocation of the Company's corporate office from New York City to White Plains, New York.

The decrease in SG&A of $508,000 in 2002 as compared to 2001 was primarily attributable to a reduction in SG&A expenses of Valera of $2,841,000 due to the deconsolidation of Valera at December 27, 2001 and goodwill and other intangible asset amortization expense of $1,410,000, which is not recorded in 2002 in accordance with SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. This decrease was offset by severance and related expenses of $2,214,000, and a decrease in the non-cash credit to compensation expense of $1,159,000 relating to the Millennium Option Plan, due to fluctuations in the share price of Millennium.

Interest expense

Interest expense was $3,625,000 in 2003, $2,770,000 in 2002, and $4,733,000 in 2001. The increase in interest expense in 2003 is primarily due to the write off of $860,000 of deferred financing costs as a result of the early termination of the Company's prior credit agreement. This expense is included in interest expense for year ended December 31, 2003.

The reduction in interest expense in 2002 was attributable to both a decrease in the Company's outstanding indebtedness and a reduction in variable interest rates.


Investment and other income (loss) and gains on marketable securities, net,

Years ended December 31, (in thousands) 2003 2002 2001 Investment and other income, (loss) $ (49) $(1,967) $176 Gains on marketable securities, net 846 2,267 4,294

The investment and other income (loss) for 2003 was primarily related to interest income on loans receivable of $424,000, equity income of Five Star of $190,000 (before its consolidation) and other income of $70,000, offset by an equity loss of GSE of $733,000 (before its consolidation).

The investment and other income (loss) for 2002 was related to equity losses on GSE of $1,210,000 and Valera of $1,401,000, and a write-off of an investment of $153,000 offset by equity income on Five Star of $162,000, $584,000 of interest income on loans receivable, and $51,000 from other income.

The investment and other income (loss) for 2001 was primarily related to $701,000 of interest income on loans receivable offset by write downs of $320,000 based upon the Company's impairment assessment in the carrying value of the Company's equity investments, a loss of $205,000 from equity investments and other miscellaneous losses.

The gains on marketable securities, net in 2003 were primarily due to the Company's disposal of shares of Millennium and Hemispherx Biopharma, Inc. The gains on marketable securities, net in 2002 and 2001 were primarily due to the Company's disposal of shares of Millennium.

Valuation adjustment of liability for warrants

Pursuant to a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated August 8, 2003, the Company issued and sold to four Gabelli funds $7,500,000 aggregate principal amount of 6% Conditional Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Gabelli Notes") and 937,500 warrants ("GP Warrants"), each entitling the holder thereof to purchase (subject to adjustment) one share of the Company's common stock.

The GP Warrants were accounted for as a liability of the Company until the shares of the Company's common stock issuable on exercise of the GP Warrants were registered, which occurred on December 8, 2003, at which time the liability was reclassified to additional paid in capital at its then fair market value of $953,000. The changes in the fair market value of the GP Warrants were marked to market through December 8, 2003 with the adjustment shown as other income in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company recognized a gain of $1,436,000 in its December 8, 2003 valuation adjustment of the liability relating to the GP Warrants using the Black-Scholes model.

Income taxes

Income tax benefit (expense) for 2003, 2002 and 2001 was $(886,000), 819,000 and $(2,515,000) respectively.


For the year ended December 31, 2003, the current income tax provision of $1,131,000 represents federal taxes of $39,000, state taxes of $399,000, and foreign taxes of $693,000. The deferred income tax benefit of $245,000 represents a benefit for the future utilization of a portion of the Company's foreign net operating loss.

For the year ended December 31, 2002, the current income tax provision represents state taxes of $370,000, and foreign taxes of $361,000. The deferred income tax benefit of $1,550,000 primarily represents a benefit relating to the Company's federal net operating losses.

For the year ended December 31, 2001, the current income tax provision of $723,000 represents state taxes of $537,000, and foreign taxes of $186,000. The deferred income tax expense of $1,792,000 represents future estimated federal and state taxes.

The Company had an effective tax rate of 11.9% for the year ended December 31, 2003. This rate was primarily due to certain nondeductible items, an increase in the valuation allowance for domestic net operating losses for which no tax benefit has been provided, and the tax treatment for financial statement purposes of the sale by the Company in 2003 of certain shares of available-for-sale securities accounted for pursuant to SFAS No.115 "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" ("SFAS 115").

The Company had an effective tax rate of 14% for the year ended December 31, 2002. This rate was primarily due to certain nondeductible items, net losses from foreign operations for which no tax benefit has been provided, and the tax treatment for financial statement purposes of the sale by the Company in 2002 of certain shares of available-for-sale securities accounted for pursuant to SFAS 115.

The Company had an effective tax rate of 160% for the year ended December 31, 2001. This rate was primarily due to the tax treatment for financial statement purposes of the sale by the Company in 2001 of certain shares of available-for-sale securities accounted for pursuant to SFAS 115.

At December 31, 2003, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $11,688,000, which management believes will more likely than not be realized.

Liquidity and capital resources

At December 31, 2003, the Company had cash and cash equivalents totaling $4,416,000. The Company believes that cash generated from operations, borrowing availability under the new credit agreement, cash generated from sales of marketable securities and potential equity financings will be sufficient to fund the working capital and other requirements of the Company for the foreseeable future. On February 12, 2004 the Company filed documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the proposed spin-off and the Company anticipates that the spin-off will occur at the conclusion of the SEC review process. The Company does not believe the spin-off will significantly impact the Company's liquidity.


For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company's working capital increased by $17,218,000 from $780,000 to $179,998,000. As a result of the GSE and Five Star Acquisitions, GSE and Five Star are now consolidated in the Company's financial statements which increased working capital by $2,449,000 and $6,217,000, respectively. In addition the Company has increased working capital substantially during the year ended December 31, 2003 by reducing the level of its short-term indebtedness by utilizing the proceeds of the Gabelli Notes.

The increase in cash and cash equivalents of $2,900,000 for the year ended December 31, 2003 resulted from cash provided by operations of $5,350,000 and the effect of exchange rate changes on cash of $70,000; offset by cash used in investing activities of $1,618,000 and cash used in financing activities of $902,000. Net cash used in investing activities of $1,618,000 includes cash acquired in acquisitions of $2,853,000, proceeds from the sale of marketable securities of $2,124,000 offset by $2,123,000 of capital expenditures, $422,000 of additions to intangible assets, and a $4,050,000 decrease to investments and other assets. Net cash used in financing activities of $902,000 consisted primarily of repayments of short-term borrowings of $13,461,000 and deferred financing costs of $1,619,000, offset by proceeds from issuance of long term debt, net of repayments, of $13,223,000 and of net proceeds from exercises of stock options of $955,000.

On October 23, 2003, the Company purchased from ManTech additional shares of common in GSE exchange for a 5% note for $5,250,955 due in full in October 2008. Interest is payable quarterly. Each year during the term of the note, ManTech will have the option to convert up to 20% of the original principal amount of the note into common stock of the Company at the then market price of the Company's common stock, but only in the event that the Company's common stock is trading at $10 per share or more. In the event that less than 20% of the principal amount of the note is not converted in any year, such amount not converted will be eligible for conversion in each subsequent year until converted or until the note is repaid in cash.

Five Star is indebted to the Company for the Five Star Note in the principal amount of $4,500,000 as of December 31, 2002. In June 2003, and July 2003 the Company received partial repayments from Five Star in the amount of $500,000 each, reducing the outstanding principal amount of the Note from $4,500,000 to $3,500,000. On October 8, 2003, the Company exchanged $500,000 principal amount of the $3,500,000 Five Star Note for 2,000,000 shares of Five Star common stock, reducing the outstanding principal balance of the Five Star note from $3,500,000 to $3,000,000 and increasing the Company's ownership of the Five Star common stock to approximately 54%. In December 2003 the Company received a partial repayment from Five Star in the amount of $200,000, reducing the outstanding principal amount of the Five Star Note from $3,000,000 to $2,800,000.

On September 15, 2003, MXL acquired certain of the precision custom optical assemblies inventory, machinery and equipment of AOtec for $1.1 million in cash and notes, subject to adjustment. MXL leased space in Massachusetts for the newly purchased equipment. MXL paid $100,000 of the purchase price in cash and issued three notes, in the amount of $450,000, $275,000 and $275,000 each, due October 1, 2003, August 5, 2004 and August 5, 2005, respectively (collectively, the "AOtec Notes"). The AOtec Notes bear interest on the unpaid principal amount at the rate of 4% per annum. On October 1, 2003, MXL borrowed $700,000 from a


bank (the "AOtec Debt") and used the proceeds to pay the $450,000 note. The AOtec Debt is payable monthly for three years and is secured by the machinery and equipment purchased from AOtec. The Company guaranteed the AOtec Debt.

On August 13, 2003, General Physics, General Physics's subsidiary Skillright, Inc. and MXL entered into a two-year $25 million Financing and Security Agreement ("Credit Agreement") with a new bank, the proceeds of which were used to repay the Company's previous credit facility. The Credit Agreement, as amended in March 2004 is secured by certain assets of General Physics. The Credit Agreement also provides for an unsecured guaranty from the Company. The Credit Agreement also contains certain restrictive covenants including a prohibition on future acquisitions (except for the Five Star Acquisition), incurrence of debt and the payment of dividends. The Company received a waiver under the Credit Agreement with respect to the GSE Acquisition. General Physics is currently restricted from paying dividends or management fees to the Company in excess of $1,000,000 in any fiscal year.

Pursuant to a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated August 8, 2003, the Company issued and sold to four Gabelli funds $7,500,000 aggregate principal amount of 6% Conditional Subordinated Notes due 2008 and 937,500 warrants, each entitling the holder thereof to purchase (subject to adjustment) one share of the Company's common stock. The aggregate purchase price for the Gabelli Notes and GP Warrants was $7,500,000. The Gabelli Notes are secured by a mortgage on the Company's property located in Pawling, New York. In the event that the spin-off does not occur, the Company may be required to redeem the Gabelli Notes by April 2005. In addition, at any time that less than $1,875,000 principal amount of the Gabelli Notes are outstanding, the Company may defease the obligations secured by the mortgage and obtain a release of the mortgage by depositing with an agent for the Noteholders, bonds or government securities with an investment grade rating by a nationally recognized rating agency which, without reinvestment, will provide cash on the maturity date of the Gabelli Notes in an amount not less than the outstanding principal amount of the Gabelli Notes. The Company used $5,800,000 of the proceeds to repay its previous credit facility. The Company and NPDC agreed to allocate to NPDC $1,875,000 of the $7,500,000 received for the Gabelli Notes and Warrants, which the Company will transfer to NPDC prior to the spin-off of NPDC.

The following table summarizes long term debt, capital lease commitments and operating lease commitments as of December 31, 2003 (in thousands)

---------------------------------------- -------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
                                                Balance at                            Payments Due In
                                             December 31, 2003          2004    2005-06       2007-08       after 2008
                                                                        ----    -------       -------       ----------
---------------------------------------- -------------------------- ----------- ------------- ------------- -------------
---------------------------------------- -------------------------- ----------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Long term debt                                       $16,654          $  775       $  2,054      $12,951        $   874
Capital lease commitments                                469             337            132
Operating lease commitments                           22,096           5,650          9,363        4,127          2,956
---------------------------------------- -------------------------- ----------- ------------- ------------- -------------
---------------------------------------- -------------------------- ----------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Total                                                $39,219          $6,762        $11,549      $17,078         $3,830
                                                     -------          ======        =======      =======         ======
---------------------------------------- -------------------------- ----------- ------------- ------------- -------------

GSE previously had a $1.5 million bank line of credit. The credit facility provided for borrowings to support working capital needs and foreign letters of credit. The line was collateralized by substantially all of GSE's assets. The


interest rate on this line of credit was based on the bank's prime rate plus 1.00% (5.00% as of December 31, 2003), with interest only payments due monthly. At December 31, 2003, GSE's available borrowing base was $1.5 million, none of which had been utilized. On March 23, 2000, the Company initially agreed to guarantee up to $1,800,000 of GSE's indebtedness under its credit facility for three years. In consideration for the extension of the guarantee from March 23, 2003 to March 31, 2004, the Company received 150,000 shares of GSE common stock, with a value of $180,000. A deferred credit of $180,000 was recorded for the receipt of these shares which will amortize to income over the term of the guarantee. During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company recorded $135,000 to other income in the Statement of Operations.

GSE's current credit facility was scheduled to expire on May 31, 2004, as amended; however on March 30, 2004, GSE was added as an additional borrower under the General Physics Credit Agreement. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, as amended, $1,500,000 of General Physics' Credit Agreement has been allocated for use by GSE. The Credit Agreement was amended to provide for additional collateral consisting of substantially all of the GSE's assets as well as certain covenants specific to GSE. It provides for borrowings by GSE up to 80% of eligible accounts receivable and 80% of eligible unbilled receivables, up to a maximum of $1,500,000. The interest rate is based upon the LIBOR Market Index Rate plus 3%, with interest only payments due monthly. The Company agreed to guarantee GSE's borrowings under the Credit Agreement, as amended, in consideration for a fee pursuant to the Management Services Agreement.

The Company has guaranteed the leases for Five Star's New Jersey and Connecticut warehouses, totaling approximately $1,347,000 per year through the first quarter of 2007, and an aggregate of $116,000 for certain equipment leases through April 2004. The Company's guarantee of such leases was in effect when Five Star was originally a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company prior to the sale by the Company in 1998 of substantially all of the operating assets of Five Star Group to the predecessor company of Five Star. As part of this transaction, the landlords of the New Jersey and Connecticut facilities and the lessors of the equipment did not consent to the release of the Company's guarantee (see Note 16).

On June 20, 2003 Five Star obtained a new Loan and Security Agreement (the "Loan Agreement") with Fleet Capital Corporation. The Loan Agreement has a five-year term, with a maturity date of June 30, 2008. The Loan Agreement provides for a $25,000,000 revolving credit facility, which allows Five Star to borrow based upon a formula of eligible inventory and eligible accounts receivable, as defined therein. The interest rates under the Loan Agreement are LIBOR plus a credit spread for borrowings not to exceed $15,000,000 and the prime rate plus a credit spread for borrowings in excess of the above-mentioned LIBOR-based borrowings. The credit spreads can be reduced in the event that Five Star achieves and maintains certain performance benchmarks. In addition, under a Subordination Agreement between the Company and Fleet Capital Corporation dated June 20, 2003, Five Star may make annual cash payments of principal to the Company provided Five Star achieves certain financial performance benchmarks. At December 31, 2003, approximately $16,685,000 was outstanding under the Loan Agreement and approximately $480,000 was available to be borrowed.


In connection with the Loan Agreement, Five Star also entered into a derivative transaction with Fleet National Bank on June 20, 2003. The derivative transaction is an interest rate swap which has been designated as a cash flow hedge. Effective July 1, 2004 through June 30, 2008, Five Star will pay a fixed interest rate of 3.38% to Fleet National Bank on notional principal of $12,000,000. In return, Fleet National Bank will pay to Five Star a floating rate, namely, LIBOR, on the same notional principal amount. The credit spread under the Loan Agreement is not included in and will be paid in addition to this fixed interest rate of 3.38%.

The following table summarizes the estimated expiration of financial guarantees outstanding as of December 31, 2003 (in thousands):

-------------------------------------- --------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               Estimated Expiration Per Period

                                                      Total            2004          2005         2006     Thereafter
                                                      -----            ----          ----         ----     ----------
-------------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------- ------------ ------------ -----------------
-------------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------- ------------ ------------ -----------------
GSE debt                                             $1,500        $      0        $1,500
Five Star warehouse leases                            4,355           1,347         1,347        1,347               314
Five Star equipment leases                              116             116
                                                        ---             ---
-------------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------- ------------ ------------ -----------------
-------------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------- ------------ ------------ -----------------
Total                                                $5,971          $1,463        $2,847       $1,347              $314
                                                     ======          ======        ======       ======              ====
-------------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------- ------------ ------------ -----------------

The Company does not have any off-balance sheet financing, other than operating leases entered into in the normal course of business and disclosed above. The Company does not use derivatives for trading purposes.

Management discussion of critical accounting policies

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Our estimates, judgments and assumptions are continually evaluated based on available information and experience. Because of the use of estimates inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Certain of our accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their application. These include contract revenue and cost recognition, valuation of accounts receivables, accounting for investments, impairment of long-lived and intangible assets and income tax recognition of deferred tax items which are summarized below. In addition, Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements includes further discussion of our significant accounting policies.

Contract revenue and cost recognition.

Revenue Recognition

General Physics contract revenue and cost recognition. General Physics provides services under time-and-materials, cost-plus-fixed fee and fixed-price


contracts. Each contract has different terms based on the scope, deliverables and complexity of the engagement, requiring General Physics to make judgments and estimates about recognizing revenue. In general, revenue is recognized on these arrangements as the services are performed. Under time-and-material contracts, as well as certain cost-plus-fixed fee and certain fixed-price contracts, the contractual billing schedules are based on the specified level of resources General Physics is obligated to provide. As a result, on those "level of effort" contracts, the contractual billing amount for a given period acts as a measure of performance and, therefore, revenue is recognized in that amount.

For other fixed price contracts, the contractual billing schedules are not based on the specified level of resources General Physics is obligated to provide. These arrangements typically do not have milestones or other reliable measures of performance. As a result, revenue on these arrangements is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method based on the relationship of costs incurred to total estimated costs expected to be incurred over the term of the contract. General Physics believes this methodology provides a reasonable measure of performance on these arrangements since performance primarily involves personnel costs and the customer is required to pay General Physics for the proportionate amount of work and cost incurred in the event of contract termination. Revenue for unpriced change orders is not recognized until the customer agrees with the changes. Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts are recorded as a current asset. Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts are recorded as a current liability. Generally contracts provide for the billing of costs incurred and estimated earnings on a monthly basis.

Risks relating to service delivery, usage, productivity and other factors are considered when making estimates of total contract cost, contract profitability, and progress towards completion. If sufficient risk exists, a reduced-profit methodology is applied to a specific client contract's percentage-of-completion model whereby the amount of revenue recognized is limited to the amount of costs incurred until such time as the risks have been partially or wholly mitigated through performance. General Physics' estimates of total contract cost and contract profitability change periodically in the normal course of business, occasionally due to modifications of contractual arrangements. In addition, the implementation of cost saving initiatives and achievement of productivity gains generally results in a reduction of estimated total contract expenses on affected client contracts. Such changes in estimate are recognized in the period the changes are determined. For all client contracts, provisions for estimated losses on individual contracts are made in the period in which the loss first becomes apparent.

As part of General Physics' on-going operations to provide services to its customers, incidental expenses, which are commonly referred to as "out-of-pocket" expenses, are billed to customers. Out-of-pocket expenses include expenses such as airfare, mileage, hotel stays, out-of-town meals, and telecommunication charges. General Physics' policy provides for these expenses to be recorded as both revenue and direct cost of services in accordance with the provisions of EITF 01-14, "Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for `Out-of-Pocket' Expenses Incurred."


GSE revenue recognition. The majority of GSE's revenue is derived through the sale of uniquely designed systems containing hardware, software and other materials under fixed-price contracts. In accordance with Statement of Position 81-1 "Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts", the revenue under these fixed-price contracts is accounted for on the percentage-of-completion method, based on contract costs incurred to date and estimated costs to complete. Estimated contract earnings are reviewed and revised periodically as the work progresses, and the cumulative effect of any change is recognized in the period in which the change is identified. Estimated losses are charged against earnings in the period such losses are identified.

As GSE recognizes revenue under the percentage-of-completion method, it provides an accrual for estimated future warranty costs based on historical and projected claims experience. GSE's longer-term contracts generally provide for a one-year warranty on parts, labor and any bug fixes as it relates to software embedded in the systems.

GSE's system design contracts do not provide for "post customer support service" (PCS) in terms of software upgrades, software enhancements or telephone support. In order to obtain PCS, the customers must purchase a separate contract at the date of system installation. Such PCS arrangements are generally for a one-year period renewable annually and include customer support, unspecified software upgrades, maintenance releases. GSE recognizes revenue from these contracts ratably over the life of the agreements in accordance with Statement of Position 97-2 "Software Revenue Recognition".

Revenues from certain consulting or training contracts are recognized on a time-and-material basis. For time-and-material type contracts, revenue is recognized based on hours incurred at a contracted labor rate plus expenses.

Five Star and MXL revenue recognition. Revenue is recognized upon shipment of product to customers. Allowances for estimated returns and allowances are recognized when sales are recorded.

Valuation of accounts receivables

Provisions for allowance for doubtful accounts are made based on historical loss experience adjusted for specific credit risks. Measurement of such losses requires consideration of the historical loss experience of the Company and its subsidiaries, judgments about customer credit risk, and the need to adjust for current economic conditions. The allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of total gross trade receivables was 4.2% and 3.2% at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Impairment of long-lived tangible and intangible assets

Impairment of long-lived tangible and intangible assets with finite lives result in a charge to operations whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of long-lived tangible assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of


the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by determining the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the asset.

The measurement of the future net cash flows to be generated is subject to management's reasonable expectations with respect to the Company's future operations and future economic conditions which may affect those cash flows.

In accordance with SFAS No. 142, which the Company adopted in 2002, goodwill is no longer amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually. The first step of the goodwill impairment test is a comparison of the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. The Company conducted a transitional goodwill impairment test upon adoption of SFAS No. 142 as of January 1, 2002, and its annual goodwill impairment test as of December 31, 2003 and 2002. The goodwill impairment test requires the Company to identify its reporting units and obtain estimates of the fair values of those units as of the testing date. The Company estimates the fair values of its reporting units using discounted cash flow valuation models. The Company estimates these amounts by evaluating historical trends, current budgets, operating plans and industry data. The estimated fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its respective carrying value in both tests conducted in 2003 and 2002 indicating the underlying goodwill of each unit was not impaired at the respective testing dates. The timing and frequency of our goodwill impairment tests are based on an ongoing assessment of events and circumstances that would more than likely reduce the estimated fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. The Company will continue to monitor its goodwill for impairment and conduct formal tests when impairment indicators are present. A decline in the fair value of any reporting units below its carrying value is an indicator that the underlying goodwill of the unit is potentially impaired. This situation would require the second step of the goodwill impairment test to determine whether the unit's goodwill is impaired. The second step of the goodwill impairment test is a comparison of the implied fair value of a reporting unit's goodwill to its carrying value. An impairment loss is required for the amount which the carrying value of a reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. The implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill would become the new cost basis of the unit's goodwill.

The following table presents goodwill balances at December 31, 2003 and operating income for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 for each of the Company's reportable segments (in thousands):

                                           Goodwill at                          Operating Income
                                           December 31,                   For the Years Ended December 31
                                                                          -------------------------------
                                               2003                     2003           2002           2001
                                               ----                     ----           ----           ----
Manufacturing & Process                       $51,036                 $3,823          $1,712            $8,679
Information Technology                          6,401                    860            (182)            1,596
Simulation                                      4,756                    358
Optical Plastics                                  202                    (60)            429             1,192
Home Improvement Distribution                                            333
----------------------------------- --------------------------- ---------------- ------------------ --------------
----------------------------------- --------------------------- ---------------- ------------------ --------------
                                              $62,395                 $5,314          $1,959           $11,467
                                              =======                 ======          ======           =======
----------------------------------- --------------------------- ---------------- ------------------ --------------


Accounting for investments

On October 8, 2003 the Company acquired additional shares of Five Star, bringing its ownership to 54%. Five Star is consolidated into the Company's consolidated financial statements and is no longer accounted for as an equity investment effective as of that date. At December 31, 2002 the Company owned approximately 47.3% of Five Star, and would have owned approximately 50% if certain stock options beneficially owned by the Company's officers were exercised, and accounted for its investment in Five Star using the equity method. At December 31, 2002, the Company's investment in Five Star was $6,317,000, including a $4,500,000 senior unsecured 8% note. As of December 31, 2002, three officers of the Company served on the board of Five Star (out of a total of seven directors). However, effective August 1998, the Company entered into a Voting Agreement which limited its operating and financial control of Five Star. Pursuant to an amendment of such agreement, the Company agreed that until June 30, 2004, it would vote its shares of common stock of Five Star (i) such that not more than 50% of Five Star's directors will be officers or directors of the Company and (ii) in the same manner and in the same proportion as the remaining stockholders of Five Star vote on all matters presented to a vote of stockholders, other than the election of directors. Therefore, the Company had previously accounted for its investment in Five Star under the equity method.

On October 8, 2003 the Company acquired additional shares of GSE, bringing its ownership to 58%. GSE is consolidated into the Company's consolidated financial statements and is no longer accounted for as an equity investment effective as of that date. At December 31, 2002 the Company owned approximately 19.5% of GSE with a carrying value of $1,794,000 and accounted for its investment in GSE using the equity method. Although the Company owned approximately 19.5% of the common stock of GSE as of December 31, 2002, the Company had accounted for its investment in GSE using the equity method of accounting based upon management's conclusion that the Company had significant influence with respect to the operations of GSE.

The Company currently owns 100% of Valera's common stock but no longer has financial and operating control of Valera. As a condition of a private placement of preferred stock in December 2001, the Company contractually gave up operating control over Valera through an Investors Rights Agreement. Therefore, through December 27, 2001, the operating results of Valera were consolidated within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. However, subsequent to that date the Company accounts for its investment in Valera under the equity method. Due to Valera's operating losses during 2002, the Company's investment in Valera as of December 31, 2002 was written down to zero.

Income tax recognition

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered. In


assessing the realizability of the deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences are deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon these factors, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance. The valuation allowance relates to both foreign and domestic net operating loss carryforwards for which the Company does not believe the benefits will be realized.

Restructuring reserves

The Company adopted restructuring plans, primarily related to its open enrollment IT business, in 2000 and 1999. In order to identify and calculate the associated costs to exit this business, management made assumptions regarding estimates of future liabilities for operating leases and other contractual obligations, severance costs and the net realizable value of assets. Management believes its estimates, which are reviewed quarterly, to be reasonable and considers its knowledge of the industry, its previous experience in exiting activities and valuations from independent third parties if necessary, in calculation of such estimates. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002 only lease obligations comprised the restructuring reserve.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In June 2001, the FASB issued Statement No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the associated asset retirement costs. This Statement applies to all entities that have legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets that result from the acquisition, construction, development or normal use of the asset. This statement requires that the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation be recognized in the period in which it is incurred if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. This statement is effective for the Company in fiscal 2003. The application of SFAS No. 143 did not have and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

During April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections ("SFAS No. 145"). Among other items, SFAS No. 145 updates and clarifies existing accounting pronouncements related to reporting gains and losses from the extinguishment of debt and certain lease modifications that have economic effects similar to sale-leaseback transactions. The provisions of SFAS No. 145 are generally effective for fiscal years beginning after May 15, 2002, with earlier adoption of certain provisions encouraged. The application of SFAS No. 145 did not have an impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities ("SFAS No. 146"). This Statement requires companies to recognize costs associated with exit or disposal activities when they are incurred rather than at the date of a commitment to an exit or disposal plan. The Company is required to adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 146 for exit or disposal activities, if any, initiated after December 31, 2002. The adoption of


SFAS No. 146 did not impact the consolidated financial position or results of operations, although it can be expected to impact the timing of liability recognition associated with future exit activities, if any.

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure - an amendment of SFAS No. 123" ("SFAS No. 148"), and the transition guidance and annual disclosure provisions are effective for the Company for the quarterly interim periods beginning in 2003. SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS Statement No. 123 ("SFAS No. 123"), "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" and provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, the statement amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 to require more prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based compensation and the effect of the method used. The Company continues to account for stock-based compensation using APB Opinion No. 25 and has not adopted the recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148. The Company has adopted the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148 for the 2003 fiscal year.

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, "Amendment of SFAS No. 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under SFAS No. 133. In particular, this Statement clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative. It also clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component that warrants special reporting in the statement of cash flows. SFAS No. 149 is generally effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and did not have an impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity." SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for how a company classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify certain financial instruments as a liability (or as an asset in some circumstances). SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003.The adoption of SFAS No. 150 did not have an impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others" ("FIN No. 45"). FIN No. 45 elaborates on the disclosures for interim and annual reports regarding obligations under certain guarantees issued by a guarantor. Under FIN No. 45, the guarantor is required to recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee at the inception of a guarantee. The recognition and measurement provisions of FIN No. 45 are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The Company applied the provisions of FIN No. 45 for its financial guarantee entered into in the first quarter of 2003.


In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities" ("FIN No. 46"). FIN No. 46 explains how to identify variable interest entities and how an enterprise assesses its interests in a variable interest entity to decide whether to consolidate that entity. FIN No. 46 requires existing unconsolidated variable interest entities to be consolidated by their primary beneficiaries if the entities do not effectively disperse risks among parties involved. The provisions of FIN No. 46 are effective immediately for all entities with variable interests in variable interest entities created after December 31, 2002. The provisions of FIN No. 46 are effective for public entities with a variable interest in a variable interest entity created prior to January 1, 2003 no later than the end of the first annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2003. The Company has evaluated its interests in certain entities to determine if any such entities will require consolidation under FIN No. 46, and has determined that, at this time, it is not necessary to consolidate any such entities.

In November 2002, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 00-21, "Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables." This Issue provides guidance on when and how to separate elements of an arrangement that may involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services and rights to use assets into separate units of accounting. The guidance in the consensus is effective for revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. The transition provision allows either prospective application or a cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption. The adoption of Issue No. 00-21 did not have an impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.


Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The Company is exposed to the impact of interest rate, market risks and currency fluctuations. In the normal course of business, the Company employs internal processes to manage its exposure to interest rate, market risks and currency fluctuations. The Company's objective in managing its interest rate risk is to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows and to lower its overall borrowing costs. The Company is exposed to the impact of currency fluctuations because of its international operations.

As of December 31, 2003, the Company had approximately $14,212,000 of variable rate borrowings. The Company estimates that for every 1% fluctuation in general interest rates, assuming debt levels at December 31, 2003, interest expense would vary by $142,120.

The Company's net investment in its foreign subsidiaries, including intercompany balances, at December 31, 2003 was immaterial, and accordingly, fluctuations in foreign currency do not have a material impact on the Company's financial position.

The Company revenues and profitability are related to general levels of economic activity and employment in the United States and the United Kingdom. As a result, any significant economic downturn or recession in one or both of those countries could harm our business and financial condition. A significant portion of the Company's revenues are derived from Fortune 500 level companies and their international equivalents, which historically have adjusted expenditures for external training during economic downturns. If the economies in which these companies operate weaken in any future period, these companies may not increase or may reduce their expenditures on external training, which could adversely affect the Company's business and financial condition.


Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Page

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES:

         Independent Auditors' Report                                      52

         Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 2003 and 2002          54

         Consolidated Statements of Operations - Years ended
          December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001                                56

         Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
          - Years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001                  57

         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years ended
           December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001                               58

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                        60

SUPPLEMENTARY DATA (Unaudited)

         Selected Quarterly Financial Data                                114


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
GP Strategies Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of GP Strategies Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the financial statements of Five Star Products Inc., a 54 % owned subsidiary, which statements reflect total assets constituting 20 percent and total revenues constituting 12 percent (after elimination of intercompany balances and transactions) in 2003 of the related consolidated totals. Those statements were audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for Five Star Products Inc., is based solely on the report of the other auditors.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report of the other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of the other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GP Strategies Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets", effective January 1, 2002

KPMG LLP

New York, New York
April 5, 2004


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Five Star Products, Inc.

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Five Star Products, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003 (not shown separately herein). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Five Star Products, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Eisner LLP

New York, New York
March 17, 2004, except for the first paragraph of Note 7, as to which the date is March 31, 2004


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except shares and par value per share)

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
December 31,                                                                              2003             2002
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents                                                               $4,416            $1,516
Accounts and other receivables (of which
  $9,899 and $4,865 are from government contracts)
  less allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,739 and $854                               39,737            26,708
Inventories                                                                             28,300            1,380
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
  uncompleted contracts                                                                 14,502            14,177
Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                                6,705             4,079
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
Total current assets                                                                    93,660            47,860
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
Investments, marketable securities and note receivable                                   4,225            14,130
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
Property, plant and equipment, net                                                       8,994             8,299
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
Intangible assets
Goodwill                                                                                62,395            57,491
Patents, licenses and contract rights, net                                               1,031               755
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
                                                                                        63,426            58,246
Deferred tax asset                                                                      11,688            10,846
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
Other assets                                                                             6,330             5,524
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
                                                                                      $188,323          $144,905
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)

(in thousands, except shares and par value per share)

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- -----------------
December 31,                                                                             2003                2002
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- -----------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- -----------------
Liabilities and stockholders' equity
Current liabilities
Current maturities of long-term debt                                                     $ 1,112             $ 3,610
Short-term borrowings                                                                    26,521              22,058
Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                                    38,107              17,552
Billings in excess of costs and estimated
 earnings on uncompleted contracts                                                       9,922               3,860
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- -----------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- -----------------
Total current liabilities                                                                75,662              47,080
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- -----------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- -----------------

Long-term debt less current maturities                                                   13,749              3,302
Other non-current liabilities                                                            1,728               1,541
Minority interests                                                                       4,372

Stockholders' equity
Preferred stock, authorized 10,000,000
 shares, par value $.01 per share, none issued
Common stock, authorized 25,000,000 shares, par value $.01 per share, issued
 16,348,777 and 15,361,437 shares (of which 14,722 and 33,417 shares are held in
 treasury)                                                                               163                 154
Class B common stock, authorized 2,800,000 shares, par
 value $.01 per share, issued and outstanding 1,200,000 shares                           12                  12
Additional paid-in capital                                                               196,541             189,988
Accumulated deficit                                                                      (101,443)           (93,167)
Accumulated other comprehensive income                                                   24                  460
Notes receivable from stockholder                                                        (2,322)             (4,095)
Treasury stock at cost                                                                   (163)               (370)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- -----------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- -----------------
Total stockholders' equity                                                               92,812              92,982
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- -----------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- -----------------
                                                                                         $188,323            $144,905
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- -----------------

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
Years ended December 31,                                              2003              2002                2001
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
Sales                                                                 $168,678          $152,233            $186,611
Cost of sales                                                         145,236           134,768             164,034
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
Gross margin                                                          23,442            17,465              22,577
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
Executive incentive compensation bonus                                (3,000)
Non-cash debt conversion expense, net                                 (622)
Other selling, general & administrative expenses                      (25,848)          (21,042)            (20,744)
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
Total selling, general & administrative expenses                      (29,470)          (21,042)            (20,744)
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
Operating profit (loss)                                               (6,028)           (3,577)             1,833
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
Write-off of deferred financing costs                                 (860)
Interest expense                                                      (2,765)           (2,770)             (4,733)
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
Total interest expense                                                (3,625)           (2,770)             (4,733)
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
Investment and other income (loss)
(including interest income of $424,
 $584 and $701)                                                       (49)              (1,967)             176
Gains on marketable securities, net                                   846               2,267               4,294
Valuation adjustment of liability for warrants                        1,436

--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interests
                                                                      (7,420)           (6,047)             1,570
Income tax benefit (expense)                                          (886)             819                 (2,515)
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
Loss before minority interests                                        (8,306)           (5,228)             (945)
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
Minority interests                                                    30
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
Net loss                                                              $ (8,276)         $ (5,228)           $    (945)
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
Net loss per share
Basic                                                                 $     (.48)       $     (.34)         $     (.09)
Diluted                                                               (.48)             (.34)                    (.09)
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- -------------------

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity Years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001


(in thousands, except for par value per share)

                                                                                Accumulated
                                                                                other
                                           Class B                              compre-     Compre-       Notes               Total
                               Common      common      Additional               hensive     hensive  receivable  Treasury     stock-
                                stock       stock       paid-in    Accumulated  income      income         from     stock   holders'
                              $.01 Par)   ($.01 Par)    capital     deficit     (loss)      (loss)   stockholder   at cost   equity
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------- -------- -----------
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------- -------- -----------
Balance at December 31, 2000    $125        $  8        $179,955    $(86,994)  $27,237    $            $(4,095)  $(3,718) $112,518
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------- -------- -----------
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------- -------- -----------
Other comprehensive loss                                                       (18,873)   (18,873)                         (18,873)
Net loss                                                                (945)                (945)                            (945)
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------- -------- -----------
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------- -------- -----------
Total comprehensive loss                                                                   (19,818)                        (19,818)
Issuance and sale of common
 stock and warrants               3            3           2,924                                                    313      3,243
Issuance of treasury stock
 in exchange for Class B
 common  stock                    (2)      (2,801)                                            2,803
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ---------- --------- ---------- -----------  ------  -----------
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------- -------- -----------
Balance at December 31, 2001    $128        $  9        $180,078    $(87,939)  $ 8,364    $           $(4,095)  $  (602)   $ 95,943
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------- -------- -----------
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------- -------- -----------
Other comprehensive loss                                                        (7,904)    (7,904)                          (7,904)
Net loss                                                              (5,228)              (5,228)                          (5,228)
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------- -------- -----------
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------- -------- -----------
Total comprehensive loss                                                                  (13,132)                         (13,132)
Issuance and sale of common
 stock                            26           3           9,910                                                    232     10,171
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------- -------- -----------
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------- -------- -----------
Balance at December 31, 2002    $154         $12         $189,988    $(93,167)    $460    $           $(4,095)    $(370)  $ 92,982
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------- -------- -----------
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------- -------- -----------
Other comprehensive loss                                                          (436)      (436)                            (436)
Net loss                                                              (8,276)              (8,276)                          (8,276)
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------- -------- -----------
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------- -------- -----------
Total comprehensive loss                                                                   (8,712)                          (8,712)
Repayment of notes receivable
 from stockholder                                                                                                 1,773      1,773
Issuance and sale of common
 stock and warrants               9                        6,553                                                    207      6,769
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ----------- -------- ----------- ----------- -------- ----------
Balance at December 31, 2003    $163         $12         $196,541   $(101,443)     $24    $            $(2,322)  $(163)   $ 92,812
---------------------------------------- ----------- -------------- ----------- -------- ----------- ----------- --------- ---------
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- --------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- --------------------
Years ended December 31,                                                     2003          2002                2001
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- --------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- --------------------
Cash flows from operations:

Net loss                                                              $(8,276)             $(5,228)            $    (945)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss
 to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization                                         2,928                3,304               5,902
Issuance of stock for retirement savings plan and stock bonuses
                                                                      1,053                1,065               1,780
Restructuring charge (reversal)                                       291                  (368)               (1,174)
Gains on marketable securities                                        (846)                (2,267)             (4,294)
Write-off of deferred financing costs                                 860
Non-cash debt conversion expense, net                                 622
Valuation adjustment of liability for warrants                        (1,436)
Non-cash consultant fees                                                                   240                 750
Non-cash compensation expense (credit)                                2,850                (1,211)             (2,370)
Loss on equity investments and other, net                             559                  2,603               327
Deferred income taxes                                                 (623)                (1,839)             1,112
Proceeds from sale of trading securities                              249                                      9,141

Changes in other operating items, net of effect of acquisitions and disposals:
Accounts and other receivables                                        2,713                3,195               4,285
Inventories                                                           (6,698)              354                 (197)
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
 billings on uncompleted contracts                                    3,788                2,584               3,936
Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                 4,656                1,901               (5,764)
Billings in excess of costs and estimated
 earnings on uncompleted contracts                                    2,534                (3,174)             (1,228)
Minority interests                                                    (30)
Changes in other operating items                                      156                  (330)               (74)
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- --------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- --------------------
Net cash provided by operations                                       $5,350               $    829            $11,187
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- --------------------

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

(in thousands)
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- -----------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- -----------------
Years ended December 31,                                              2003                 2002                2001
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- -----------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- -----------------
Cash flows from investing activities:

Additions to property, plant and equipment                            $(2,123)             $(1,916)            $(1,451)
Additions to intangible assets                                        (422)                (1,503)             (822)
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities                           2,124                3,833               5,567
Deconsolidation of Valera                                                                                      (6,700)
Cash acquired in acquisitions                                         2,853
Decrease (increase) to investments and other                          (4,050)              489                 (482)
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- -----------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- -----------------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities                   (1,618)              903                 (3,888)
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- -----------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- -----------------

Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from sale of Common Stock                                    955                  7,850
Proceeds from issuance of Class B Stock                                                    1,260               900
Net proceeds from issuance of Valera Preferred Stock                                                           6,700
Repayment of short-term borrowings                                    (13,461)             (10,280)            (3,824)
Deferred financing costs                                              (1,619)              (728)               (1,132)
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt                              14,674               890                 3,131
Repayment of long-term debt                                           (1,451)              (841)               (13,880)
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- -----------------
Net cash used in financing activities                                 (902)                (1,849)             (8,105)
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- -----------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- -----------------
Effect of exchange rate changes on
 cash and cash equivalents                                            70                   (72)                24
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- -----------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- -----------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and
 cash equivalents                                                     2,900                (189)               (782)
Cash and cash equivalents at
 beginning of year                                                    1,516                1,705               2,487
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- -----------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- -----------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                              $4,416               $1,516              $ 1,705
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- -----------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ------------------- -----------------
Supplemental disclosures of
 cash flow information:
Cash paid during the year for:
 Interest                                                             $1,379               $1,942              $ 3,958
 Income taxes                                                         $  734              $   434              $   407

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting policies

Description of business.

GP Strategies Corporation (the "Company") currently has five operating business segments. The Company's principal operating subsidiary is General Physics Corporation (GP or General Physics). GP is a global workforce development company that improves the effectiveness of organizations by providing training, management consulting, e-Learning solutions and engineering services that are customized to meet the needs of specific clients. Clients include Fortune 500 companies, manufacturing, process and energy companies, and other commercial and governmental customers.

GP operates in two business segments. The Manufacturing & Process Segment provides technology based training, engineering, consulting and technical services to leading companies in the automotive, steel, power, oil and gas, chemical, energy, pharmaceutical and food and beverage industries, as well as to the government sector. The Information Technology Segment provides information technology (IT) training programs and solutions, including Enterprise Solutions and comprehensive career training and transition programs.

During the fourth quarter of 2003 due to the Company's acquisition of additional shares of GSE Systems, Inc. ("GSE"), bringing its ownership to 58%, GSE will be consolidated into the Company's consolidated financial statements effective October 23, 2003. GSE is a world leader in real-time power plant simulation and makes up the Company's new Simulation Segment. The Company intends to use GSE's simulation technology to enhance General Physics capabilities.

The Company's Optical Plastics Segment is comprised of the Company's wholly owned subsidiary MXL Industries, Inc. (MXL). MXL is a specialist in the manufacture of polycarbonate parts requiring strict adherence to optical quality specifications, and in the application of abrasion and fog resistant coatings to these parts. Products include shields, and face masks and non-optical plastic products.

During the fourth quarter of 2003 due to the Company's acquisition of additional shares of Five Star Products, Inc. ("Five Star"), bringing its ownership to 54%, Five Star will be consolidated into the Company's consolidated financial statements effective October 8, 2003. Five Star is a leading regional distributor of paint sundry items, interior and exterior stains, brushes, rollers, caulking compounds and hardware products and makes up the Company's new Home Improvement Distribution Segment.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting policies
(Continued)

In addition, as of December 31, 2003, the Company has investments in Millennium Cell Inc. (Millennium), Valera Pharmaceuticals (formerly Hydro Med Sciences) ("Valera") and owns certain real estate (see Note 3).

Principles of consolidation and investments. The consolidated financial statements include the operations of the Company and, except for Valera as discussed below, its majority-owned subsidiaries. The minority interests balance is comprised of the 46 percent minority share in Five Star and 42 percent minority share in GSE which the Company did not own. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

The Company owns 100% of the common stock of Valera, however, it no longer has financial and operating control of the entity and accordingly, effective December 27, 2001, the Company has accounted for its investment in Valera under the equity method.

In July 2002, the Company's Board of Directors approved a spin-off of certain of its non-core assets into a separate corporation, National Patent Development Corporation ("NPDC"). After the spin-off becomes effective, the Company's business would be comprised of its training and workforce development business operated by General Physics and the GSE simulation business. NPDC would be a stand- alone public company owning all of the stock of MXL, the interest in Five Star and certain other non-core assets. The separation of these businesses will be accomplished through a pro-rata distribution (the "Distribution") of 100% of the outstanding Class A common stock of NPDC to the Company's stockholders on the record date of the Distribution.

On March 21, 2003, the Internal Revenue Service issued a favorable tax ruling which would enable the Distribution to be tax-free. As a result, each stockholder of the Company would receive a tax-free stock dividend of one share of NPDC Class A common stock for every share of the Company's common stock or Class B capital stock owned on the record date of the Distribution. On February 12, 2004 the Company filed documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the proposed spin-off.

Cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents of $4,416,000 and $1,516,000 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, consist of cash and highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less.

Marketable securities. Marketable securities at December 31, 2003 and 2002 consist of U.S. corporate equity securities. The Company classifies its marketable securities as trading or available-for-sale investments. A decline in


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting policies
(Continued)

the market value of any available-for-sale security below cost that is deemed to be other than temporary results in a reduction in carrying amount to fair value. The impairment is charged to earnings, and a new cost basis is established. Gains and losses are derived using the average cost method for determining the cost of securities sold.

Trading securities are included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and are those securities which are generally expected to be sold within one year. Available-for-sale securities are included in Investments, marketable securities and notes receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Trading and available-for-sale securities are recorded at their fair value. Trading securities are held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term. Unrealized holding gains and losses on trading securities are included in earnings. Unrealized holding gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of the related tax effect, until realized.

Inventories. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

Foreign currency translation. The functional currency of the Company's international operations is the applicable local currency. The translation of the applicable foreign currency into U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using current exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and for revenue and expense accounts using the weighted-average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. The unrealized gains and losses resulting from such translation are included as a separate component of stockholders' equity in accumulated other comprehensive income.

Revenue Recognition

General Physics contract revenue and cost recognition. GP provides services under time-and-materials, cost-plus-fixed fee and fixed-price contracts. Each contract has different terms based on the scope, deliverables and complexity of the engagement, requiring GP to make judgments and estimates about recognizing revenue. In general, revenue is recognized on these arrangements as the services are performed. Under time-and-material contracts, as well as certain cost-plus-fixed fee and certain fixed-price contracts, the contractual billing schedules are based on the specified level of resources GP is obligated to provide. As a result, on those "level of effort" contracts, the contractual billing amount for a given period acts as a measure of performance and, therefore, revenue is recognized in that amount.

For other fixed price contracts, the contractual billing schedules are not based on the specified level of resources GP is obligated to provide. These arrangements typically do not have milestones or other reliable measures of


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting policies
(Continued)

performance. As a result, revenue on these arrangements is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method based on the relationship of costs incurred to total estimated costs expected to be incurred over the term of the contract. GP believes this methodology provides a reasonable measure of performance on these arrangements since performance primarily involves personnel costs and the customer is required to pay GP for the proportionate amount of work and cost incurred in the event of contract termination. Revenue for unpriced change orders is not recognized until the customer agrees with the changes. Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts are recorded as a current asset. Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts are recorded as a current liability. Generally contracts provide for the billing of costs incurred and estimated earnings on a monthly basis.

Risks relating to service delivery, usage, productivity and other factors are considered when making estimates of total contract cost, contract profitability, and progress towards completion. If sufficient risk exists, a reduced-profit methodology is applied to a specific client contract's percentage-of-completion model whereby the amount of revenue recognized is limited to the amount of costs incurred until such time as the risks have been partially or wholly mitigated through performance. GP's estimates of total contract cost and contract profitability change periodically in the normal course of business, occasionally due to modifications of contractual arrangements. In addition, the implementation of cost saving initiatives and achievement of productivity gains generally results in a reduction of estimated total contract expenses on affected client contracts. Such changes in estimate are recognized in the period the changes are determined. For all client contracts, provisions for estimated losses on individual contracts are made in the period in which the loss first becomes apparent.

As part of GP's on-going operations to provide services to its customers, incidental expenses, which are commonly referred to as "out-of-pocket" expenses, are billed to customers. Out-of-pocket expenses include expenses such as airfare, mileage, hotel stays, out-of-town meals, and telecommunication charges. GP's policy provides for these expenses to be recorded as both revenue and direct cost of services in accordance with the provisions of EITF 01-14, "Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for `Out-of-Pocket' Expenses Incurred."

GSE revenue recognition. The majority of GSE's revenue is derived through the sale of uniquely designed systems containing hardware, software and other materials under fixed-price contracts. In accordance with Statement of Position 81-1 "Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts", the revenue under these fixed-price contracts is accounted for on the percentage-of-completion method, based on contract costs incurred to date and estimated costs to complete. Estimated contract earnings are reviewed and revised periodically as the work progresses, and the cumulative effect of any change is recognized in the period in which the change is identified. Estimated losses are charged against earnings in the period such losses are identified.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting policies
(Continued)

As GSE recognizes revenue under the percentage-of-completion method, it provides an accrual for estimated future warranty costs based on historical and projected claims experience. GSE's longer-term contracts generally provide for a one-year warranty on parts, labor and any bug fixes as it relates to software embedded in the systems.

GSE's system design contracts do not provide for "post customer support service" (PCS) in terms of software upgrades, software enhancements or telephone support. In order to obtain PCS, the customers must purchase a separate contract at the date of system installation. Such PCS arrangements are generally for a one-year period renewable annually and include customer support, unspecified software upgrades, maintenance releases. GSE recognizes revenue from these contracts ratably over the life of the agreements in accordance with Statement of Position 97-2 "Software Revenue Recognition".

Revenues from certain consulting or training contracts are recognized on a time-and-material basis. For time-and-material type contracts, revenue is recognized based on hours incurred at a contracted labor rate plus expenses.

Five Star and MXL revenue recognition. Revenue is recognized upon shipment of product to customers. Allowances for estimated returns and allowances are recognized when sales are recorded.

Comprehensive income. Comprehensive income consists of net income (loss), net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities and the interest rate swap, and foreign currency translation adjustments.

Property, plant and equipment. Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost. Major additions and improvements are capitalized while maintenance and repairs which do not extend the lives of the assets are expensed as incurred. Gain or loss on the disposition of property, plant and equipment is recognized in operations when realized.

Depreciation and amortization. The Company provides for depreciation of property, plant and equipment primarily on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting policies
(Continued)

  CLASS OF ASSETS                       USEFUL LIFE

Buildings and improvements              5 to 40 years
Machinery, equipment and furniture
  and fixtures                          3 to 7 years
Leasehold improvements                  Shorter of asset life or term of lease

Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets. Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. While Statement No. 144 supersedes FASB Statement No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of, it retains many of the fundamental provisions of that Statement.

The recoverability of long-lived assets, other than goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives, is assessed whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable through future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment is measured by determining the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell.

Intangible assets. The excess of cost over the fair value of net assets of businesses acquired is recorded as goodwill and through December 31, 2001, was amortized on a straight line basis over periods ranging from 5 to 40 years. The Company capitalizes costs incurred to obtain and maintain patents and licenses as well as contract rights acquired. Patent costs are amortized over the lesser of 17 years or the remaining lives of the patents, and license costs over the lives of the licenses. Contract rights are amortized over the lives of the contracts acquired, ranging up to two years. The Company also capitalizes costs incurred to obtain long-term debt financing. Such costs are included in other current assets and other assets in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets, are amortized on a straight line basis over the terms of the related debt and such amortization is classified as interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed, the Company capitalizes computer software development costs incurred after technological feasibility has been established, but prior to the release of the software product for sale to customers. Once the product is available to be sold, the Company begins to amortize the costs over the estimated useful life of the product, which normally ranges from three to five years. On an annual


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting policies
(Continued)

basis, the Company assesses the recovery of the unamortized software computer costs by estimating the net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the sale of the product. If the undiscounted cash flows are not sufficient to recover the unamortized software costs the Company will write-down the investment to its estimated fair value based on future discounted cash flows. The excess of any unamortized computer software costs over the related net realizable value is written down and charged to income. Significant changes in the sales projections could result in an impairment with respect to the capitalized software. Capitalized software is included in other assets on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. SFAS No. 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized but instead tested for impairment at least annually. SFAS No. 142 also requires that intangible assets with definite useful lives be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values.

The Company periodically assesses the recoverability of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives by a comparison of the estimated fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. The estimated fair value of each reporting unit exceeded the carrying value of each respective reporting unit. The Company will perform its annual impairment review as of the end of each fiscal year.

As of the date of adoption (January 1, 2002), the Company had unamortized goodwill in the amount of approximately $56 million and unamortized identifiable intangible assets in the amount of approximately $1.4 million, all of which were subject to the transition provisions of Statement 142. Amortization expense related to goodwill was $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2001.

Sales of subsidiary stock. The Company recognizes gains and losses on sales of subsidiary stock in its Consolidated Statements of Operations, except in circumstances where the realization of the gain is not reasonably assured or the sale relates to issuance of preferred stock.

Income taxes. Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting policies
(Continued)

Five Star files separate federal and state tax returns and GSE files separate federal, state and foreign tax returns from the Company, as those entities are not consolidated with the Company for tax purposes.

Income (loss) per share. Basic earnings (loss) per share is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, including Class B common stock, during the period.

Diluted earnings (loss) per share is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period assuming the issuance of common stock for all dilutive potential common stock equivalents outstanding.

Loss per share (EPS) for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

                                           2003             2002         2001
                                           ----             ----         ----
Basic and Diluted EPS
Net loss                                $(8,276)         $(5,228)     $  (945)
Weighted average shares
  outstanding, basic and diluted         17,139           15,370       13,209
Basic loss per share                    $  (.48)         $  (.34)     $  (.09)
Diluted loss per share (a)              $  (.48)         $  (.34)     $  (.09)

Basic loss per share is based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, including Class B common shares, during the period. Class B common stockholders have the same rights to share in profits and losses and liquidation values as common stockholders. Diluted loss per share are based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, assuming the issuance of common shares for all dilutive potential common shares outstanding.

(a) For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, presentation of the dilutive effect of stock options, warrants and convertible notes, which totaled 1,249,000, 612,000 and 376,000 shares, respectively, are not included since they are anti-dilutive. For the year ended December 31, 2003 presentation of the dilutive effect of GSE and Five Star stock options are not included since they are anti-dilutive.

Stock based compensation. Options are granted to purchase Company, GSE and Five Star common shares under stock-based incentive plans, which are described more fully in Note 12. The Company applies the intrinsic value-based method of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and related interpretations, in accounting for its fixed plan stock options. As such compensation expense would


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting policies
(Continued)

be recorded on the date of grant only if the current market price of the underlying stock exceeded the exercise price. The difference between the quoted market price as of the date of the grant and the contractual purchase price of shares is charged to operations over the vesting period. No compensation cost has been recognized for fixed stock options with exercise prices equal to the market price of the stock on the dates of grant and shares acquired by employees under the stock option plans. SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," established accounting and disclosure requirements using a fair value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation plans. As allowed by SFAS No. 123, the Company has elected to continue to apply the intrinsic value-based method of accounting described above, and has adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123.

SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure - an amendment of SFAS No. 123" ("SFAS No. 148"), was issued in December 2002 and is effective for the Company for the quarterly interim periods beginning in 2003. SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123 and provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, the statement amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 to require more prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based compensation and the effect of the method used.

Pro forma net income and earnings per share disclosures as if compensation expense was recorded based on the fair value for stock-based awards have been presented in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123, are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

                                                                     2003            2002           2001
                                                                     ----            ----           ----
Net loss - As reported                                            $(8,276)      $  (5,228)      $   (945)
Compensation expense, net of tax
                             Company stock options                 (1,251)         (1,495)        (2,443)
                             GSE stock options                       (181)
                             Five Star stock options                   (4)
                                                                   --------------- ----------- -------------
                                                                   --------------- ----------- -------------
                             Pro forma net loss                   $(9,712)      $  (6,723)      $  (3,388)
                                                                   --------------- ----------- -------------
                                                                   --------------- ----------- -------------

Basic and diluted loss per share
                             As reported                          $(.48)        $  (.34)        $    (.09)
                             Company stock options                 (.08)           (.10)             (.18)
                             GSE stock options                     (.01)
                             Five Star stock  options              (.00)
                                                                   --------------- ----------- -------------
                                                                   --------------- ----------- -------------
                             Pro forma net loss per share         $(.57)        $  (.44)        $    (.27)
                                                                   --------------- ----------- -------------


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting policies
(Continued)

Pro forma net loss reflects only options granted since 1995. Therefore, the full impact of calculating compensation cost for stock options under SFAS No. 123 is not reflected in the pro forma net loss amounts presented above because compensation cost is reflected over the options' vesting period and compensation cost for options granted prior to January 1, 1995 is not considered.

Company stock options

At December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the per share weighted-average fair value of the Company's stock options granted was $2.95, $2.78 and $2.98, respectively, on the date of grant using the modified Black Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

                             2003              2002              2001
                             ----              ----              ----
Expected dividend yield        0%                 0%               0%
Risk-free interest rate      2.00%              4.30%           4.78%
Expected volatility         78.33%             72.84%          66.13%
Expected life                4.00 years         6.16 years      3.70 years

There were no GSE and Five Star options granted during 2003 subsequent to their consolidation.

Use of estimates. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Concentrations of credit risk. Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash investments and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash investments with high quality financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure to any one institution. With respect to accounts receivable, approximately 25% are related to United States government contracts, and the remainder are dispersed among various industries, customers and geographic regions. In addition, the Company has investments in public and private equity securities, consisting of Valera and Millennium.

Fair value of financial instruments. The carrying value of financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable, accounts payable and short-term borrowings approximate estimated market values because of short maturities and interest rates that approximate current rates. The carrying values of investments approximate fair values based upon quoted


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting policies
(Continued)

market prices. The investments for which there is no quoted market price are not significant. The estimated fair value for the Company's debt is equal to the carrying amount. Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

Five Star interest rate swap. The interest rate swap is being accounted for under SFAS No. 133, as amended, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 133 requires all derivatives to be recognized in the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not hedges must be adjusted to fair value through earnings. If the derivative is a cash flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of a derivative's change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. The fair value of the interest rate swap at December 31, 2003 was recognized through a credit to other comprehensive income.

Reclassifications. Certain prior year amounts in the financial statements and notes thereto have been reclassified to conform to 2003 classifications.

Recent accounting pronouncements. In June 2001, the FASB issued Statement No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the associated asset retirement costs. This Statement applies to all entities that have legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets that result from the acquisition, construction, development or normal use of the asset. This statement requires that the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation be recognized in the period in which it is incurred if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. This statement is effective for the Company in 2003. The application of SFAS No. 143 did not have and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

During April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections ("SFAS No. 145"). Among other items, SFAS No. 145 updates and clarifies existing accounting pronouncements related to reporting gains and losses from the extinguishment of debt and certain lease modifications that have economic effects similar to sale-leaseback transactions. The provisions of SFAS No. 145 are generally effective for fiscal years beginning after May 15, 2002, with earlier adoption of certain provisions encouraged. The application of SFAS No. 145 did not have an impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting policies
(Continued)

In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities ("SFAS No. 146"). This Statement requires companies to recognize costs associated with exit or disposal activities when they are incurred rather than at the date of a commitment to an exit or disposal plan. The Company is required to adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 146 for exit or disposal activities, if any, initiated after December 31, 2002. The adoption of SFAS No. 146 did not impact the consolidated financial position or results of operations, although it can be expected to impact the timing of liability recognition associated with future exit activities, if any.

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure - an amendment of SFAS No. 123" ("SFAS No. 148"), and the transition guidance and annual disclosure provisions were effective for the Company for the quarterly interim periods beginning in 2003. SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS Statement No. 123 ("SFAS No. 123"), "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" and provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, the statement amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 to require more prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based compensation and the effect of the method used. The Company continues to account for stock-based compensation using APB Opinion No. 25 and has not adopted the recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148. The Company has adopted the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148 for the 2003 fiscal year.

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, "Amendment of SFAS No. 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under SFAS No. 133. In particular, this Statement clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative. It also clarifies when a derivative contains a financing component that warrants special reporting in the statement of cash flows. SFAS No. 149 is generally effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and did not have an impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity." SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for how a company classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify certain financial instruments as a liability (or as an asset in some circumstances). SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

1. Description of business and summary of significant accounting policies
(Continued)

effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 did not have an impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others" ("FIN No. 45"). FIN No. 45 elaborates on the disclosures for interim and annual reports regarding obligations under certain guarantees issued by a guarantor. Under FIN No. 45, the guarantor is required to recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee at the inception of a guarantee. The recognition and measurement provisions of FIN No. 45 are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The Company applied the provisions of FIN No. 45 for its financial guarantee entered into in the first quarter of 2003.

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities" ("FIN No. 46"). FIN No. 46 explains how to identify variable interest entities and how an enterprise assesses its interests in a variable interest entity to decide whether to consolidate that entity. FIN No. 46 requires existing unconsolidated variable interest entities to be consolidated by their primary beneficiaries if the entities do not effectively disperse risks among parties involved. The provisions of FIN No. 46 are effective immediately for all entities with variable interests in variable interest entities created after December 31, 2002. The provisions of FIN No. 46 are effective for public entities with a variable interest in a variable interest entity created prior to January 1, 2003 no later than the end of the first annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2003. The Company has evaluated its interests in certain entities to determine if any such entities will require consolidation under FIN No. 46, and has determined that, at this time, it is not necessary to consolidate any such entities.

In November 2002, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 00-21, "Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables." This Issue provides guidance on when and how to separate elements of an arrangement that may involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services and rights to use assets into separate units of accounting. The guidance in the consensus is effective for revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. The transition provision allows either prospective application or a cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption. The adoption of Issue No. 00-21 did not have an impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Goodwill and intangible assets

Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted FASB Statement No. 141, Business Combinations, and Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Statement No. 141 requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 as well as all purchase method business combinations completed after June 30, 2001. Statement No. 141 also specifies criteria intangible assets acquired in a purchase method business combination must meet to be recognized and reported apart from goodwill, noting that any purchase price allocable to an assembled workforce may not be accounted for separately. Statement No. 142 requires that goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized but instead tested for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of Statement No.
142. Statement No. 142 also requires that intangible assets with definite useful lives be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values, and reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposed of Long-Lived Assets. The Company did not recognize any impairment as a result of the adoption of this

statement. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 the Company performed a test for potential impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets. The Company did not recognize any impairment as a result of the impairment test. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company had unamortized goodwill in the amount of $62,395,000 and $57,491,000, respectively.

The components of goodwill and intangible assets as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 are as follows (in thousands):

                                                  Original Cost or                     Accumulated
                                                  Carrying Value        Additions      Amortization           Total

2003:
Amortizing intangible assets:
  Patents, licenses and contract rights           $ 1,348               $   422        $ 739              $   1,031
                                                  -------               -------        -----              ---------

Non-amortizing intangible assets:
 Goodwill                                          57,491                 4,904                              62,395
                                                  ------                -------        -------               ------

2002:
Amortizing intangible assets:
  Patents and licenses                            $1,348                               $ 593               $   755
                                                  ------                -------        -----               -------

Non-amortizing intangible assets:
 Goodwill                                         55,988                  1,503                             57,491
                                                  ------                -------        -------              ------


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Goodwill and intangible assets (Continued)

Amortization expense for patents, licenses and contract rights was $147,000 in 2003, $103,000 in 2002, and $126,000 in 2001. The weighted average amortization period as of December 31, 2003 is six years. Amortization is estimated to be approximately $289,000 in 2004, $233,000 in 2005, and $73,000 from 2006 through 2008.

Goodwill increased in 2003 due to the GSE Acquisition (see Note 4) as well as the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. The increase in goodwill in 2002 was due to additional contingent payments made for previous acquisitions as well as the impact of foreign currency fluctuations.

The following is a summary of proforma net income and earnings (loss) per share for the year ended December 31, 2001, as adjusted to remove the amortization of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives (in thousands, except per share amounts):

Net Income (loss)
  As Reported                                      $(945)
  Proforma                                         $ 488

Basic and Diluted
  Earnings (loss) Per Share
  As Reported                                      $ (.09)
  Proforma                                         $  .02

3. Investments, marketable securities and notes receivable

Investments and note receivable

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, Investments and notes receivable were comprised of the following (in thousands):

                                                   December 31,
                                              2003             2002
                                              ----           -------
Five Star Products, Inc. (See Note 4)         $              $6,317
GSE Systems, Inc.  (See Note 4)                               1,794
Valera
Other                                          655              422
                                              -----          -------
                                              $655           $8,533
                                              ====           ======


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Investments, marketable securities and notes receivable (Continued)

(a) Five Star Products, Inc.

Five Star is a leading regional distributor of home decorating, hardware and finishing products. On October 8, 2003 the Company acquired additional shares of Five Star, bringing its ownership to 54%. Five Star is consolidated into the Company's consolidated financial statements and no longer accounted for as an equity investment effective as of that date. The Company recognized equity income of Five Star of $190,000 in 2003 prior to its date of consolidation.

At December 31, 2002, the Company owned approximately 47.3% of Five Star and accounted for its investment in Five Star using the equity method. At December 31, 2002, the Company's investment in Five Star was $6,317,000, including the $4,500,000 senior unsecured 8% note. The Company recorded a write down on its investment of $200,000 in 2001, which is included in Loss on investments on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In 1994 Jerome Feldman, Chairman and CEO of the Company was granted options to purchase 250,000 shares of Five Star from the Company at an exercise price of $.50. These options expired unexercised in June 2003.

Information relating to the Company's investment in Five Star as of December 31, 2002 is as follows (in thousands):

Long-term note receivable                                 $ 4,500
Number of shares                                            7,103
Carrying amount of shares                                  $1,817
Equity income included in Investment
 and other income, net                                       $162

Condensed financial information for Five Star as of December 31, 2002 and for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 is as follows (in thousands):

                                                             2002        2001
Current assets                                            $34,191
Non current assets                                          1,142
Current liabilities                                        27,552
Non current liabilities                                     4,500
Stockholders' equity                                        3,281
Sales                                                      94,074        94,908
Gross profit                                               16,613        16,054
Net income                                                    391          417


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Investments, marketable securities and notes receivable (Continued)

(b) GSE Systems, Inc.

GSE is a leading global provider of real-time simulation, homeland security and engineering services for the energy, process and military industries. On October 23, 2003 the Company acquired additional shares of GSE, bringing its ownership to 58%. GSE will be consolidated into the Company's consolidated financial statements and will no longer be accounted for as an equity investment effective as of that date. The Company recognized equity losses of GSE of $733,000 in 2003 prior to its date of consolidation.

At December 31, 2002 the Company owned approximately 19.5% of GSE and accounted for its investment in GSE using the equity method. Although the Company owned approximately 19.5% of the common stock of GSE as of December 31, 2002, the Company has accounted for its investment in GSE using the equity method of accounting based upon management's conclusion that the Company has significant influence with respect to the operations of GSE. Additionally, pursuant to the extension of the Company's guarantee of GSE debt in March 2003 (see Note 16), the Company received 150,000 shares of GSE common stock.

Information relating to the Company's investment in GSE as of December 31, 2002 is as follows (in thousands):

Number of shares                                              1,159
Carrying amount                                             $ 1,794
Equity loss included in Investment
 and other income, net                                      $(1,210)

Condensed financial information for GSE as of December 31, 2002 and for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 is as follows (in thousands):

                                                     2002             2001
                                                     ----             ----
Current assets                                    $17,202
Non current assets                                 11,692
Current liabilities                                11,166
Non current liabilities                             9,617
Stockholders' equity                                8,111
Revenue  20,220                                    25,509
Gross profit                                        3,560            5,765
Net income (loss)                                  (5,943)             259


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Investments, marketable securities and notes receivable (Continued)

(c) Valera Pharmaceuticals

Valera is a specialty pharmaceutical company engaged in the development and commercialization of prescription pharmaceuticals principally utilizing Valera's patented Hydron drug delivery technology.

Prior to June 2000, Valera operated as a division of the Company, however, in connection with an offering of the Company's 6% Convertible Subordinated Exchangeable Notes due 2003 (the "Valera Notes"), Valera was incorporated as a separate company and became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The Valera Notes, at the option of the holders, could have been exchanged for 19.9% of the outstanding common stock of Valera on a fully diluted basis or into shares of the Company's common stock. On April 23, 2003, the Company entered into an agreement with the holders of the Valera Notes to exchange the Valera Notes plus related accrued interest for 554,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at a conversion rate of $5.00 per share with a fair value of $2,770,000. As a result, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS Statement No. 84, Induced Conversions of Convertible Debt, the Company recorded debt conversion expense, net of approximately $622,000, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in 2003.

On December 27, 2001, Valera completed a $7 million private placement of Valera Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Stock") to certain institutional investors. The Preferred Stock is convertible into Valera's common stock at any time at the option of the holder and participates in dividends with Valera common stock on an as converted basis.

The Company owns 100% of Valera's common stock but no longer has financial and operating control of Valera. As a condition of the private placement, the Company contractually gave up operating control over Valera through an Investors Rights Agreement. Therefore, through December 27, 2001, the operating results of Valera are consolidated within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. However, subsequent to that date the Company accounts for its investment in Valera under the equity method. Due to Valera's operating losses in 2002 the Company's investment in Valera as of December 31, 2002 was written down to zero.

In the second quarter of 2003, Valera completed a $12 million private placement offering. As part of such transaction, the Company was granted an option (the "Valera Option") until March 31, 2004 (which the Company did not exercise) to purchase up to $5 million of Series B preferred stock at the offering price of $.72 per share. The Company valued the Valera Option using the Black-Scholes model and recorded approximately $500,000 of income, which is included in Investments and other income (loss) net. The Valera Option was written down to zero in the quarter ended September 30, 2003 due to the recognition of the


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Investments, marketable securities and notes receivable (Continued)

Company's share of Valera's equity loss. Assuming conversion of all of the outstanding shares of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock and exercise of options for the total number of Valera common shares reserved for Valera's employee stock option plans, the Company would own approximately 25% of Valera.

Marketable securities

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, Marketable securities were comprised of the following (in thousands):

                                                 2003                2002
                                                 ----                ----
Millennium Cell Inc.                             $3,570              $5,552
Hemispherx Biopharma, Inc.                          361                   0
Other                                                 0                  45
                                                 ------              ------
                                                 $3,931              $5,597
                                                 ======              ======

(a) Millennium Cell Inc.

Millennium Cell Inc. ("Millennium") is a publicly traded emerging technology company engaged in the business of developing innovative fuel systems for the safe storage, transportation and generation of hydrogen for use as an energy source. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company had a 4% and 8% ownership interest, respectively, in Millennium, representing approximately 1,532,000 and 2,325,000 shares, including approximately 340,000 and 349,000 shares of common stock subject to options which were granted to the Company's employees to acquire Millennium shares from the Company's holdings.

In 2001, the Company sold 861,500 shares of Millennium classified as trading securities for proceeds of $9,141,440. In addition, the Company sold approximately 1,220,000 shares from available for sale securities for $5,482,216. For the year ended December 31, 2001, the Company has recognized a net gain of $4,294,000, which is included in gain on marketable securities, net. The approximately 3,703,000 shares remaining were classified as available for sale securities. At December 31, 2001, these shares had a fair value of approximately $19,341,000.

In 2002, the Company sold approximately 1,286,000 shares for $3,833,000. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company has recognized a net gain of $2,267,000 which is included in gain on marketable securities, net. The approximately 2,325,000 shares remaining at December 31, 2002 had a fair value of approximately $5,552,000.

In 2003, the Company sold approximately 783,000 shares for $1,648,000. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company has recognized a net gain of $704,000


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Investments, marketable securities and notes receivable (Continued)

which is included in gain on marketable securities, net. The approximately 1,532,000 shares remaining at December 31, 2003 had a fair value of approximately $3,570,000.

On February 11, 2000, the Company granted options to certain of its employees pursuant to the GP Strategies Corporation Millennium Cell, LLC Option Plan (the "Millennium Option Plan") to purchase an aggregate of approximately 547,000 of its shares of Millennium common stock, of which there are currently approximately 340,000 options outstanding. These options vested over either a one year or two year period and expire on June 30, 2004, as amended. The options in the Millennium Option Plan were fully vested as of December 31, 2002. The Company may receive approximately $500,000 (of which approximately $189,000 was received in 2001, 2002 and 2003) upon exercise of all options pursuant to the Millennium Option Plan. The Company recorded a liability to employees of $650,000 and $767,000 at December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002, respectively. These amounts are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company recorded a non-cash compensation credit of $150,000, $1,211,000 and $2,370,000 for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations.

Information relating to the Company's investment in Millennium is as follows at December 31, 2003 and 2002 (in thousands):

---------- ----------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------
                                                                       2003              2002
---------- ----------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------
---------- ----------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------
           Number of shares                                            1,532             2,325
           Available-for-sale equity securities, at market             $3,570            $5,552
---------- ----------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------

The gross unrealized holding gains (losses) and fair value for available-for-sale securities (primarily Millennium Cell) were as follows (in thousands):

                                                          Gross Unrealized Holding
Available-for-sale equity securities:          Cost        Gains       Losses          Fair Value
                                               ----        -----       ------          ----------
December 31, 2003                          $ 1,957        $  1,613                      $   3,570
December 31, 2002                          $ 2,917        $  2,680                      $   5,597
December 31, 2001                          $ 4,633        $14,810                       $ 19,443
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Differences between cost and market, net of taxes, of $984,000, $1,609,000, and $9,021,000 at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, were credited to a separate component of stockholders' equity called accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Investments, marketable securities and notes receivable (Continued)

(b) Interferon Sciences, Inc. ("ISI") and Hemispherx Biopharma Inc.

ISI is a biopharmaceutical company in which the Company owned 181,201 shares at December 31, 2002 with a market value of $9,000. In an agreement dated March 25, 1999, the Company agreed to lend ISI $500,000 (the "ISI Debt"). ISI issued the Company 500,000 shares of ISI common stock and a five-year warrant to purchase 500,000 shares of ISI common stock at a price of $1 per share as a loan origination fee. Pursuant to the agreement, as amended, ISI issued a Note due March 15, 2002, to the Company for $500,000 of which approximately $300,000 plus accrued interest receivable was outstanding as of December 31, 2002, which was included in accounts and other receivables on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In March 2003, the Company and ISI entered into an agreement whereby the Company agreed to receive shares of common stock of Hemispherx Biopharma Inc. ("HEB") with a market value of $425,000 (the "Guaranteed Shares") in full settlement of all of ISI's debt obligations. The agreement obligated HEB to register the Guaranteed Shares, set limits on the amount of shares the Company could sell and required HEB to pay the Company an amount equal to the number of Guaranteed Shares remaining unsold on September 11, 2005 multiplied by $1.59. The Guaranteed Shares were registered by HEB in the fourth quarter of 2003. The Company received 268,000 shares of HEB from ISI and subsequently sold 108,000 of the shares during the fourth quarter of 2003 for $249,000. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company has recognized a net gain of $142,000 on the sale of these shares, which is included in gain on marketable securities, net. The approximately 160,000 shares remaining are classified as trading securities at December 31, 2003. These shares had a fair value of approximately $361,000 and were sold in the first quarter of 2004.

4. Acquisitions

(a) Five Star Products, Inc.

Five Star was previously a 47.3% investment of the Company accounted for under the equity method and was indebted to the Company for a Unsecured 8% Note ("the Five Star Note") due June 30, 2005, as amended, which amounted to $4,500,000 as of December 31, 2002. On June 20, 2003, the Company entered into an Agreement of Subordination and Assignments (the "Subordination Agreement") with Five Star that amended the amount of annual repayment of principal on the Five Star Note. Future repayments of the Five Star Note are contingent on the operating results of Five Star, subject to certain limitations as defined in the Subordination Agreement. Pursuant to the provisions of the Subordination Agreement, in June 2003 and July 2003 the Company received partial repayments from Five Star in the amount of $500,000 each, reducing the outstanding principal amount of the Five Star Note from $4,500,000 to $3,500,000. On October 8, 2003 the Company converted an additional $500,000 principal amount of the


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Acquisitions (Continued)

Five Star Note into 2,000,000 shares of Five Star common stock (the "Five Star Acquisition") increasing the Company's investment in Five Star to 54%. In December 2003 the Company received a partial repayment from Five Star in the amount of $200,000, reducing the outstanding principal amount of the Five Star Note from $3,000,000 to $2,800,000.

In consideration for the Company agreeing to convert at a conversion price of $0.25 per share, Five Star agreed to terminate the voting agreement between the Company and Five Star. The voting agreement, which by its terms would in any event have terminated on June 30, 2004, provided that the Company (i) would vote its Five Star common stock so that not more than 50% of the members of the Five Star board of directors would be officers or directors of the Company and (ii) would vote on matters other than the election of directors in the same proportion as the other Five Star stockholders.

The Five Star Acquisition, which was approved by a Special Committee of the Five Star board of directors comprised of an independent non-management director who is unaffiliated with the Company, increased the Company's ownership in Five Star from approximately 47.3% to approximately 54% of the outstanding Five Star common stock. The Five Star Acquisition occurred because the Company believed that the common stock of Five Star represented an attractive investment opportunity based on its valuation at that time. Subsequent to the Five Star Acquisition, Five Star will be consolidated into the Company's consolidated financial statements. Five Star comprises the Company's new Home Improvement Distribution Segment.

The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase transaction in accordance with SFAS No. 141, and accordingly, the net assets acquired were recorded at their fair value at the date of the acquisition. The excess of the net assets acquired over the purchase price was recorded as a reduction to property, plant and equipment to reflect the allocation of negative goodwill arising in purchase accounting.

The components of the net assets acquired were as follows (in thousands):

Accounts receivable                                       $13,267
Inventory                                                 20,222
Property, plant & equipment and other assets              1,529
--------------------------------------------------------- -------------
Total assets                                              35,018
--------------------------------------------------------- -------------
Short term borrowings                                     17,616
Accounts payable and accrued expenses                     10,063
Debt to GP Strategies                                     3,000
--------------------------------------------------------- -------------
--------------------------------------------------------- -------------
Total liabilities assumed                                 30,679
--------------------------------------------------------- -------------
--------------------------------------------------------- -------------
Five Star net assets as of October 8, 2003                4,339
--------------------------------------------------------- -------------


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Acquisitions (Continued)

On February 6, 2004 Five Star announced that it would repurchase up to 5,000,000 shares, or approximately 30% of its common stock currently outstanding, through a tender offer for the shares at $0.21 per share, originally set to expire on March 16, 2004. On March 17, 2004 Five Star announced that it had increased the price it was offering to pay for the shares in the tender offer to $0.25 per share and extended the offer to March 31, 2004. Based on the final tabulation by the depositary for the tender offer, approximately 2,648,000 shares of common stock were tendered and acquired by Five Star. The effect of the tender offer was to increase the Company's ownership in Five Star to approximately 64%.

If the Company increases its ownership to at least 80% of Five Star's common stock, Five Star would become, for federal tax purposes, part of the affiliated group of which the Company is the common parent As a member of such affiliated group, Five Star would be included in the Company's consolidated federal income tax returns, Five Star's income or loss would be included as part of the income or loss of the affiliated group and any of Five Star's income so included might be offset by the consolidated net operating losses, if any, of the affiliated group. As part of this agreement, Five Star has agreed to enter into a tax sharing agreement with the Company pursuant to which Five Star will make tax sharing payments to the Company once Five Star becomes a member of the consolidated group equal to 80% of the amount of taxes Five Star would pay if Five Star were to file separate consolidated tax returns but did not pay as a result of being included in the Company affiliated group. If the Company completes the spin-off of certain of its assets, including a majority interest in Five Star into NPDC (See Note 1), the foregoing agreement would be assigned by the Company to NPDC.

(b) GSE Systems Inc.

On October 23 2003, the Company purchased from ManTech International ("ManTech") 3,426,699 shares of common stock of GSE and a GSE Subordinated Note in the outstanding principal amount of $650,000, which the Company immediately converted into 418,653 shares of common stock of GSE. This transaction (the "GSE Acquisition") increased the Company's ownership of the common stock of GSE from approximately 22% to approximately 58%. Simultaneously with the closing of the GSE Acquisition, three directors nominated by the Company were added to the GSE board of directors. GSE was previously an investment of the Company accounted for under the equity method. Subsequent to the GSE Acquisition, GSE is consolidated into the Company's consolidated financial statements and comprises the Company's new Simulation Segment. The GSE Acquisition was carried out in order to allow the Company to work together with GSE to expand GSE's simulation technology to the power, military and homeland defense markets that are currently served by General Physics.

The consideration paid to ManTech by the Company consisted of a five-year 5% note of $5,250,955 (the "ManTech Note") due in full in October 2008. Each year


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Acquisitions (Continued)

during the term of the ManTech Note, ManTech will have the option to convert up to 20% of the original principal amount of the note into common stock of the Company at the then market price of Company's common stock, but only in the event that Company's common stock is trading at $10 per share or more. In the event that less than 20% of the principal amount of the note is not converted in any year, such amount not converted will be eligible for conversion in each subsequent year until converted or until the note is repaid in cash. As part of the GSE Acquisition, the Company and ManTech entered into a five-year Teaming Agreement pursuant to which ManTech and the Company will work together to give the Company the opportunity to provide training services to ManTech's customers.

On January 1, 2004, GSE entered into a Management Services Agreement with the Company in which the Company agreed to provide corporate support services to GSE, including accounting, finance, human resources, legal, network support and tax. In addition, GSE will use General Physics' financial system. GSE will pay an annual fee to General Physics of $685,000. The term of the agreement is one year, subject to earlier termination only upon the mutual consent of the parties to the agreement. The agreement can be renewed for successive one-year terms.

The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase transaction in accordance with SFAS No. 141, and accordingly, the net assets acquired were recorded at their fair value at the date of the acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill associated with this acquisition will be deductible for tax purposes.

The components of the net assets acquired were as follows (in thousands):

Cash                                                          $2,847
Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables                   6,587
Intangible assets                                              2,684
Property, plant & equipment and other assets                   2,444
-------------------------------------------------------------- --------
Total assets                                                   14,562
-------------------------------------------------------------- --------
-------------------------------------------------------------- --------
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities       5,303
Billings in excess of revenue earned                           3,528
-------------------------------------------------------------- --------
Total liabilities assumed                                      8,831
-------------------------------------------------------------- --------
-------------------------------------------------------------- --------
GSE net assets as of October 23, 2003                         $5,731
-------------------------------------------------------------- --------

The following table represents the Company's pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, as if the Five Star and GSE Acquisitions had been completed at the beginning of each period. The pro forma information is presented for comparative purposes only and does not purport to be indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Acquisitions (Continued)

actually been made at such date, nor is it necessarily indicative of future operating results (in thousands, except per share data):

   ------------------------------------------------- ----------- -------------
   Years ended December 31,                              2003        2002
   ------------------------------------------------- ----------- -------------
   ------------------------------------------------- ----------- -------------
   Sales                                             $262,692    $266,527
   Loss before minority interests                      (9,522)     (8,405)
   Minority interests                                   1,207       2,316
   Net loss                                          $ (8,315)   $ (6,089)
   Net loss per share
   Basic and diluted                                 $   (.49)   $   (.40)
   ------------------------------------------------- ----------- -------------

5.       Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):

December 31,                                          2003             2002
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------
Land                                                  $  915         $    915
Buildings and improvements                             3,561            3,525
Machinery and equipment                               14,534           11,884
Furniture and fixtures                                 8,583            6,300
Leasehold improvements                                 2,072            2,649
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------
                                                      29,665           25,273
Accumulated depreciation and amortization            (20,671)         (16,974)
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------
                                                     $ 8,994          $ 8,299
----------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------

During 2003 the Company wrote off certain fully depreciated assets of approximately $3,663,000. During 2002 the Company wrote off certain fully depreciated assets as a result of its General Physics and Corporate office relocations of approximately $5,100,000.

6. Short-term borrowings

General Physics

On August 13, 2003, General Physics, General Physics's subsidiary, Skillright, Inc., and MXL, entered into a two-year $25 million Financing and Security Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") with a new bank, the proceeds of which were used to repay the Company's existing credit facility. The Credit Agreement is secured by certain assets of General Physics and certain of the accounts receivable of MXL. The Credit Agreement also provides for an unsecured guaranty from the Company. MXL provided a limited guaranty of the Credit Agreement up to the value of its accounts receivable collateral securing the Credit Agreement.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

At General Physics's option,

6. Short-term borrowings (Continued)

At General Physics'option, upon prior written notice to the lender, MXL's accounts receivables can be eliminated from the borrowing base under the Credit Agreement, provided that General Physics makes a prepayment under the Credit Agreement, if necessary, to eliminate a borrowing base deficiency, if any. At such point, all obligations of MXL relating to the Credit Agreement shall terminate and MXL's limited guaranty of the Credit Agreement shall be void. In March 2004 the Company eliminated MXL's accounts receivable from the borrowing base, which would have had the effect as of December 31, 2003 of reducing the borrowing base by $453,000. At the same time, the Credit Agreement was also amended to include GSE.

The interest rate on the Credit Agreement is at Eurodollar plus 3.00%, (which as of December 31, 2003 is approximately 4.1%). Based upon the financial performance of GP, the interest rate can be reduced. The Credit Agreement contains covenants with respect to GP's minimum tangible net worth, leverage ratio, interest coverage ratio and its ability to make capital expenditures. The Credit Agreement also contains certain restrictive covenants including a prohibition on future acquisitions (except for the Five Star Acquisition), incurrence of debt and the payment of dividends. The Company received a waiver under the Credit Agreement with respect to the GSE Acquisition. GP is currently restricted from paying dividends or management fees to the Company in excess of $1,000,000 in any fiscal year. GP is also subject to certain restrictive covenants including limitations on future acquisitions. GP was in compliance with all loan covenants under the Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2003.

The Company wrote off $860,000 of deferred financing costs due to the early termination of its previous credit agreement. This expense is included in interest expense for year ended December 31, 2003.

As of December 31, 2003, the amount outstanding under the Credit Agreement is approximately $9,527,000, and approximately $7,225,000 was available to be borrowed under the Credit Agreement.

Five Star

On June 20, 2003 Five Star obtained a new Loan and Security Agreement (the "Loan Agreement") with Fleet Capital Corporation. The Loan Agreement has a five-year term, with a maturity date of June 30, 2008. The Loan Agreement provides for a $25,000,000 revolving credit facility, which allows Five Star to borrow based upon a formula of eligible inventory and eligible accounts receivable, as defined therein. The interest rates under the Loan Agreement are LIBOR plus a credit spread for borrowings not to exceed $15,000,000 and the prime rate plus a credit spread for borrowings in excess of the above-mentioned LIBOR-based borrowings. The credit spreads can be reduced in the event that Five


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

6. Short-term borrowings (Continued)

Star achieves and maintains certain performance benchmarks. At December 31, 2003, approximately $16,685,000 was outstanding under the Loan Agreement and approximately $480,000 was available to be borrowed.

In connection with the Loan Agreement, Five Star also entered into a derivative transaction with Fleet National Bank on June 20, 2003. The derivative transaction is an interest rate swap which has been designated as a cash flow hedge. Effective July 1, 2004 through June 30, 2008, Five Star will pay a fixed interest rate of 3.38% to Fleet National Bank on notional principal of $12,000,000. In return, Fleet National Bank will pay to Five Star a floating rate, namely, LIBOR, on the same notional principal amount. The credit spread under the Loan Agreement is not included in and will be paid in addition to this fixed interest rate of 3.38%.

GSE
GSE previously had a $1.5 million bank line of credit. The credit facility provided for borrowings to support working capital needs and foreign letters of credit. The line was collateralized by substantially all of GSE's assets. The interest rate on this line of credit was based on the bank's prime rate plus 1.00% (5.00% as of December 31, 2003), with interest only payments due monthly. At December 31, 2003, GSE's available borrowing base was $1.5 million, none of which had been utilized. On March 23, 2000, the Company agreed to guarantee up to $1,800,000 of GSE credit facility, through May 31, 2004, as extended.

GSE's current credit facility was scheduled to expire on May 31, 2004; however on March 30, 2004, GSE was added as an additional borrower under the General Physics Credit Agreement. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, as amended, $1,500,000 of General Physics' Credit Agreement has been allocated for use by GSE as well as certain covenants specific to GSE. The Credit Agreement was amended to provide for additional collateral consisting of substantially all of the GSE's assets, as well as certain covenants specific to GSE. It provides for borrowings by GSE up to 80% of eligible accounts receivable and 80% of eligible unbilled receivables, up to a maximum of $1,500,000. The interest rate is based upon the LIBOR Market Index Rate plus 3%, with interest only payments due monthly. The Company agreed to guarantee GSE's borrowings under the Credit Agreement, as amended, in consideration for a fee pursuant to the Management Services Agreement.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Accounts payable and accrued expenses

Accounts payable and accrued expenses are comprised of the following (in thousands):

----------------------------------------------------- --------------- ----------
December 31,                                          2003            2002
----------------------------------------------------- --------------- ----------
----------------------------------------------------- --------------- ----------
Accounts payable                                      $22,795         $  6,324
Payroll and related costs                             6,324           4,617
Restructuring reserve                                 72              221
Other                                                 8,916           6,390
----------------------------------------------------- --------------- ----------
----------------------------------------------------- --------------- ----------
                                                      $38,107         $17,552
----------------------------------------------------- --------------- ----------

8. Long term debt

Long-term debt is comprised of the following (in thousands):

------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------
December 31,                                            2002          2001
------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------
------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------

6% conditional subordinated notes due 2008 (a)         $7,500         -
ManTech Note (b)                                       5,251          -
Mortgage on MXL Pennsylvania facility (c)              1,405          $1,505
Mortgage on MXL Illinois facility (d)                  1,185          1,212
Senior subordinated debentures                         423            558
6% convertible exchangeable notes (e)                                 2,640
AOtec Debt (f)                                         922            -
Other (g)                                              437            997
------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------
------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------
                                                       17,123         6,912
------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------
------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------
Less warrant related discount, net of accretion        (2,262)        -
------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------
------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------
                                                       14,861         6,912
Less current maturities                                (1,112)        (3,610)
------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------
------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------
                                                       $13,749        $3,302
------------------------------------------------------ -------------------------

(a) Pursuant to a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated August 8, 2003, the Company issued and sold to four Gabelli funds $7,500,000 aggregate principal amount of 6% Conditional Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "Gabelli Notes") and 937,500 warrants ("GP Warrants"), each entitling the holder thereof to purchase (subject to adjustment) one share of the Company's common stock. The aggregate purchase price for the Gabelli Notes and GP Warrants was $7,500,000.

The Gabelli Notes bear interest at 6% per annum payable semi-annually commencing on December 31, 2003, and mature in August 2008. The Gabelli Notes are secured by a mortgage on the Company's property located in Pawling, New York. In the event that the spin-off does not occur, the Company may be required to redeem


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Long term debt (Continued)

the Gabelli Notes by April 2005. In addition, at any time that less than $1,875,000 principal amount of Notes are outstanding, the Company may defease the obligations secured by the mortgage and obtain a release of the mortgage by depositing with an agent for the Noteholders, bonds or government securities with an investment grade rating by a nationally recognized rating agency which, without reinvestment, will provide cash on the maturity date of the Gabelli Notes in an amount not less than the outstanding principal amount of the Gabelli Notes.

The GP Warrants have an exercise price of $8.00 per share and are exercisable at any time until August 2008. The exercise price may be paid in cash, by delivery of Notes, or a combination of the two. The GP Warrants contain anti-dilution provisions for stock splits, reorganizations, mergers, and similar transactions. The fair value of the GP Warrants at the date of issuance was $2,389,000, which reduced long-term debt in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

This amount is being accreted as additional interest expense using the effective interest rate over the term of the Gabelli Notes. The Gabelli Notes have a yield to maturity of 15.436% based on the discounted value. Accretion charged as non-cash interest expense was approximately $127,000 during 2003.

The GP Warrants were accounted for as a liability of the Company until the shares of the Company's common stock issuable on exercise of the GP Warrants were registered, which occurred on December 8, 2003, at which time the liability was reclassified to additional paid in capital at its then fair market value of $953,000. The changes in the fair market value of the GP Warrants were marked to market through December 8, 2003 with the adjustment shown as other income in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company recognized a gain of $1,436,000 in its December 8, 2003 valuation adjustment of the liability relating to the GP Warrants using the Black-Scholes model.

The Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement provides that, on completion of the Distribution described in Note 1, NPDC will issue warrants ("NPDC Warrants") to the holders of the GP Warrants. The NPDC Warrants will entitle the holders to purchase, in the aggregate, a number of shares of NPDC common stock equal to 8% of the number of shares outstanding at completion of the spin-off, subject to reduction for any GP Warrants exercised prior to the spin-off. The NPDC Warrants will be allocated to the holders of the GP Warrants on a pro-rata basis, on the respective number of GP Warrants held by them on such date.

In connection with the Distribution, the Company intends to contribute the Pawling property, subject to the mortgage, to MXL. MXL will assume the mortgage, but without liability for repayment of the Gabelli Notes or any other obligations of the Company under the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement (other than foreclosure on such property). If there is a foreclosure on the mortgage for payment of the Gabelli Notes, the Company has agreed to indemnify MXL for loss of the value of the property.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Long term debt (Continued)

(b)On October 23, 2003 in connection with the GSE Acquisition the Company issued a five-year 5% note due in full on October 21, 2008 in the principal amount of $5,250,955 to ManTech International. Interest is payable quarterly. Each year during the term of the note, the holder of the note will have the option to convert up to 20% of the original principal amount of the note into common stock of GP Strategies at the then market price of GP Strategies' common stock, but only in the event that GP Strategies' common stock is trading at $10 per share or more. In the event that less than 20% of the principal amount of the note is not converted in any year, such amount not converted will be eligible for conversion in each subsequent year until converted or until the note is repaid in cash.

(c) On March 8, 2001, MXL entered into a loan in the amount of $1,680,000, secured by a mortgage covering the real estate and fixtures on its property in Pennsylvania. The loan requires monthly repayments of $8,333 plus interest at 2.5% above the one month LIBOR rate and matures on March 8, 2011, when the remaining amount outstanding of approximately $680,000 is due in full. The loan is guaranteed by the Company.

(d) On July 3, 2001, MXL entered into a loan in the amount of $1,250,000, secured by a mortgage covering the real estate and fixtures on its property in Illinois. The loan requires monthly payments of principal and interest in the amount of $11,046 with interest at a fixed rate of 8.75% per annum, and matures on June 26, 2006, when the remaining amount outstanding of approximately $1,100,000 is due in full. The loan is guaranteed by the Company.

(e) On April 23, 2003, the Company entered into an agreement (the "Exchange Agreement") with the Holders of the 6% Convertible Exchangeable Notes due June 30, 2003 (the "Valera Notes") to exchange the Valera Notes plus related accrued interest for 554,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock with a fair value of $2,770,000. The original agreement provided that the Valera Notes, at the option of the Holders, could be exchanged for 19.9% of the outstanding capital stock of Valera, or into shares of the Company's Common Stock at a conversion rate of $5.00 per share. As a result, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS Statement No. 84, Induced Conversions of Convertible Debt, the Company recorded debt conversion expense, net of approximately $622,000, which is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

(f) On September 15, 2003, MXL purchased machinery, equipment and inventory from AOtec LLC ("AOtec"), for $1,100,000, subject to adjustment. In connection with this purchase, the Company valued the machinery and equipment at approximately $900,000, the inventory at approximately $300,000 and recorded accrued expenses of $100,000. MXL paid $100,000 of the purchase price in cash and issued three notes, in the amount of $450,000, $275,000 and $275,000 each, due October 1, 2003, August 5, 2004 and August 5, 2005, respectively (collectively, the "AOtec Notes"). The AOtec Notes bear interest on the unpaid principal amount at the


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Long term debt (Continued)

rate of 4% per annum. On October 1, 2003, MXL borrowed $700,000 from a bank (the "AOtec Debt") to finance the purchase price and used the proceeds to pay the $450,000 note. The AOtec Debt is payable monthly for three years and is secured by the machinery and equipment purchased from AOtec. The Company guaranteed the AOtec Debt.

(g) Represents primarily capital lease obligations for equipment.

Aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2003 are as follows (in thousands):

      2004                                $ 1,112
      2005                                    467
      2006                                  1,719
      2007                                    100
      2008                                 12,851
Thereafter                                    874

----------------------------------- -----------------------------------

9. Employee benefit plans

The Company and its employees maintain a Retirement Savings Plan (the Plan) for employees who have completed at least one month of service. The Plan permits pre-tax contributions to the Plan by participants pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1% to 14% of base compensation. The Company matches participants' contributions up to a specific percentage of the first 7% of base compensation contributed for employees who have completed one year of service and may make additional matching contributions at its discretion. In 2003, 2002 and 2001 the Company did not make any discretionary matching contributions. The Company matches participants' contributions in shares of its Common Stock up to 57% of monthly employee salary deferral contributions. In 2003, 2002 and 2001 the Company contributed 188,317 shares, 270,000 shares and 291,185 shares of the Company's common stock directly to the Plan with a value of approximately $1,053,000, $1,058,000 and $1,151,000, respectively.

GSE Employee Benefit Plan

GSE has a qualified defined contribution plan that covers substantially all its U.S. employees under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under this plan, GSE stipulated basic contribution matches a portion of the participants' contributions based upon a defined schedule. GSE's contributions to the plan were approximately $12,000 from October 23, 2003 to December 31, 2003.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

9. Employee benefit plans (Continued)

Five Star Employee Benefit Plan

Five Star maintains a 401(k) Savings Plan for employees who have completed one year of service. The Savings Plan permits pre-tax contributions to the plan of 2% to 50% of compensation by participants pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Five Star matches 40% of the participants' first 6% of compensation contributed, not to exceed an amount equivalent to 2.4% of that participant's compensation. Five Star's contribution to the plan was approximately $31,000 from October 8, 2003 to December 31, 2003.

10. Income taxes

The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows (in thousands):

--------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------- -------
Years ended December 31,                      2003            2002       2001
--------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------- -------
--------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------- -------
Current
Federal                                       $  39
State and local                               399             $  370     $  537
 Foreign                                      693             361        186
--------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------- -------
--------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------- -------
Total current                                 1,131           731        723
--------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------- -------
--------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------- -------
Deferred
Federal                                       -               (1,420)    1,392
State and local                               -               (130)      400
Foreign                                       (245)
--------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------- -------
--------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------- -------
Total deferred                                (245)           (1,550)    1,792
--------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------- -------
--------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------- -------
Total income tax expense (benefit)            $886            $ (819)    $2,515
--------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------- -------

The deferred expense (benefit) excludes activity in the net deferred tax assets relating to tax on appreciation (depreciation) in available-for-sale securities, which is recorded directly to stockholders' equity.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Income taxes (Continued)

The difference between the expense (benefit) for income taxes computed at the statutory rate and the reported amount of tax expense (benefit) is as follows:

----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------- --------------- ---------------
December 31,                                                            2003           2002            2001
----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------- --------------- ---------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------- --------------- ---------------
Federal income tax rate                                                 (35.0%)        (35.0%)         35.0%
Foreign, State and local taxes net of Federal benefit                   5.5            6.8             32.6
Taxes of subsidiaries that are not consolidated
 for tax purposes                                                       1.8
Items not deductible - primarily meals
 and entertainment                                                      6.2            3.0             23.8
Valuation allowance adjustment                                          28.1                           (6.9)
Net losses from foreign operations for which
 no tax benefit has been provided                                       0.7            1.7             41.2
Tax effect recorded in stockholders' equity for
 sale of available-for sale-securities                                  4.4            9.2             32.0
Other                                                                   0.2            0.8             2.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------- --------------- ---------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------- --------------- ---------------
Effective tax rate expense (benefit)                                    11.9%          (13.5%)         160.2%
----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------- --------------- ---------------

In 2003, the Company recorded income tax expense of $886,000. The current income tax provision of $1,131,000 represents estimated federal taxes of $39,000, state taxes of $399,000, and foreign taxes of $693,000. The deferred income tax benefit of $245,000 represents a benefit for the future utilization of a portion of the Company's foreign net operating loss.

In 2002, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $819,000. The current income tax provision of $731,000 represents estimated state taxes of $370,000 and foreign taxes of $361,000. The deferred income tax benefit of $1,550,000 primarily represents a benefit for the future utilization of the Company's domestic net operating losses.

In 2001, the Company recorded income tax expense of $2,515,000. The current income tax provision of $723,000 represents estimated state taxes of $537,000 and foreign taxes of $186,000. The deferred income tax expense of $1,792,000 represents future estimated federal and state taxes.

The Company had an effective tax rate of 11.9% for the year ended December 31, 2003. This rate was primarily due to certain nondeductible items, an increase in the valuation allowance for domestic net operating losses for which no tax benefit has been provided, and the tax treatment for financial statement purposes of the sale by the Company in 2003 of certain shares of available-for-sale securities accounted for pursuant to SFAS No.115 "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities."


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Income taxes (Continued)

The Company had an effective tax rate of 14% for the year ended December 31, 2002. This rate was primarily due to certain nondeductible items, net losses from foreign operations for which no tax benefit has been provided, and the tax treatment for financial statement purposes of the sale by the Company in 2002 of certain shares of available-for-sale securities accounted for pursuant to SFAS No.115.

The Company had an effective tax rate of 160% for the year ended December 31, 2001. This rate was primarily due to the tax treatment for financial statement purposes of the sale by the Company in 2001 of certain shares of available-for-sale securities accounted for pursuant to SFAS No.115.

As of December 31, 2003, the Company has approximately $30,778,000 of Federal net operating loss carryforwards. These carryforwards expire in the years 2005 through 2023. Foreign net operating losses at December 31, 2003 were approximately $35,825,000. In addition, the Company has approximately $972,000 of available credit carryovers which may be carried over indefinitely.

The tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities that are included in the net deferred tax (liability) asset are summarized as follows (in thousands):

----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------
December 31,                                                            2003                 2002
----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for doubtful accounts                                         $ 405                $    337
Accrued liabilities                                                     1,706                883
Net Federal and Foreign operating loss carryforwards                    22,751               20,221
Tax credit carryforwards                                                972                  987
Restructuring reserves                                                  460                  484
Tax benefits of subsidiaries  not consolidated for tax
 purposes                                                               227
Investment in partially owned companies                                 128
----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------
Deferred tax assets                                                     26,649               22,912
----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property and equipment, principally due to
 difference in depreciation and amortization                            2,375                1,049
Investment in partially owned companies                                                      556
----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------
Deferred tax liabilities                                                2,375                1,605
----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------
Net deferred tax assets                                                 24,274               21,307
Less valuation allowance                                                (12,586)             (10,461)
----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------
Net deferred tax asset                                                  $11,688              $10,846
----------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- ---------------------


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Income taxes (Continued)

In 2003 the valuation allowance increased by $2,125,000 attributable primarily to domestic net operating losses for the year ended December 31, 2003 for which no tax benefit has been provided. In 2002, the valuation allowance decreased by $404,000 attributable primarily to the expiration of tax credit carryforwards.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences are deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon these factors, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance. The valuation allowance relates to both foreign and domestic net operating loss carryforwards for which the Company does not believe the benefits will be realized. As of December 31, 2003, the Company has recorded a net deferred tax asset of $11,688,000.


11. Comprehensive income (loss)

The following are the components of comprehensive income (loss) (in thousands):
                                                                        Year ended December 31,
                                                           --------------------------------------------------------
                                                           ------------------ ------------------ ------------------
                                                           2003               2002               2001
                                                           ----               ----               ----
Net loss                                                   $(8,276)           $(5,228)           $(945)
Other comprehensive (loss) income,
 before tax:
Net unrealized loss on
 available-for-sale-securities                             (1,067)            (12,130)           (30,802)
Net unrealized gain on interest rate swap                      82
Foreign currency translation adjustment                       139                (492)                24
                                                           ---------          ----------         ----------
Comprehensive loss before tax                                (846)            (11,622)            (31,723)
Income tax benefit related to
 items of other comprehensive income (loss)                   410               4,718              11,905
                                                           ---------          --------           --------
Comprehensive income (loss), net of tax                    $(8,712)           $(13,132)          $(19,818)
                                                           ========           =========          =========

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income are as follows (in
thousands):

--------------------------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -------------------
December 31,                                              2003               2002               2001
--------------------------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -------------------
--------------------------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -------------------
Net unrealized gain on
 available-for-sale-securities                            $1,613             $2,680             $14,810
Net unrealized gain on interest rate swap                 82
Foreign currency translation adjustment                    (1,010)           (1,149)                 (657)
                                                          --------           -------            ----------
Accumulated other comprehensive
 income before tax                                        685                1,531              14,153
Accumulated income tax expense related
to items of other comprehensive loss                         (661)           (1,071)             (5,789)
                                                          --------           -------            --------
Accumulated other comprehensive
 income, net of tax                                       $    24            $   460            $ 8,364
                                                          =======            =======            =======


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Common Stock, stock options and warrants

(a) On October 29, 2003 the Company's shareholders approved the GP Strategies Corporation's 2003 Incentive Stock Plan (the "2003 Plan"). The 2003 Plan was adopted because only approximately 660,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock were available for grant under the Company's existing Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), which the Company believed did not provide sufficient shares for market-competitive grant levels.

The 2003 Plan will permit awards of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock, stock units, performance shares, performance units and other incentives payable in cash or in shares of the Company's Common Stock or Class B Common Stock. The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock or Class B Common Stock available for issuance under the 2003 Plan is 2,000,000, of which not more than 500,000 shares may be shares of Class B Common Stock. As of December 31, 2003 approximately 711,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock were available for grant under the Plan, and 2,000,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock were available for grant under the 2003 Plan.

Under the Plan, employees and certain other parties may be granted options to purchase shares of common stock. Although the Plan permits options to be granted at a price not less than 85% of the fair market value, the Plan options primarily are granted at the fair market value of the common stock at the date of the grant and vest over periods from two to ten years from the date of grant. Shares of common stock may also be reserved for issuance pursuant to other agreements.

Changes in options and warrants outstanding during 2003, 2002 and 2001, and options and warrants exercisable and shares reserved for issuance at December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 are as follows:


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Common Stock, stock options and warrants (Continued)

------------------------------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------- -------------------------
Options and warrants                                 Price Range               Number       Weighted-Average
Outstanding                                           per share               of shares     Exercise Price
------------------------------------------- ------------------------------ ---------------- -------------------------
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
December 31, 2000                           $3.375 -        24.00          2,505,348        $7.74
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
Granted                                     3.00 -          4.61           452,000          4.47
Terminated                                  4.61 -          24.00          (166,683)        7.85
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
December 31, 2001                           3.00 -          15.375         2,790,665        7.37
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
Granted                                     3.60 -          4.75           845,800          4.13
Exercised                                   3.60 -          4.61           (1,233)          4.08
Terminated                                  3.60 -          14.625         (722,235)        7.87
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
December 31, 2002                           3.00 -          15.375         2,912,997        6.57
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
Granted                                     4.90 -          8.00           1,222,250        7.32
Exercised                                   3.00 -          5.1875         (248,983)        3.94
Terminated                                  3.60 -          14.625         (96,367)         6.16
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
December 31, 2003                           3.00 -          15.375         3,789,897        7.00
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
Options and warrants exercisable
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
December 31, 2001                           3.00 -          15.375         2,058,096        7.12
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
December 31, 2002                           3.00 -          15.375         2,096,199        6.39
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
December 31, 2003                           $3.00 -         15.375         3,212,922        $6.98
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
Shares reserved for issuance
December 31, 2001                                                          3,938,303
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
December 31, 2002                                                          3,937,070
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------
December 31, 2003                                                          4,625,587
------------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ---------------- -------------------------

At December 31, 2003, the weighted average remaining contractual life of all outstanding options was 4 years.

The following table summarizes information about the Plan's options outstanding at December 31, 2003:

                   Range of                   Number        Weighted Average          Weighted-Average
                Exercise Prices            Outstanding      Years Remaining           Exercise Price
-------- ------------- ----------------- ------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------------
-------- ------------- ----------------  ------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------------
         $  3.00 -     $  7.75             1,625,272               3.71                      $  4.72
         $  7.76 -     $ 10.41               560,000                .71                      $  8.16
          $10.42 -     $ 15.375              367,125               4.21                      $ 14.72
-------- ------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------------
-------- ------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------------
         $  3.00 -     $15.375              2,552,397              3.12                      $  6.91
-------- ------------- ---------------- ------------------- ------------------------- ----------------------------

The Company had no outstanding Class B Common Stock options during fiscal years 2003, 2002 and 2001.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Common Stock, stock options and warrants (Continued)

The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share and the holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to ten votes per share on all matters without distinction between classes, except when approval of a majority of each class is required by statute. The Class B Common Stock is convertible at any time, at the option of the holders of such stock, into shares of common stock on a share-for-share basis. Shares reserved for issuance of common stock were primarily related to options, warrants and the conversion of long-term debt.

The Company reserved 950,000 shares of its Common Stock for issuance upon conversion of Class B Common Stock at December 31, 2000. The Company reserved an additional 300,000 shares for a private placement transaction (see Note 12(c)) bringing the total to 1,250,000 shares reserved for issuance upon conversion of Class B Common Stock at December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001.

At December 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001, options outstanding included options for 353,623, 353,623 and 239,498 shares, respectively, for certain executive officers.

(b) Pursuant to an agreement dated as of October 19, 2001 (the "Stock Purchase Agreement"), the Company sold to Bedford Oak Partners, LP (the "Bedford Oak") in a private placement transaction, 300,000 shares of Class B Common Stock (the "Bedford Class B Shares") for $900,000. Upon the disposition of any of the Bedford Class B Shares (other than to an affiliate of Bedford Oak who agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Stock Purchase Agreement) or at the request of the Board of Directors of the Company, Bedford Oak is required to exercise the right to convert all of the Bedford Class B Shares then owned by Bedford Oak into an equal number of shares of common stock of the Company (the "Bedford Underlying Shares"). The Company was required to file a registration statement to register the resale of the Bedford Underlying Shares by Bedford Oak, which registration statement was declared effective as of August 13, 2002.

On any date prior to October 19, 2003 during which Bedford Oak was not able to resell the Bedford Underlying Shares pursuant to the registration statement, Bedford Oak had the right to require the Company to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Bedford Class B Shares and the Bedford Underlying Shares then held by Bedford Oak for a purchase price as specified in the Stock Purchase Agreement. The put option obligation expired upon the effectiveness of the registration statement on August 13, 2002 covering the Bedford Underlying Shares.

Pursuant to an agreement dated May 3, 2002, the Company agreed to sell to Bedford Oak in a private placement transaction 1,200,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Bedford Common Shares") of the Company for an aggregate purchase price of $4,200,000. Harvey Eisen, the managing member of Bedford Oak Advisors, LLC, the investment manager of Bedford Oak, was elected a director of the Company in July 2002.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Common Stock, stock options and warrants (Continued)

Pursuant to an agreement dated May 3, 2002, the Company sold 100,000 shares of Common Stock for $350,000 to Marshall Geller (the "Geller Shares"), a director of the Company, in a private placement transaction.

Pursuant to an agreement dated May 3, 2002 ( the "EGI Agreement"), the Company sold to Equity Group Investments, L.L.C. ("EGI") in a private placement transaction 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock (the "EGI Common Shares") for $3,500,000 and 300,000 shares of Class B Common Stock (the "EGI Class B Shares") for $1,260,000. Mark Radzik, a designee of EGI, was elected a director of the Company in July 2002.

Upon the disposition of any of the EGI Class B Shares (other than to an affiliate of EGI or to a transferee approved by the Board who in each case agrees to be bound by the provisions of the EGI Agreement), EGI was required to convert all of the EGI Class B Shares into an equal number of shares of Common Stock (the "EGI Underlying Shares"). Until May 3, 2003, the Company had the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the EGI Class B Shares then owned by EGI. On April 14, 2003, the Company irrevocably waived its right to exercise such call option with respect to the EGI Class B Shares.

The Company and EGI have entered into an advisory services agreement providing that, to the extent requested by the Company and deemed appropriate by EGI, EGI shall assist the Company in developing, identifying, evaluating, negotiating, and structuring financings and business acquisitions. The Company has agreed to pay EGI a transaction fee equal to 1% of the proceeds received by the Company in a financing, or of the consideration paid by the Company in a business acquisition, in respect of which EGI has provided material services.

On August 13, 2002, a registration statement covering the resale of the Bedford Underlying Shares, the Bedford Common Shares, the EGI Common Shares, the EGI Underlying Shares and the Geller Shares was declared effective by the SEC.

(c) In June 2001, the Company entered into an agreement with a financial consulting firm to provide certain services for which the Company, in addition to cash payments, agreed to issue warrants to purchase 300,000 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $4.60 per share. In connection with the issuance of these warrants, the Company recorded an expense of $750,000 in 2001 for these warrants which is included in selling, general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. These warrants expire in June 2011.

(d) On February 11, 2000, an affiliate of Andersen, Weinroth & Co., L.P. ("Andersen Weinroth") purchased 200,000 shares of Class B Common Stock for $1,200,000. In addition, a general partner of Andersen Weinroth joined the Board of Directors of the Company. On October 11, 2001, this general partner resigned


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Common Stock, stock options and warrants (Continued)

resigned from the Board of Directors of the Company and converted the 200,000 shares of Class B Common Stock into an equal number of shares of Common Stock.

(e) On August 8, 2003, the Company issued and sold to four Gabelli funds 937,500 GP Warrants, each entitling the holder thereof to purchase (subject to adjustment) one share of the Company's common stock (See Note 8). The GP Warrants have an exercise price of $8.00 per share and are exercisable at any time until August 2008.

(f) GSE long term incentive plan

During 1995, GSE established the 1995 Long-Term Incentive Stock Option Plan (the "GSE Plan"), which includes all officers, key employees and non-employee members of GSE's Board of Directors. All options to purchase shares of GSE's common stock under the GSE Plan expire seven years from the date of grant and generally become exercisable in three installments with 40% vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date and 30% vesting on each of the second and third anniversaries of the grant date, subject to acceleration under certain circumstances. At December 31, 2003, GSE had 679,644 shares of common stock reserved for future grants under the GSE Plan.

Stock option activity under the GSE Plan is as follows:

------------------------------- --------------------------- --------------- --------------------------
Options                                Price Range          Number              Weighted-Average
Outstanding                             per share           of shares            Exercise Price
------------------------------- --------------------------- --------------- --------------------------
------------------------------- -------------- ------------ --------------- --------------------------
October 23, 2003                $2.00 -        14.750       1,683,876             $4.16
------------------------------- -------------- ------------ --------------- --------------------------
------------------------------- -------------- ------------ --------------- --------------------------
Granted
Exercised
Terminated                      2.00 -         2.800        (27,400)               2.31
------------------------------- -------------- ------------ --------------- --------------------------
------------------------------- -------------- ------------ --------------- --------------------------
December 31, 2003               $2.00 -        14.750       1,656,476              $4.65
------------------------------- -------------- ------------ --------------- --------------------------

The following table summarizes information relating to currently outstanding and exercisable options at December 31, 2003:


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Common Stock, stock options and warrants (Continued)

                                                 Weighted     Weighted                      Weighted
                                                  Average       Average                       Average
          Range of                Number           Years        Exercise        Number        Exercise
        Exercise Prices         Outstanding      Remaining       Price       Exercisable       Price
----------------------------- ---------------- -------------- ------------- --------------- -------------
------------- --- ----------- ---------------- -------------- ------------- --------------- -------------
$  1.48       -   $  2.95         510,550          4.0           $2.15          393,550         $2.18
$  2.96       -   $  4.43         789,485          2.6            3.67          389,485          3.83
$  4.44       -   $  5.90         200,000          3.1            4.75          200,000          4.75
$  5.91       -   $  7.38          10,000          3.3            6.38           10,000          6.38
$  7.39       -   $  8.85          20,000          3.2            7.50           20,000          7.50
$  8.86       -   $ 11.80             200          2.6           11.25              200         11.25
$ 11.81       -   $ 14.75          26,241          1.7           14.11          126,241         14.11
------------- --- ----------- ---------------- -------------- ------------- --------------- -------------
------------- --- ----------- ---------------- -------------- ------------- --------------- -------------
   Total                        1,656,476          3.0           $4.19         1,139,476        $4.65
------------- --- ----------- ---------------- -------------- ------------- --------------- -------------

(g) Five Star Stock Option plan

On January 1, 1994, Five Star's Board of Directors adopted the Five Star Products, Inc. 1994 Five Star Plan (the "Five Star Plan"), which became effective August 5, 1994. On January 1, 2002, the Board of Directors amended the Five Star Plan increasing the total number of shares of common stock to 4,000,000 shares reserved for issuance, subject to adjustment in the event of stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, reclassifications or other capital adjustments. Unless designated as "incentive stock options" intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, options granted under the Five Star Plan are intended to be nonqualified options. Options may be granted to any director, officer or other key employee of Five Star and its subsidiaries, and to consultants and other individuals providing services to Five Star.

The term of any option granted under the Five Star Plan will not exceed ten years from the date of the grant of the option and, in the case of incentive stock options granted to a 10% or greater holder in the total voting stock of Five Star, three years from the date of grant. The exercise price of any option will not be less than the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant or, in the case of incentive stock options granted to a 10% or greater holder in the total voting stock, 110% of such fair market value.

Options granted vest 20% on date of grant with the balance vesting in equal annual installments over four years.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Common Stock, stock options and warrants (Continued)

       Activity relating to stock options granted by Five Star:

------------------------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Options Outstanding                   Number of              Weighted Average
                                      Shares                  Exercise Price
------------------------------------- ------------------- -------------------
------------------------------------- ------------------- -------------------
October 8, 2003                       1,530,000                     $.19
Granted
Exercised
Terminated
------------------------------------- ------------------- -------------------
------------------------------------- ------------------- -------------------
December 31, 2003                     1,530,000                      .19
------------------------------------- ------------------- -------------------
------------------------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Exercisable at December 31, 2003         975,000                   $.22
------------------------------------- ------------------- -------------------

The following table summarizes information about the Five Star Plan's options at December 31, 2003:

                                            Weighted    Weighted                             Weighted
                                            Average     Average                              Average
       Range of         Number              Exercise    Years            Number              Exercise
   Exercise Prices      Outstanding          Prices     Remaining        Exercisable          Price
----------------------- ----------------- ------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------
------------ -- ------- ----------------- ------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------
$.14         -  .14     925,000           .14           2.95             460,000          .14
.15          -  .15     50,000            .15           3.24             50,000           .15
.16          -  .16     150,000           .16           3.64             60,000           .16
.33          -  .33     405,000           .33           .29              405,000          .33
------------ -- ------- ----------------- ------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------
------------ -- ------- ----------------- ------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------
$.13         -  $.33    1,530,000         $.19          .90              975,00           $.22
------------ -- ------- ----------------- ------------- ---------------- ---------------- ---------------

13. Business segments

The operations of the Company currently consist of the following five business segments, by which the Company is managed.

The Company's principal operating subsidiary is GP. GP operates in two business segments. The Manufacturing & Process Segment provides technology based training, engineering, consulting and technical services to leading companies in the automotive, steel, power, oil and gas, chemical, energy, pharmaceutical and food and beverage industries, as well as to the government sector. The Information Technology Segment provides IT training programs and solutions, including Enterprise Solutions and comprehensive career training and transition programs.

The Simulation Segment, which consists of GSE, provides of real-time simulation, homeland security and engineering services for the energy, process and military industries. The Company


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13. Business segments (Continued)

industries. The Company acquired additional shares of GSE in fourth quarter of 2003, bringing its ownership to 58% (see Note 4). GSE is consolidated in the Company's financial statements effective October 23, 2003.

The Optical Plastics Segment, which consists of MXL, manufactures coated and molded plastic products.

The Home Improvement Distribution Segment, which consists of Five Star, distributes paint sundry items, interior and exterior stains, brushes, rollers, caulking compounds and hardware products on a regional basis. The Company acquired additional shares of Five Star in fourth quarter of 2003, bringing its ownership to 54% (see Note 4). Five Star is consolidated in the Company's financial statements effective October 8, 2003.

Effective January 1, 2002, Valera no longer exists as a business segment (see Note 3). Information presented for Corporate & Other includes financial information for the operations and assets of the Valera subsidiary as of and for the year ended December 31, 2001 prior to its treatment as an equity investment. The management of the Company does not allocate the following items by segment:
Investment and other income, interest expense, selling, general and administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization expense, income tax expense, significant non-cash items and long-lived assets. Inter-segment sales are not significant.

The following tables set forth the sales and operating results attributable to each line of business and includes a reconciliation of the segments sales to consolidated sales and operating results to consolidated income (loss) before income taxes (in thousands):


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13. Business segments (Continued)

----------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------
Years ended December 31,                                          2003              2002             2001
----------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------
----------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------
Sales
Manufacturing & Process                                           $127,762          $134,255         $164,361
Information Technology                                               6,213             7,982           11,061
Simulation                                                           6,059
Optical Plastics                                                     8,613             9,996           11,184
Home Improvement Distribution                                       20,031
Corporate & Other                                                                                           5
----------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------
----------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------
                                                                  $168,678           $152,233         $186,611
----------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------
----------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------
Operating results
Manufacturing & Process                                           $ 3,823        $    1,712       $    8,679
Information Technology                                                860              (182)           1,596
Simulation                                                            358
Optical Plastics                                                      (60)              429            1,192
Home Improvement Distribution                                         333
Corporate & Other                                                 (10,532)           (5,506)          (3,285)
----------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------
----------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------
Total operating results                                            (5,218)           (3,547)           8,182
Interest expense                                                   (3,625)           (2,770)          (4,733)
Gains on equity investments, restructuring
charges, amortization of intangible assets,
valuation adjustment of liability for warrants
and gain on sale of marketable securities                           1,423               270           (1,879)
----------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------
----------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------
(Loss) income from operations before
 income taxes and minority interests                              $(7,420)       $   (6,047)      $    1,570
----------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- ---------------- --------------

Operating results represent sales less operating expenses. In computing operating results, none of the following items have been added or deducted:
general corporate expenses at the holding company level, restructuring charges, foreign currency transaction gains and losses, investment income, loss on investments, loss on sale of assets, amortization of intangible assets, valuation adjustment of liability for warrants and interest expense. General corporate expenses at the holding company level, which are primarily salaries, occupancy costs, professional fees and costs associated with being a publicly traded company, totaled approximately $10,472,000 (net of a non-cash credit to compensation expense of $150,000 relating to a deferred compensation plan and including executive incentive bonuses of $3,000,000 and non-cash debt conversion expense of $622,000), $4,882,000 (net of a non-cash credit to compensation expense of $1,211,000 relating to the deferred compensation plan) and $3,033,000 (net of a non-cash credit to compensation expense of $2,370,000) for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, sales to the United States government and its agencies represented approximately 32%, 32% and 29%, respectively, of the Company's sales.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13. Business segments (Continued)

Additional information relating to the Company's business segments is as follows (in thousands):

------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
December 31,                                                        2003             2002             2001
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Identifiable assets
Manufacturing & Process                                            $89,201        $  93,193           $  98,453
Information Technology                                               8,088            8,978               8,787
Simulation                                                          19,817
Optical Plastics                                                    10,462            9,818               9,929
Home Improvement Distribution                                       38,721
Corporate & Other                                                   22,034           32,916              43,655
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
                                                                  $188,323         $144,905           $ 160,824
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------


------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Years ended December 31,                                            2003             2002             2001
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Additions to property,
plant, and equipment
Manufacturing & Process                                           $  685        $   1,523        $      557
Information Technology                                                22                                 38
Simulation                                                            20
Optical Plastics                                                   1,135              368               693
Home Improvement Distribution                                        159
Corporate & Other                                                    102               25               163
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
                                                                  $2,123        $   1,916         $   1,451
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------


------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Years ended December 31,                                            2003             2002             2001
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
Depreciation and Amortization
Manufacturing & Process                                          $  1,600         $   1,836        $   2,544
Information Technology                                                  1                18              606
Simulation                                                            192
Optical Plastics                                                      565               510              491
Home Improvement Distribution                                          47
Corporate & Other                                                     523               940            2,261
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
                                                                 $  2,928         $   3,304        $   5,902
------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------

Identifiable assets by industry segment are those assets that are used in the Company's operations in each segment. Corporate and other assets are principally cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and intangible assets, including goodwill.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

13. Business segments (Continued)

Information about the Company's net sales in different geographic regions, which are attributed to countries based on location of customers, is as follows (in thousands):

                                          Year ended December 31,
                                  2003              2002             2001
                                  ----              ----             ----

United States                   $156,394          $139,831         $173,008
Canada                             1,221             1,421            2,756
United Kingdom                     7,131             7,258            6,962
Latin America and other            3,932             3,723            3,885
                                   -----          --------         --------
                                $168,678          $152,233         $186,611
                                --------          --------         --------

Information about the Company's total assets in different geographic regions is as follows (in thousands):

                                                    December 31,
                                 2003              2002             2001
                                 ----              ----             ----
United States                    $180,026          $137,303         $152,627
Canada                                404             3,076            3,653
United Kingdom                      3,820             3,301            2,821
Latin America and other             4,073             1,225            1,723
                                    -----          --------         --------
                                 $188,323          $144,905         $160,824
                                 --------          --------         --------

All corporate intangible assets of the Company, as well as other corporate assets, are assumed to be in the United States.

14. Restructuring and other charges

During 1999, the Company adopted restructuring plans, primarily related to its IT Segment. The Company took steps in order to change the focus of the IT Segment from open enrollment information technology training courses to project oriented work for corporations, which was consistent with the focus of GP's current business.

In connection with the restructuring, the Company recorded a charge of $7,374,000 in 1999, of which $1,939,000 was the remaining balance as of December 31, 2000. During 2001, the Company utilized $663,000 of the reserve and reversed $202,000. During 2002, the Company

utilized $528,000 of the reserve, and as of December 31, 2002, $104,000 was included in accounts payable and accrued expenses and $442,000 was included in other non-current liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14. Restructuring and other charges (Continued)

During 2003 the Company utilized $256,000 of the reserve and recorded restructuring charges of $298,000 primarily relating to lease obligations. As of December 31, 2003, $61,000 was included in accounts payable and accrued expenses and $527,000 was included in other non-current liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The Company believed at the time the restructuring plan was adopted that the strategic initiatives and cost cutting moves taken in 1999 and the first quarter of 2000 would enable the IT Segment to return to profitability in the last six months of 2000. However, those plans were not successful, and the Company determined that it could no longer bring the open enrollment IT business to profitability. As a result of the continued operating losses incurred by the IT Segment, as well as the determination that revenues would not increase to profitable levels, the Company decided to close its open enrollment IT business in the third quarter of 2000 recording a charge of $8,810,000 of which $4,926,000 was the remaining balance as of December 31, 2000.

During 2001, the Company utilized $2,302,000 of the reserve and reversed $972,000 as a result of favorable settlements on certain leases and contractual obligations. During 2002, the Company utilized $689,000 of the reserve and reversed $368,000, and as of December 2002, $117,000 was included in accounts payable and accrued expenses and $478,000 was included in other non-current liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet. During 2003, the Company utilized $81,000 and reversed $8,000 of charges primarily relating to lease obligations. As of December 31, 2003, $11,000 was included in accounts payable and accrued expenses and $495,000 was included in other non-current liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

14. Restructuring and other charges (Continued)

The components of the restructuring charges are as follows (in thousands):

                                                      1999            2000
                                                 Restructuring    Restructuring
                                                     Charge           Charge
------------------------------------------ ----------------- -------------------
------------------------------------------ ----------------- -------------------
Balance December 31, 2000                  $ 1,939               $ 4,926
Utilization                                   (663)               (2,302)
Reversal of Restructuring
 charges during 2001                          (202)                  972
------------------------------------------ ----------------- -------------------
------------------------------------------ ----------------- -------------------
Balance December 31, 2001                  $ 1,074               $ 1,652
------------------------------------------ ----------------- -------------------
------------------------------------------ ----------------- -------------------
Utilization                                  (528)                  (689)
Reversal of Restructuring
 charges during 2002                                                (368)
------------------------------------------- ----------------- ------------------
------------------------------------------ ----------------- -------------------
Balance December 31, 2002                $    546               $    595
------------------------------------------ ----------------- -------------------
------------------------------------------ ----------------- -------------------
Utilization                                  (256)                   (81)
Restructuring charges (reversals)
during 2003                                   298                     (8)
------------------------------------------ ----------------- -------------------
Balance December 31, 2003                $    588               $    506
------------------------------------------ ----------------- -------------------

Lease and related obligations are presented at their present value, net of assumed sublets.

Effective September 4, 2002, John C. McAuliffe resigned as President of GP. Mr. McAuliffe and GP entered into a Separation Agreement pursuant to which Mr. McAuliffe will be a consultant to GP for a six-month period. In consideration for such services, GP agreed to pay Mr. McAuliffe the sum of $350,000, $300,000 in equal installments over the course of the consultancy period and $50,000 in September 2005. In addition, GP agreed to pay Mr. McAuliffe severance of $1,200,000 payable in equal installments on the following dates (i) September 2002, (ii) March 2003 and (iii) January 2, 2004. The Company recorded an expense of approximately $125,000 in 2003 and of approximately $1,440,000 in 2002, including $125,000 of related legal fees, which is recorded in selling, general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

15. Related party transactions

In December 2003, GSE's Board of Directors elected John Moran, an executive of the Company with extensive experience in the power industry and simulation technology, as Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Moran will continue as an employee of the Company, however, Mr. Moran will devote 100% of his time to the performance of his duties as CEO of GSE. For 2003, GSE will reimburse the Company $35,000 for his compensation and benefits; in 2004 GSE will reimburse the Company $300,000 for Mr. Moran's compensation and benefits.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15. Related party transactions (Continued)

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company had total loans receivable from Mr. Feldman, the Company's Chief Executive Officer in the amount of approximately $2,323,000 and $4,095,000, the proceeds of which were used to purchase an aggregate of 537,500 shares of Class B Common Stock. Such loans bear interest at the prime rate and are secured by the purchased Class B Common Stock and certain other assets. All principal on the loans and accrued interest, totaling $0 and $1,075,000 at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, are due on May 31, 2007.

Pursuant to the incentive compensation agreement (the "Incentive Agreement") entered into in 2002, Mr. Feldman, is eligible to receive from the Company up to five payments in an amount of $1 million each, based on the closing price of the Company's common stock sustaining or averaging increasing specified levels over periods of at least 10 consecutive trading days. On each of June 11, 2003, July 23, 2003 and December 22, 2003, Mr. Feldman earned an incentive payment of $1 million each. To the extent there are any outstanding loans from the Company to Mr. Feldman at the time an incentive payment is payable, the Company has the right to set-off the payment of such incentive payment first against the outstanding accrued interest under such loans and next against any outstanding principal.

The Company recorded compensation expense of $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which is included in selling, general and administrative expense. Although the set-off of the payments earned on June 11, 2003, July 23, 2003 and December 22, 2003 will take place in future periods, for accounting purposes, the set-offs will be deemed to have occurred on the dates earned since the Company possesses the right of set-off under the Incentive Agreement. As a result, the Company applied the first $1 million earned by Mr. Feldman against $1 million of accrued interest receivable, the second $1 million against $163,000 of accrued interest receivable and $837,000 of principal, and the third $1 million against $64,000 of accrued interest receivable and $936,000 of principal, which resulted in the outstanding balance of the note receivable being reduced from $4,095,000 at December 31, 2002 to $2,322,000 as of December 31, 2003.

On October 1, 2003, the incentive agreement was amended to allow Mr. Feldman to defer receipt of any incentive payment for a period of at least six months. The deferral period will automatically renew unless Mr. Feldman gives a termination notice at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the deferral period. However, no deferral period may end later than May 31, 2007. A deferral notice with respect to any incentive payment earned prior to December 31, 2003 must be given prior to December 1, 2003 (which deferral notice was timely given by Mr. Feldman) and a deferral notice with respect to any incentive payment earned on or after December 31, 2003 must be given at least five business days prior to the date that such incentive payment is earned. A deferral notice cannot be given, and any deferral period will end, if any outstanding loan from the Company to Mr. Feldman is due and payable and is not otherwise paid.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

15. Related party transactions (Continued)

Interest accrues on each deferred amount at the prime rate minus 1%, which is 1% less than the interest rate accrued on the Company's outstanding loans to Mr. Feldman.

In prior years, the Company made unsecured loans to Mr. Feldman in the amount of approximately $334,000, which unsecured loans primarily bear interest at the prime rate of Fleet Bank.

For a description of certain transactions pursuant to which the Company received proceeds from the sale of Common Stock and Class B Common Stock to certain related parties, see Note 12.

In 2002, the Company and Redstorm Scientific, Inc. ("RSS") entered into an agreement pursuant to which the Company agreed to provide general business and administrative support to RSS. RSS is a privately held computational drug design company focused on utilizing bio-informatics and computer aided molecular design to assist pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. The Company performed and completed all necessary services for RSS during the third quarter of 2002. In consideration for such services, RSS agreed to grant the Company a five-year option to purchase shares of RSS common stock. The Company also has an option to purchase additional equity in RSS upon the occurrence of certain events. Michael Feldman is the Chief Executive Officer of RSS and owns approximately 25.5% of the outstanding common stock of RSS. Michael Feldman is the son of Jerome Feldman, Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Jerome Feldman owns less than 1% of the outstanding common stock of RSS. In addition, Roald Hoffmann, a director of the Company, is a director of RSS and has options to purchase shares of RSS common stock.

In 2001, the Company sold 200,000 shares of Millennium common stock at $8.50 per share and 300,000 shares of Millennium common stock at $3.50 per share, to an affiliated entity of Liberty Wanger Asset Management L.P., a 5% stockholder of the Company.

16. Commitments and contingencies

(a) The Company has various noncancellable leases for real property and machinery and equipment. Such leases expire at various dates with, in some cases, options to extend their terms. Lease commitments related to facilities closed as part of the restructuring (see Note 14) are not included below.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

16. Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

Minimum rentals under long-term operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

                                Real            Machinery &
                              property          equipment           Total
----------------------------- ------------------------- -------------------
----------------------------- ------------------------- -------------------
2004                          $4,862             $1,888              $6,750
2005                           4,724                941               5,665
2006                           4,319                552               4,871
2007                           2,620                360               2,980
2008                           1,501                 76               1,577
Thereafter                     2,956                                  2,956
----------------------------- ------------------------- -------------------
----------------------------- ------------------------- -------------------
Total                        $20,982             $3,817             $24,799
----------------------------- ------------------------- -------------------

Several of the leases contain provisions for rent escalation based primarily on increases in real estate taxes and operating costs incurred by the lessor. Rent expense was approximately $5,051,000, $4,042,000 and $5,350,000 for 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

(b) On March 23, 2003, the Company extended its guarantee of up to $1,800,000 of GSE debt pursuant to GSE's previous credit facility through March 31, 2004 (see Note 6). In consideration for the extension of the guarantee, the Company received 150,000 shares of GSE common stock with a value of $180,000. A deferred credit of $180,000 was recorded for the receipt of these shares which is being amortized to income over the term of the guarantee. During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company recorded $135,000 to other income in the Statement of Operations. The guarantee was extended through May 31, 2004. On March 30, 2004, GSE was added as a borrower under the Genral Physics Credit Agreement (see Note 6). The Company agreed to guarantee GSE's allocated portion ($1,500,000) of the Credit Agreement.

(c) The Company has guaranteed the leases for Five Star's New Jersey and Connecticut warehouses, totaling approximately $1,589,000 per year through the first quarter of 2007, and an aggregate of $455,000 for certain equipment leases through April 2004. The Company's guarantee of such leases was in effect when Five Star was originally a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company prior to the sale by the Company in 1998 of substantially all of the operating assets of Five Star Group to the predecessor company of Five Star. As part of this transaction, the landlord of the New Jersey and Connecticut facilities and the lessor of the equipment did not consent to the release of the Company's guarantee, as part of its fee under the Management Services Agreement.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17. Litigation

On January 3, 2001, the Company commenced an action alleging that MCI Communications Corporation ("MCI"), MCI's Systemhouse subsidiaries ("Systemhouse"), and Electronic Data Systems Corporation, as successor to Systemhouse ("EDS"), committed fraud in connection with the Company's 1998 acquisition of Learning Technologies from the defendants for $24.3 million. The Company seeks actual damages in the amount of $117.9 million plus interest, punitive damages in an amount to be determined at trial, and costs.

The complaint alleges that the defendants created a doctored budget to conceal the poor performance of the United Kingdom operation of Learning Technologies. The complaint also alleges that the defendants represented that Learning Technologies would continue to receive new business from Systemhouse even though the defendants knew that the sale of Systemhouse to EDS was imminent and that such new business would cease after such sale. In February 2001, the defendants filed answers denying liability. No counterclaims against the plaintiffs have been asserted. Although discovery had not yet been completed, defendants made a motion for summary judgment, which was submitted in April 2002. The motion was denied by the court due to the MCI bankruptcy described below.

The defendants other than MCI then made an application to the court to stay the fraud action until a later-commenced arbitration, alleging breach of the acquisition agreement and of a separate agreement to refer business to General Physics on a preferred provider basis, is concluded. In a decision dated May 9, 2003, the court granted the motion and stayed the fraud action pending the outcome of the arbitration. Limited discovery was conducted in connection with the arbitration. The arbitration hearings are scheduled to begin on May 17, 2004 before JAMS, a private dispute resolution firm.

MCI filed for bankruptcy protection in July 2002. As a result, the action was automatically stayed as to MCI. The Company and its subsidiary, General Physics, both filed timely Proofs of Claim in the United States Bankruptcy Court against MCI and WorldCom, Inc., among others. On or around April 22, 2003, MCI served objections to these Proofs of Claim. On May 15, 2003, the Company and General Physics submitted their opposition to the objections. The Company and General Physics subsequently made a motion in Bankruptcy Court to lift the automatic stay to permit the litigation to proceed against MCI. In February 2004, the Bankruptcy Court granted the motion of the Company and General Physics to the extent that they sought to have the stay lifted so that the state court could rule on the merits of MCI's summary judgment motion. On February 19, 2004, the Company and General Physics notified the state court that of the Bankruptcy Court's decision.

The Company will make a capital contribution to NPDC, which in turn will transfer to MXL, the right to receive the first $5 million of any proceeds (net of certain litigation expenses), and 50% of any proceeds (net of certain litigation expenses) in excess of $15 million, received with respect to the foregoing claims.The Company is not a party to any legal proceeding, the


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

17. Litigation (Continued)

outcome of which is believed by management to have a reasonable likelihood of having a material adverse effect upon the financial condition and operating results of the Company.


GP Strategies Supplementary Data Corporation
and Subsidiaries

SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

(unaudited)                                      (in thousands, except per share data)
---------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      three months ended
---------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------- ------------ ---------- ----------- ------------ ---------------- ----------- ------------- -----------
                               March 31,   June 30,    Sept. 30,    Dec. 31,     March 31,       June 30,   Sept. 30,      Dec. 31,
                                  2003       2003        2003         2003         2002            2002        2002          2002
---------------------------- ------------ ---------- ----------- ------------ ---------------- ----------- ------------- -----------
---------------------------- ------------ ---------- ----------- ------------ ---------------- ----------- ------------- -----------
Sales                        $36,087      $36,038    $34,227     $62,326      $40,226          $39,242     $36,616       $36,149
Gross margin                   3,828        4,313      4,613      10,688        5,448            4,905       3,426         3,686
Net income (loss)               (703)      (2,866)    (2,847)     (1,860)         205               63      (3,887)       (1,609)

Net income (loss) per share:
Basic                           (.04)        (.17)      (.16)       (.11)        .01              (.01)       (.24)         (.10)
Diluted                         (.04)        (.17)      (.16)       (.11)        .01              (.01)       (.24)         (.10)
---------------------------- ------------ ---------- ----------- ------------ ---------------- ----------- ------------- -----------


ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

"Disclosure controls and procedures" are the controls and other procedures of an issuer that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the issuer in the reports filed or submitted by it under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms. These controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in its Exchange Act reports is accumulated and communicated to the issuer's management, including its principal executive and financial officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Company carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to the Exchange Act Rule 13a - 14. Based upon the evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 2003.

There was no change in the Company's internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2003 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the internal control over financial reporting.


PART III

The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for directors, officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, which was approved by the Company's Audit Committee and Board of Directors. A copy of this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is incorporated herein by reference into this report as Exhibit 14.1. If the Company makes any amendments to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or grants any waiver from a provision of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for its executive officers or directors, the Company will within five (5) days disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on its website at www.gpstrategies.com or in a report on Form 8-K.

All other information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is hereby incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions "Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant", "Executive Compensation", Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters", "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions", and "Principal Accountant Fees and Services" in the Proxy Statement for the company's 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.


PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K:

a)(1)The following financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES:

                                                                      Page
Independent Auditors' Report                                           52

Financial Statements:

Consolidated Balance Sheets -
December 31, 2003 and 2002                                             54

Consolidated Statements of Operations -
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001                           56

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity -
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001                           57

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows -
Years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001                           58

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                             60

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II - Validation and Qualifying Accounts                       i


Independent Auditors' Report on Schedule                               ii
(a)(3) Exhibits
                                                                       *
          Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Auditors
          Consent of Eisner LLP, Independent Auditors                  *

(b) Form 8-K filed on October 13, 2003 reporting an event under Item 5.

Form 8-K filed on October 27, 2003 reporting events under Items 5 and 7.

Form 8-K filed on November 17, 2003 reporting an event under Item 12.

Form 8-K/A filed on December 19, 2003 amending Form 8-K filed on October 13, 2003 reporting events under Items 2 and 7.

* Filed herewith


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION

Jerome I. Feldman
Chief Executive Officer

Dated: April 14, 2004

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signatures                   Title

Jerome I. Feldman            Chief Executive Officer and Director
                             (Principal Executive Officer)

Scott N. Greenberg           President and Chief Financial Officer and Director

Ogden R. Reid                Director

Harvey P. Eisen              Director

Roald Hoffmann               Director


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II

---------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------------- --------------- ------------------- --------------
                                                                                Additions
                                               Balance at      Additional       Charged to                          Balance at
                                               Beginning       Allowance        Costs &                             End of
                                               of Period       Acquired(a)      Expenses        Deductions(b)       Period
---------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------------- --------------- ------------------- --------------
---------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------------- --------------- ------------------- --------------

Year ended December 31, 2003:
Allowance for doubtful accounts (c)            $   854         $  707           $    423        $  (245)            $   1,739

---------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------------- --------------- ------------------- --------------

Year ended December 31, 2002:
Allowance for doubtful accounts (c)            $   529                          $    823        $  (498)            $   854

---------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------------- --------------- ------------------- --------------
---------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------------- --------------- ------------------- --------------

Year ended December 31, 2001:
Allowance for doubtful accounts (c)            $   859                          $    102        $  (432)            $   529


---------------------------------------------- --------------- ---------------- --------------- ------------------- --------------

(a) Represents the allowance for doubtful accounts acquired as part of the Five Star and GSE Acquisitions of $700 and $7, respectively.
(b) Write-off of uncollectible accounts, net of recoveries.
(c) Deducted from related asset on Balance Sheet.


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
GP Strategies Corporation

Under date of April 5, 2004, we reported on the consolidated balance sheets of GP Strategies Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003, as contained in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003. In connection with our audits of the aforementioned consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the related financial statement schedule as listed in Item 15. This financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement schedule based on our audits.

In our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED][GRAPHIC OMITTED]
KPMG LLP

New York, New York
April 5, 2004


The following is a list of all exhibits filed as part of this Report.

SEQUENTIAL
EXHIBIT NO.                DOCUMENT                                    PAGE NO.

3.1                       Amendment to the Registrant's Restated
                          Certificate of Incorporation filed on March
                          5, 1998.  Incorporated herein by reference to
                          Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant's Annual Report
                          on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                          1997.

3.2                       Amended and Restated By-Laws of the
                          Registrant. Incorporated herein by reference to
                          Exhibit 1 of the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on
                          September 1, 1999.

10.1                      1973 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan of the
                          Registrant, as amended on June 26, 2000.
                          Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                          10.1 of the Registrant's Annual Report on
                          Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                          2000.

10.2                      GP Strategies Corporation 2003 Incentive
                          Stock Plan.  Incorporated herein by
                          reference to Exhibit 4 of the Registrant's Form 10-K
                          for the quarter ended September 30, 2004.

10.3                      GP Strategies' Millennium Cell, LLC Option
                          Plan. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2
                          to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                          year ended December 31, 2001.

10.4                      Employment Agreement, dated as of June 1,
                          1999, between the Registrant and Jerome I.
                          Feldman.  Incorporated herein by reference
                          to Exhibit 10 of the Registrant's Form 10-Q
                          for the second quarter ended June 30, 1999.

10.5                      Amended and Restated Incentive Compensation
                          Agreement dated as June 11, 2003 between
                          the Registrant and Jerome I. Feldman.
                          Incorporated here in by reference to
                          Exhibit 10 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q
                          for the Quarter Ended September 30, 2003.

10.6                      Amendment dated as of October 1, 2003 to
                          the Amended and Restated Incentive
                          Compensation Agreement dated June 11, 2003
                          between GP Strategies Corporation and
                          Jerome I. Feldman.  Incorporated herein by
                          reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
                          Registrants Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended
                          September 30, 2003.

10.7                      Amended and Restated Incentive Compensation
                          Agreement dated November 17, 2003 between
                          GP Strategies Corporation and Jerome I.
                          Feldman.  Incorporated herein by reference
                          to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Form
                          10-Q for the Quarter Ended September 30,
                          2003.

10.8                      Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1,
                          1999, between the Registrant and Scott N.
                          Greenberg.  Incorporated herein by
                          reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the
                          Registrant's Form 10-Q for the third
                          quarter ended September 30, 1999.


10.9                      Separation Agreement, dated as of September
                          3, 2002, between the General Physics
                          Corporation and John C. McAuliffe.
                          Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                          10 of the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on
                          September 4, 2002.


10.10                     Employment Agreement dated as of May 1,
                          2001 between the Registrant and Andrea D.
                          Kantor.  Incorporated herein by reference
                          to Exhibit 10 of the Registrant's Form 10-Q
                          for the second quarter ended June 30, 2001.

10.11                     Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1,
                          1999, between the Registrant and Douglas E.
                          Sharp.*

10.12                     Termination of Merger Agreement, dated
                          February 11, 2000, to the Agreement and
                          Plan of Merger dated as of October 6, 1999,
                          by and among the Registrant, VS&A
                          Communica- tions Partners III, L.P., VS&A
                          Communications Parallel Partners III, L.P.,
                          VS&A-GP, L.L.C. and VS&A-GP Acquisitions,
                          Inc.  Incorporated herein by reference to
                          Exhibit 10 of the Registrants Form 8-K
                          filed on February 14, 2000.

10.13                     Registrant's 401(k) Savings Plan, dated
                          January 29, 1992, effective March 1, 1992.
                          Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                          10.12 of the Registrant's Annual Report on
                          Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
                          1991.

10.14                     Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of June
                          3, 1998, by and among SHL Systemhouse Co.,
                          MCI Systemhouse Corp., SHL Computer
                          Innovations Inc., SHL Technology Solutions
                          Limited and General Physics Corporation.
                          Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                          10.1 of the Registrant's Form 8-K dated
                          June 29, 1998.


10.15                     Preferred Provider Agreement, dated as of
                          June 3, 1998, by and among SHL Systemhouse
                          Co., MCI Systemhouse Corp., SHL Computer
                          Innovations Inc., SHL Technology Solutions
                          Limited and General Physics Corporation.
                          Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                          10.2 of the Registrant's Form 8-K dated
                          June 29, 1998.

10.16                     Financial and Security Agreement dated
                          August 13, 2003 by and between General
                          Physics Corporation, MXL Industries, Inc.
                          and Wachovia Bank National Association.
                          Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                          10.10 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q for the
                          quarter ended June 30, 2003.

10.17                     Guaranty of Payment Agreement dated August
                          13, 2003 by GP Strategies Corporation for
                          the benefit of Wachovia Bank, National
                          Association. Incorporated herein by
                          reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the
                          Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter
                          ended June 30, 2003

10.18                     Limited Guaranty of Payment Agreement dated
                          August 13, 2003 by MXL Industries, Inc. for
                          the benefit of Wachovia Bank, National
                          Association.  Incorporated herein by
                          reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the
                          Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter
                          ended June 30, 2003


10.19                     Rights Agreement, dated as of June 23,
                          1997, between National Patent Development
                          Corporation and Computershare Investor
                          Services LLC, as Rights Agent, which
                          includes, as Exhibit A thereto, the
                          Resolution of the Board of Directors with
                          respect to Series A Junior Participating
                          Preferred Stock, as Exhibit B thereto, the
                          form of Rights Certificate and as Exhibit C
                          thereto the form of Summary of Rights.
                          Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                          4.1 of the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on
                          July 17, 1997.

10.20                     Amendment, dated as of July 30, 1999, to
                          the Rights Agreement dated as of June 23,
                          1997, between the Computershare Investor
                          Services LLC, as Rights Agent.
                          Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                          4.2 of the Registrant's report on Form
                          8-A12B/A filed on August 2, 1999.

10.21                     Amendment, dated as of December 16, 1999,
                          to the Rights Agreement dated as of June
                          23, 1997, between the Registrant and
                          Computershare Investor Services LLC, as
                          Rights Agent.  Incorporated herein by
                          reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company's
                          report on From 8-A12B/A filed on December
                          17, 1999.

10.22                     Consulting and Severance Agreement dated
                          December 29, 1998 between the Registrant
                          and Martin M. Pollak.  Incorporated herein
                          by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the
                          Registrant's Form 10K for the year ended
                          December 31, 1998.


10.23                     Agreement dated, December 29, 1998, among
                          the Registrant, Jerome I. Feldman and
                          Martin M. Pollak. .  Incorporated herein by
                          reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the
                          Registrant's Form 10K for the year ended
                          December 31, 1998.

10.24                     Amendment No. 1, dated March 22, 1999, to
                          Agreement dated December 29, 1998 among the
                          Registrant, Jerome I. Feldman and Martin M.
                          Pollak.  Incorporated herein by reference
                          to Exhibit 10.12 of the Registrant's Form
                          10K for the year ended December 31, 1998.

10.25                     Agreement dated September 22, 1999 among GP
                          Strategies Corporation, Jerome I. Feldman
                          and Martin M. Pollak.  Incorporated herein
                          by reference to Exhibit 9 of Jerome I.
                          Feldman's Amendment No. 1 to Schedule 13D
                          filed on September 27, 1999.

10.26                     Subscription Agreement dated as of October
                          19, 2001 between the Registrant and Bedford
                          Oak Partners, L.P.  Incorporated herein by
                          reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the
                          Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                          the year ended December 31, 2001.

10.27                     Subscription Agreement dated as of May 3,
                          2002 by and between the Registrant and
                          Bedford Oak Partners, L.P.  Incorporated
                          herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the
                          Registrant's Form 10-Q for the second
                          quarter ended March 31, 2002.


10.28                     Investor Rights Agreement dated as of
                          December 27, 2001 among the Registrant,
                          Hydro Med Sciences and certain
                          Institutional Investors.  Incorporated
                          herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the
                          Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                          the year ended December 31, 2001.

10.29                     Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of
                          December 27, 2001 among the Registrant,
                          Hydro Med Sciences and certain
                          Institutional Investors.  Incorporated
                          herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the
                          Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                          the year ended December 31, 2001.

10.30                     Right of First Refusal Co-Sale Agreement
                          dated as of December 27, 2001 among the
                          Registrant, Hydro Med Sciences and certain
                          Institutional Investors.  Incorporated
                          herein by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the
                          Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                          the year ended December 31, 2001.

10.31                     Termination Agreement dated as of December
                          21, 2001 between Hydro med Sciences and
                          Shire US Inc.  Incorporated herein by
                          reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the
                          Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                          the year ended December 31, 2002.

10.32                     Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of May
                          30, 2003, by and among Hydro Med Sciences,
                          Inc. and Investors.*

10.33                     Amendment No. 1 to Stock Purchase Agreement
                          dated November 18, 2003 by and among Valera
                          Pharmaceutical, Inc. (f/k/a Hydro Med
                          Sciences, Inc.) and Investors.*

10.34                     Amended and Restated Investor Rights
                          Agreement dated May 30, 2003, by and among
                          Hydro Med Sciences, Inc. and Investors.*

10.35                     Amended and Restated Investor Right of
                          First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of May
                          30, 2003 by and among Hydro Med Sciences, Inc. and
                          Investors.*

10.36                     Amended Note dated December 19, 2003 in the
                          amount of $2,800,000 payable by Five Star
                          Products, Inc. to JL Distributors, a wholly
                          owned subsidiary of the Registrant.*

10.37                     Amended Note dated March 31, 2003 in the
                          amount of $2,800,000 payable by Five Star
                          Products, Inc. to JL Distributors, a wholly
                          owned subsidiary of the Registrant.*

10.38                     Tax Sharing Agreement dated as of February
                          1, 2004 between Registrant and Five Star
                          Products.*

10.39                     Conversion Letter dated January 22, 2004
                          between the Registrant and Five Star
                          Products.*

10.40                     Agreement of Subordination & Assignment
                          dated as of June 30, 2003 by JL
                          Distributors in Favor of Fleet Capital
                          Corporation.*


10.41                     Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of May 3,
                          2002 by and between the Registrant and
                          EGI-Fund(02)04 Investors, L.L.L.
                          Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                          10.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q for the
                          second quarter ended March 31, 2002.

10.42                     Advisory Services Agreement dated as of May
                          3, 2002 by and between the Registrant and
                          Equity Group Investments, L.L.C.
                          Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                          10.2 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q for the
                          second quarter ended March 31, 2002.

10.43                     Subscription Agreement dated as of May 3,
                          2002 by and between the Registrant and
                          Marshall Geller.  Incorporated herein by
                          reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the
                          Registrant's Form 10-Q for the second
                          quarter ended March 31, 2002.

10.44                     Form of Officer's Pledge Agreement.
                          Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to
                          the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December
                          31, 2002.

10.45                     Form of Officer's Promissory Note.
                          Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to
                          the Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended December
                          31, 2002.

10.46                     Sublease Agreement dated as of December 13,
                          2002 between the Registrant and Austin
                          Nichols & Company, Inc.  Incorporated
                          herein by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the
                          Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended
                          December 31, 2002.


10.47                     Lease Agreement dated as of July 5, 2002
                          between the Registrant's wholly-owned
                          subsidiary, General Physics Corporation and
                          Riggs Company.  Incorporated herein by
                          reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the
                          Registrant's Form 10-K for the year ended
                          December 31, 2002.

10.48                     Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated
                          August 8, 2003 among GP Strategies
                          Corporation, National Patent Development
                          Corporation and Gabelli Funds, LLC.
                          Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                          10.0 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q for the
                          quarter ended June 30, 2003.

10.49                     Form of GP Strategies Corporation 6%
                          Conditional Subordinated Note due 2008
                          dated August 14, 2003.  Incorporated herein
                          by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to the
                          Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter
                          ended June 30, 2003.

10.50                     Form of GP Strategies Corporation Warrant
                          Certificate dated August 14, 2003.
                          Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                          10.02 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q for the
                          quarter ended June 30, 2003.


10.51                     Form of National Patent Development
                          Corporation Warrant Certificate dated
                          August 14, 2003.  Incorporated herein by
                          reference to Exhibit 10.03 to the
                          Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter
                          ended June 30, 2003.

10.52                     Mortgage Security Agreement and Assignment
                          of Leases dated August 14, 2003 between GP
                          Strategies Corporation and Gabelli Funds,
                          LLC.  Incorporated herein by reference to
                          Exhibit 10.04 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q
                          for the quarter ended June 30, 2003.

10.53                     Registration Rights Agreement dated August
                          14, 2003 between GP Strategies and Gabelli
                          Funds, LLC.  Incorporated herein by
                          reference to Exhibit 10.05 to the
                          Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter
                          ended June 30, 2003.

10.54                     Registration Rights Agreement dated August
                          14, 2003 between National Patent
                          Development Corporation and Gabelli Funds,
                          LLC.  Incorporated herein by reference to
                          Exhibit 10.06 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q
                          for the quarter ended June 30, 2003.

10.55                     Indemnity Agreement dated August 14, 2003
                          by GP Strategies Corporation for the
                          benefit of National Patent Development
                          Corporation and MXL Industries, Inc.
                          Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                          10.07 to the Registrant's Form 10-Q for the
                          quarter ended June 30, 2003.


10.56                     Subordination Agreement dated August 14,
                          2003 among GP Strategies Corporation,
                          Gabelli Funds, LLC, as Agent on behalf of
                          the holders of the Company's 6% Conditional
                          Subordinated Notes due 2008 and Wachovia
                          Bank, National Association.  Incorporated
                          herein by reference to Exhibit 10.08 to the
                          Registrant's Form 10-Q for the quarter
                          ended June 30, 2003.

10.57                     Purchase and Sale Agreement dated October
                          21, 2003 by and between GP Strategies
                          Corporation and ManTech International.
                          Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                          10.1 to the Registrant's Form 8-K dated
                          October 23, 2003.

10.58                     Teaming Agreement dated October 21, 2003 by
                          and between GP Strategies Corporation and
                          ManTech International.  Incorporated herein
                          by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
                          Registrant's Form 8-K dated October 23,
                          2003.

10.59                     $5,250,955 Promissory Note dated October
                          21, 2003 of GP Strategies Corporation.
                          Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
                          10.3 of the Registrant's Form 8-K dated
                          October 23, 2003.

10.60                     Management Service Agreement dated January
                          1, 2004 between the Registrant and GSE
                          Systems, Inc. *


10.61                     Form of Management Agreement between the
                          Registrant and National Patent Development
                          Corporation.  Incorporated herein by
                          reference to Exhibit 10.1 to National
                          Patent's Form 10 filed on February 12,
                          2004.

10.62                     Form of Management Agreement between
                          National Patent Development Corporation and
                          the Registrant.  Incorporated herein by
                          reference to Exhibit 10.2 to National
                          Patent's Form 10 filed on February 12, 2004.

10.63                     Form of Tax Sharing Agreement between the
                          Registrant and National Patent Development
                          Corporation.  Incorporated herein by
                          reference to Exhibit 10.4 of National
                          Patent's Form 10 filed on February 12, 2004.

14.1                      Code of Ethics Policy*

18                        Not Applicable

19                        Not Applicable

20                        Not Applicable

21                        Subsidiaries of the Registrant*

22                        Not Applicable

23                        Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Auditors*

23.1                      Consent of Eisner LLP, Independent Auditors*

28                        Not Applicable

32.1                      Certification Pursuant to Section 18 U.S.C.
                          Section 1350.*

* Filed herewith.


Exhibit 10.11

AGREEMENT, dated as of July 1, 1999, between General Physics Corporation, a Delaware corporation with principal executive offices at 9 West 57th Street, Suite 4170, New York, New York 10019 (the "Company"), and Douglas Sharp, residing at 4410 Lantern Drive, Titusville, Florida 32796 ("Employee").

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Employee upon the terms and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual promises, covenants, and conditions herein contained and for other good and valuable considerations, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto intending to be legally bound hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Employment.

The Company hereby agrees to continue to employ Employee, and Employee hereby agrees to continue to serve the Company, all upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

Section 2. Capacity and Duties.

Employee is and shall be employed in the capacity of Group President of the Company and shall have the duties, responsibilities, and authorities normally performed by the group president of a company and such other duties, responsibilities, and authorities as are assigned to him by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") so long as such additional duties, responsibilities, and authorities are consistent with Employee's position and level of authority as Group President of the Company. Employee shall devote substantially all of his business time and attention to promote and advance the business of the Company.

Section 3. Term of Employment.

Unless sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the term of employment of Employee by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be for the period (the "Employment Period") commencing on the date hereof and ending on June 30, 2004; provided, however, that if this Agreement has not been terminated in accordance with the provisions hereof prior to June 30, 2002, the Employment Period shall be extended on June 30, 2002 to June 30, 2005.

Section 4. Place of Employment.


Employee's principal place of work shall not be relocated outside of the Titusville, Florida area without the approval of the Company's President.

Section 5. Compensation.

During the Employment Period, subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement and as compensation for all services to be rendered by Employee under this Agreement, the Company shall pay to or provide Employee with the following:

(a) Base Salary. Commencing July 1, 1999, the Company shall pay to Employee a base annual salary at the rate of $230,000. Each July 1 during the Employment Period, commencing July 1, 2000, the base annual salary shall be increased, as determined by the Board, by a minimum of the greater of (i) 3% and
(ii) the percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index (as hereinafter defined) in effect for the month of April preceding the July 1 in question compared to the Consumer Price Index in effect for the prior month of April. The "Consumer Price Index" shall mean the Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, United States Department of Labor, or the supplement or successor thereto if publication of such index should be discontinued. The base salary will be payable at such intervals (at least monthly) as salaries are paid generally to other executive officers of the Company.

(b) Signing Bonus. Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to Employee a $300,000 signing bonus.

(c) Bonus. Each December during the Employment Period, commencing in 2000, the Board shall determine Employee's bonus (the "Bonus") for the year then ending, based upon the formula attached hereto as Schedule A.

(d) Options. The Company shall cause GP Strategies Corporation ("GPS") to grant to Employee under GPS's option plan, options to purchase 100,000 shares of the common stock of GPS at an exercise price equal to the market price on the date of grant. Such options shall vest 20% on the date hereof and 20% on each July 1 commencing July 1, 2000, shall terminate on June 30, 2004, and shall accelerate as provided in Section 11(d)(ii)(C).

(e) Vacation. Employee shall be entitled to vacation in accordance with the Company's policy for its senior executives. Vacation may be carried into the subsequent year if not used in the year earned.

(f) Automobile. The Company shall provide Employee with an automobile of his choice (comparable to the automobile currently provided by the Company to Employee) at the Company's expense and shall pay the maintenance, gas, and insurance expenses in connection with such automobile. Such automobile shall be equipped with a car phone to be paid for by the Company.


(g) Life and Disability Insurance. The Company shall maintain the existing life and disability insurance policies covering Employee.

(h) Employee Benefit Plans. Employee shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans maintained by the Company for its senior executives or employees, including without limitation the Company's medical and 401(k) plans.

Section 6. Expenses.

The Company shall reimburse Employee for all reasonable expenses (including, but not limited to, business travel and customer entertainment expenses) incurred by him in connection with his employment hereunder in accordance with the written policy and guidelines established by the Company for executive officers.

Section 7. Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation.

Employee agrees that he will not during the period he is employed by the Company under this Agreement or otherwise and for a period of nine months thereafter, directly or indirectly, (a) solicit the employment of, or encourage to leave the employment of GPS or the Company or any of their respective subsidiaries, any person who is now employed by GPS or the Company or any of their respective subsidiaries, (b) hire any employee or former employee of GPS or the Company or any of their respective subsidiaries, or (c) compete with or be engaged in the same business as GPS or the Company or any of their respective subsidiaries, or be employed by, or act as consultant or lender to, or be a director, officer, employee, owner, or partner of, any business or organization which, during the period Employee is employed by the Company under this Agreement or otherwise, directly or indirectly competes with or is engaged in the same business as GPS or the Company or any of their respective subsidiaries, except that in each case the provisions of this Section 7 will not be deemed breached merely because Employee owns not more than 1% of the outstanding common stock of a corporation, if, at the time of its acquisition by Employee, such stock is listed on a national securities exchange, is reported on NASDAQ, or is regularly traded in the over-the-counter market by a member of a national securities exchange. If the Employment Period ends on June 30, 2005, the Company shall pay Employee during the period after the Employment Period that Employee is subject to this Section 7, provided that Employee is in full compliance with this Section 7, at the rate of his base annual salary received from the Company during the last year of the Employment Period, payable at such intervals (at least monthly) as salaries are paid generally to executive officers of the Company, which obligation shall cease after nine months or such earlier time as the Company, in its sole discretion, releases Employee from the provisions of this Section 7.

Section 8. Patents.


Any interest in patents, patent applications, inventions, copyrights, developments, and processes ("Such Inventions") which Employee now or hereafter during the period he is employed by the Company under this Agreement or otherwise may own or develop relating to the fields in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries may then be engaged shall belong to the Company; and forthwith upon request of the Company, Employee shall execute all such assignments and other documents and take all such other action as the Company may reasonably request in order to vest in the Company all his right, title, and interest in and to Such Inventions free and clear of all liens, charges, and encumbrances.

Section 9. Confidential Information.

All confidential information which Employee may now possess, may obtain during or after the Employment Period, or may create prior to the end of the period he is employed by the Company under this Agreement or otherwise relating to the business of the Company or of any its customers or suppliers shall not be published, disclosed, or made accessible by him to any other person, firm, or corporation either during or after the termination of his employment or used by him except during the Employment Period in the business and for the benefit of the Company, in each case without prior written permission of the Company. Employee shall return all tangible evidence of such confidential information to the Company prior to or at the termination of his employment.

Section 10. Termination.

Employee's employment hereunder may be terminated without any breach of this Agreement only under the following circumstances:

(a) Death. Employee's employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.

(b) Disability. If, as a result of Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness, Employee shall have been absent from his duties hereunder on a full-time basis for the entire period of six consecutive months, and within 30 days after a Notice of Termination (as defined in Section 10(e)) is given shall not have returned to the performance of his duties hereunder on a full-time basis, the Company may terminate Employee's employment hereunder.


(c) Cause. The Company may terminate Employee's employment hereunder for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have "Cause" to terminate Employee's employment hereunder upon (i) the willful and continued failure by Employee to substantially perform his duties or obligations hereunder (other than any such failure resulting from Employee's incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after demand for substantial performance is delivered by the Company that specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes Employee has not substantially performed his duties or obligations, or (ii) the willful engaging by Employee in misconduct which is materially monetarily injurious to the Company. For purposes of this paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on Employee's part shall be considered "willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by him not in good faith and without reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause without (i) reasonable notice to Employee setting forth the reasons for the Company's intention to terminate for Cause, (ii) an opportunity for Employee, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board, and (iii) delivery to Employee of a Notice of Termination from the Board finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board Employee was guilty of conduct set forth above in clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

(d) Termination by Employee. Employee may terminate his employment hereunder (i) for Good Reason (as defined below) or (ii) if his health should become impaired to an extent that makes his continued performance of his duties hereunder hazardous to his physical or mental health or his life, provided that Employee shall have furnished the Company with a written statement from a qualified doctor to such effect and provided, further, that, at the Company's request, Employee shall submit to an examination by a doctor selected by the Company and such doctor shall have concurred in the conclusion of Employee's doctor. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean (i) a change in control of GPS (as defined below), (ii) a management change in control of GPS (as defined below), (iii) a failure by the Company to comply with any material provision of this Agreement which has not been cured within ten days after notice of such noncompliance has been given by Employee to the Company, or (iv) any purported termination of Employee's employment which is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination satisfying the requirements of
Section 10(e) (and for purposes of this Agreement no such purported termination shall be effective). For purposes of this Agreement, a "change in control" of GPS shall mean any of the following, but only if not approved by the Board of Directors of GPS, (i) a change in control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 1(a) of Current Report on Form 8-K pursuant to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), other than a change of control resulting in control by Jerome Feldman or John C. McAuliffe or a group including Jerome Feldman or John C. McAuliffe, (ii) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Jerome Feldman or John C. McAuliffe or a group including Jerome Feldman or John C. McAuliffe, is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of GPS representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of GPS's then outstanding securities, (iii) GPS and its affiliates owning less than a majority of the voting stock of the Company, (iv) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (v) at any time when there has not been a management change of control of GPS, individuals who were either nominated for election by the Board of Directors of GPS or were elected by the Board of Directors of GPS cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of GPS. For purposes of this Agreement, a "management change in control" of GPS shall mean either of the following (i) an event that would have constituted a change of control of GPS if it had not been approved by the Board of Directors of GPS or (ii) a change in control of GPS of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 1(a) of Current Report on Form 8-K pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, resulting in control by a buy-out group including Jerome Feldman but not John C. McAuliffe. For purposes of the foregoing definitions, a group shall not be deemed to include John C. McAuliffe if he declines the opportunity to join such group.


(e) Notice of Termination. Any termination of Employee's employment by the Company or by Employee (other than termination pursuant to
Section 10(a)) shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Employee's employment under the provision so indicated.

(f) Date of Termination. "Date of Termination" shall mean (i) if Employee's employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if Employee's employment is terminated pursuant to Section 10(b), 30 days after Notice of Termination is given (provided that Employee shall not have returned to the performance of his duties on a full-time basis during such 30 day period), and (iii) if Employee's employment is terminated for any other reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, which shall not be earlier than the date on which the Notice of Termination is given; provided that if within 30 days after any Notice of Termination is given the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the dispute is resolved, either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by a judgment, order, or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

Section 11. Compensation Upon Termination or During Disability.

(a) During any period that Employee fails to perform his duties hereunder as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness ("disability period"), Employee shall continue to receive his full salary at the rate then in effect for such period until his employment is terminated pursuant to Section 10(b), provided that payments so made to Employee during the disability period shall be reduced by the sum of the amounts, if any, payable to Employee at or prior to the time of any such payment under disability benefit plans of the Company and which were not previously applied to reduce any such payment.

(b) If Employee's employment is terminated by his death, the Company shall pay to Employee's spouse, or if he leaves no spouse to his estate, an amount equal to his full salary at the rate then in effect for a period of one year after the date of death.

(c) If Employee's employment shall be terminated for Cause, the Company shall pay Employee his full salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given.

(d) If (i) in breach of this Agreement, the Company shall terminate Employee's employment other than pursuant to Section 10(b) or 10(c) (it being understood that a purported termination pursuant to Section 10(b) or 10(c) which is disputed and finally determined not to have been proper shall be a termination by the Company in breach of this Agreement) or (ii) Employee shall terminate his employment for Good Reason (other than as a result of a management change of control), then


(A) the Company shall (I) pay Employee his full salary and provide Employee his benefits through the Date of Termination at the rate or level in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given and
(II) pay Employee his full Bonus for the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs, at such time as such Bonus would have been paid if Employee's employment by the Company had not so terminated;

(B) in lieu of any further salary or bonus payments to Employee for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay as severance pay to Employee an amount equal to (1) Employee's average annual cash compensation received from the Company during the three full calendar years immediately preceding the Date of Termination, multiplied by (2) the greater of (w) the number of years (including partial years) that would have been remaining in the Employment Period if Employee's employment by the Company had not so terminated but the Employment Period were not thereafter extended pursuant to the proviso of Section 3 and (x) three, such payment to be made (y) if Employee's termination is based on a change of control of the Company, in a lump sum on or before the fifth day following the Date of Termination, or (z) if Employee's termination results from any other cause, in substantially equal semimonthly installments on the fifteenth and last days of each month commencing with the month in which the Date of Termination occurs and continuing for the number of consecutive semimonthly payment dates (including the first such date as aforesaid) equal to the product obtained by multiplying the number of years (including partial years) applicable under clause (w) above by 24;

(C) all options to purchase the Company's common stock granted to Employee under the Company's option plan or otherwise shall immediately become fully vested and shall terminate on such date as they would have terminated if Employee's employment by the Company had not terminated and, if Employee's termination is based on a change of control of the Company and Employee elects, not more than 30 days after the Date of Termination, to surrender any or all of such options to the Company, the Company shall pay Employee on or before the fifth day following such surrender a lump sum cash payment equal to the excess of (1) the fair market value on the Date of Termination of the securities issuable upon exercise of the options surrendered over (2) the aggregate exercise price of the options surrendered;


                                    (D) the Company shall maintain in full force
                           and effect, for the continued benefit of Employee,
                           for a number of years equal to the greater of (1) the
                           number of years (including partial years) that would
                           have been remaining in the Employment Period if
                           Employee's employment by the Company had not so
                           terminated but the Employment Period were not
                           thereafter extended pursuant to the proviso of
                           Section 3 and (2) three, all employee benefit plans
                           and programs in which Employee was entitled to
                           participate immediately prior to the Date of
                           Termination provided that Employee's continued
                           participation is possible under the general terms and
                           provisions of such plans and programs. In the event
                           that Employee's participation in any such plan or
                           program is barred, the Company shall arrange to
                           provide Employee with benefits substantially similar
                           to those which Employee would otherwise have been
                           entitled to receive under such plans and programs
                           from which his continued participation is barred; and
                                    (E) if termination of Employee's employment
                           arises out of a breach by the Company of this
                           Agreement, the Company shall pay all other damages to
                           which Employee may be entitled as a result of such
                           breach, including damages for any and all loss of
                           benefits to Employee under the Company's employee
                           benefit plans which Employee would have received if
                           the Company had not breached this Agreement and had
                           Employee's employment continued for the then
                           remaining term of the Employment Period but the
                           Employment Period were not thereafter extended
                           pursuant to the proviso of Section 3, and including
                           all reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by
                           him as a result of such termination.

                   (e)     If Employee shall  terminate his  employment for Good
Reason as a result of a management  change of control, then

                                    (A) the Company shall (I) pay Employee his

full salary and provide Employee his benefits through the Date of Termination at the rate or level in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given and
(II) pay Employee his full Bonus for the calendar year in which the Date of Termination occurs, at such time as such Bonus would have been paid if Employee's employment by the Company had not so terminated;

(B) in lieu of any further salary or bonus payments to Employee for periods subsequent to the Date of Termination, the Company shall pay as severance pay to Employee an amount equal to Employee's average annual cash compensation received from the Company during the three full calendar years immediately preceding the Date of Termination, such payment to be made in a lump sum on or before the fifth day following the Date of Termination;


(C) all options to purchase the Company's common stock granted to Employee under the Company's option plan or otherwise shall immediately become fully vested and shall terminate on such date as they would have terminated if Employee's employment by the Company had not terminated and, if Employee elects, not more than 30 days after the Date of Termination, to surrender any or all of such options to the Company, the Company shall pay Employee on or before the fifth day following such surrender a lump sum cash payment equal to the excess of (1) the fair market value on the Date of Termination of the securities issuable upon exercise of the options surrendered over (2) the aggregate exercise price of the options surrendered; and

(D) the Company shall maintain in full force and effect, for the continued benefit of Employee, for one year, all employee benefit plans and programs in which Employee was entitled to participate immediately prior to the Date of Termination provided that Employee's continued participation is possible under the general terms and provisions of such plans and programs. In the event that Employee's participation in any such plan or program is barred, the Company shall arrange to provide Employee with benefits substantially similar to those which Employee would otherwise have been entitled to receive under such plans and programs from which his continued participation is barred.

(f) If Employee shall terminate his employment under Section
10(d)(ii), the Company shall pay Employee his full salary through the Date of Termination at the rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given.

(g) Employee shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 11 by seeking other employment or otherwise.

(h) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated to pay any portion of any amount otherwise payable to Employee pursuant to this Section 11 if the Company could not reasonably deduct such portion solely by operation of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Section 12. Successors; Binding Agreement.

(a) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and reasonably substance satisfactory to Employee, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 12(a) or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.


(b) Employee's rights and obligations under this Agreement shall not be transferable by assignment or otherwise, such rights shall not be subject to commutation, encumbrance, or the claims of Employee's creditors, and any attempt to do any of the foregoing shall be void. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Employee and his personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors under Section 12(a). If Employee should die while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder if he had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Employee's devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to Employee's estate.

Section 13. No Third Party Beneficiaries.

This Agreement does not create, and shall not be construed as creating, any rights enforceable by any person not a party to this Agreement (except as provided in Sections 11(b) and 12).

Section 14. Fees and Expenses.

The Company shall pay all reasonable legal fees and related expenses (including the costs of experts, evidence, and counsel) incurred by Employee as a result of a contest or dispute over Employee's termination of employment if
(a) such contest or dispute is resolved in whole or in part in Employee's favor or (b) Employee reasonably believed in good faith that he had a valid claim. In addition, the Company shall pay Employee interest, at the prime rate of Fleet Bank, National Association, on any amounts payable to Employee hereunder that are not paid when due.

Section 15. Representations and Warranties of Employee.

Employee represents and warrants to the Company that (a) Employee is under no contractual or other restriction or obligation which is inconsistent with the execution of this Agreement, the performance of his duties hereunder, or the other rights of the Company hereunder and (b) Employee is under no physical or mental disability that would hinder his performance of duties under this Agreement.

Section 16. Life Insurance.

If requested by the Company, Employee shall submit to such physical examinations and otherwise take such actions and execute and deliver such documents as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Company, at its expense and for its own benefit, to obtain life insurance on the life of Employee. Employee has no reason to believe that his life is not insurable with a reputable insurance company at rates now prevailing in the City of New York for healthy men of his age.


Section 17. Modification.

This Agreement and the Schedule hereto set forth the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, supersede all existing agreements between them concerning such subject matter, and may be modified only by a written instrument duly executed by each party.

Section 18. Notices.

Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, or delivered against receipt to the party to whom it is to be given at the address of such party set forth in the preamble to this Agreement (or to such other address as the party shall have furnished in writing in accordance with the provisions of this Section 18). Notice to the estate of Employee shall be sufficient if addressed to Employee as provided in this
Section 18. Any notice or other communication given by certified mail shall be deemed given at the time of certification thereof, except for a notice changing a party's address which shall be deemed given at the time of receipt thereof.

Section 19. Waiver.

Any waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other breach of such provision or of any breach of any other provision of this Agreement. The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on one or more occasions shall not be considered a waiver or deprive that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement. Any waiver must be in writing.

Section 20. Headings.

The headings in this Agreement are solely for the convenience of reference and shall be given no effect in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 21. Counterparts; Governing Law.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. It shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

GENERAL PHYSICS CORPORATION

By:

Douglas Sharp

The undersigned hereby guarantees the performance by General Physics Corporation of its obligations under the foregoing Agreement.

GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION

By:


Exhibit 10.32

HYDRO MED SCIENCES, INC.

series B convertible preferred stock

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

May 30, 2003


Table of Contents

AGE

1.       Agreement To Sell And Purchase......................................1

         1.1      Authorization of Shares....................................1

         1.2      Sale and Purchase..........................................1

2.       Closing, Delivery And Payment.......................................2

         2.1      Closing....................................................2

         2.2      Delivery at Closing........................................2

         2.3      Deferred Closing...........................................2


3.       Representations And Warranties Of The Company.......................2

         3.1      Organization, Good Standing and Qualification..............3

         3.2      Subsidiaries...............................................3

         3.3      Capitalization; Voting Rights..............................3

         3.4      Authorization; Binding Obligations.........................4

         3.5      Financial Statements.......................................4

         3.6      Liabilities................................................5

         3.7      Agreements; Action.........................................5

         3.8      Obligations to Related Parties.............................6

         3.9      Changes....................................................6

         3.10     Title to Properties and Assets; Liens, Etc.................7

         3.11     Intellectual Property......................................8

         3.12     Compliance with Other Instruments..........................8

         3.13     Litigation.................................................9

         3.14     Tax Returns and Payments...................................9

         3.15     Employees..................................................9

         3.16     Obligations of Management.................................10

         3.17     Registration Rights.......................................10

         3.18     Compliance with Laws; Permits.............................10

         3.19     Environmental and Safety Laws.............................10

         3.20     Offering Valid............................................10

         3.21     Full Disclosure...........................................11

         3.22     Minute Books..............................................11

         3.24     Insurance.................................................11

         3.25     Qualified Small Business Stock............................11

4.       Representations And Warranties Of The Investor.....................11

         4.1      Requisite Power and Authority.............................11

         4.2      Investment Representations................................11

         4.3      Transfer Restrictions.....................................13

5.       Conditions To Closing..............................................13

         5.1      Conditions to Investor' Obligations at the Closing........13

         5.2      Conditions to Obligations of the Company at the
                  Closing...................................................15

         5.3      Conditions to Deferred Investor's Obligations at
                  the Deferred Closing......................................16

         5.4      Conditions to Obligations of the Company at the
                  Deferred Closing..........................................17

6.       Miscellaneous......................................................18

         6.1      Governing Law.............................................18

         6.2      Survival..................................................18

         6.3      Expenses..................................................18

         6.4      Attorneys' Fees...........................................18

         6.5      Successors and Assigns....................................18

         6.6      Entire Agreement..........................................18

         6.7      Severability..............................................19

         6.8      Amendment and Waiver......................................19

         6.9      Delays or Omissions.......................................19

         6.10     Notices...................................................19

         6.11     Titles and Subtitles......................................19

         6.12     Counterparts..............................................20

         6.13     Broker's Fees.............................................20

         6.14     Pronouns..................................................20

List of Exhibits

Schedule of Investors                                               Exhibit A
Certificate                                                         Exhibit B
Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement                      Exhibit C
Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement   Exhibit D
List of Stockholders, Optionholders and Warrantholders              Exhibit E
Form of Legal Opinion                                               Exhibit F
Schedule of Exceptions


HYDRO MED SCIENCES INC.

series B convertible preferred stock

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Stock Purchase Agreement (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of May 30, 2003, by and among Hydro Med Sciences Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and the investors whose names and addresses are set forth on the Schedule of Investors attached hereto as EXHIBIT A (the "Investors").

RECITALS

The Company has authorized the sale and issuance of an aggregate of 23,448,272 shares of its Series B Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to this Agreement (the "Shares").

The Investors desire to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

The Company desires to issue and sell the Shares to the Investors on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises, representations, warranties and covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. AGREEMENT TO SELL AND PURCHASE.

1.1 Authorization of Shares. On or prior to the Initial Closing (as hereinafter defined), the Company shall have authorized (a) the sale and issuance to the Investors of the Shares and (b) the issuance of such shares of Common Stock to be issued upon conversion of the Shares (the "Conversion Shares"). The Shares and the Conversion Shares shall each have the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set forth in the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT B (the "Certificate").

1.2 Sale and Purchase.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, at the Closing the Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to each Investor, severally and not jointly, and each Investor agrees to purchase from the Company, severally and not jointly, the number of Shares set forth opposite each Investor's name on EXHIBIT A at a purchase price of $0.725 per share.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, GP Strategies Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or an affiliated entity (the "Deferred Investor" or the "Parent"), shall have the option to purchase up to 6,896,551 Shares at a purchase price of $0.725 per share (the "Deferred Investment") during the period (the "Deferred Investment Period") commencing on the date hereof and ending on


the first to occur of: (i) March 31, 2004, (ii) the date an Acquisition or Transfer (as defined in the Certificate) is consummated, or (iii) the date the Series B Preferred stock is automatically converted into Common Stock as provided in Section 6(b) of Article 4(C)(2) of the Certificate. If the Deferred Investor exercises its option to purchase the Deferred Investment, the Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Deferred Investor, and the Deferred Investor agrees to purchase from the Company, the number of Shares that the Deferred Investor elects to purchase at the Deferred Closing (as hereinafter defined) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The Company shall give the Deferred Investor at least 60 days prior written notice of the anticipated closing date of any Qualified Public Offering (as defined in the Certificate).

2. CLOSINGS, DELIVERY AND PAYMENT.

2.1 Closing. The initial closing of the sale and purchase of the Shares under this Agreement (the "Initial Closing") shall take place at 9:00 a.m. on the date hereof, at 380 Lexington Ave., New York, New York or at such other time or place as the Company and the Investors may mutually agree (such date is hereinafter referred to as the "Initial Closing Date"). Subsequent closings will take place at such place and time as the Company shall designate; provided, that no Closing may occur subsequent to June 30, 2003 (each such subsequent closing and the Initial Closing are collectively referred to herein as a "Closing" and the date of each subsequent Closing and the Initial Closing Date are collectively referred to herein as a "Closing Date").

2.2 Delivery at Closing. At each Closing, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company will deliver to each Investor a certificate(s) representing the number of Shares to be purchased at such Closing by such Investor, against payment of the purchase price therefor by check made payable to the order of the Company, wire transfer of immediately available funds, or any combination of the foregoing.

2.3 Deferred Closing. The closing and sale of the Deferred Investment under this Agreement (the "Deferred Closing") shall take place at any time agreed upon by the Deferred Investor and the Company, but no later than 90 days after the date the Deferred Investor notifies the Company of its intention to exercise the Deferred Investment (the "Deferred Investment Closing Date"). At the Deferred Closing, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company will deliver to the Deferred Investor a certificate(s) representing the number of Shares to be purchased at the Deferred Closing, against payment of the purchase price therefor (the "Deferred Purchase Price") by check made payable to the order of the Company, wire transfer of immediately available funds, or any combination of the foregoing.

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

Except as set forth on a Schedule of Exceptions delivered by the Company to the Investors at the Closing (the "Schedule of Exceptions") specifically identifying the relevant Section or Sections hereof, or as described in the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum of SMH Hydro Med II LLC dated April 23, 2003 (the "Memorandum"), the Company hereby represents and warrants to each Investor as of the date of this Agreement as set forth below.


3.1 Organization, Good Standing and Qualification. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, to execute and deliver the Certificate and this Agreement, the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT C (the "Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement"), the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT D (the "Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement") (collectively, the "Related Agreements"), and any other agreements contemplated hereby, to issue and sell the Shares, the Conversion Shares, and to carry out the provisions of this Agreement, the Related Agreements and the Certificate and to carry on its business as presently conducted. The Company is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its activities and of its properties (both owned and leased) makes such qualification necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business.

3.2 Subsidiaries. The Company does not own or control any equity security or other interest of any other corporation, limited partnership or other business entity. The Company is not a participant in any joint venture, partnership, or similar arrangement.

3.3 Capitalization; Voting Rights.

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company, immediately prior to the Initial Closing, consists of (i) 50,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.001 per share ("Common Stock"), 10,000,000 shares of which are issued and outstanding, and (ii) 35,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.001 per share ("Preferred Stock"), (A) 7,000,000 shares of which are designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series A Preferred"), of which 7,000,000 shares are issued and outstanding, and (B) 24,500,000 shares of which are designated Series B 10% Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series B Preferred"), none of which are issued and outstanding. The Parent currently owns 100% of the shares of Common Stock.

(b) Under the Hydro Med Sciences, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan") and as of March 31, 2003, (i) no shares have been issued pursuant to restricted stock purchase agreements and/or the exercise of outstanding options,
(ii) options to purchase 1,720,500 shares have been granted and are currently outstanding (as listed on EXHIBIT E), and (iii) 3,779,500 shares of Common Stock remain available for future issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company. Since March 31, 2003, the Company has not issued any options to purchase shares of Common Stock or any other rights to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Incentive Plan.

(c) Other than as set forth on EXHIBIT E, except as may be granted pursuant to this Agreement and the other Related Agreements, there are no outstanding options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights and rights of first refusal, whether in favor of the Company or any other person), proxy or stockholder agreements, or agreements of any kind for the purchase or acquisition from the Company of any of its securities.


(d) All issued and outstanding shares of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock
(i) have been duly authorized and validly issued to the persons listed on EXHIBIT E hereto, are fully paid and nonassessable, and (ii) were issued in compliance with all applicable state and federal laws concerning the issuance of securities.

(e) The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the Shares are as stated in the Certificate. The Conversion Shares have been duly and validly reserved for issuance. When issued in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Certificate, as the case may be, the Shares and the Conversion Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as provided in the Related Agreements, will be free of any liens or encumbrances; provided, however, that the Shares and the Conversion Shares may be subject to restrictions on transfer under state and/or federal securities laws as set forth herein or as otherwise required by such laws at the time a transfer is proposed.

3.4 Authorization; Binding Obligations. All corporate action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization of this Agreement, the Certificate and the Related Agreements, the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder and thereunder at the Closing and the authorization, sale, issuance and delivery of the Shares pursuant hereto and the Conversion Shares pursuant to the Certificate, as the case may be, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement and the Related Agreements, when executed and delivered, will be valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors' rights, (b) general principles of equity that restrict the availability of equitable remedies, and (c) to the extent that the enforceability of the indemnification provisions in Section 2.9 of the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement may be limited by applicable laws. The sale of the Shares and the subsequent conversion of the Shares into Conversion Shares are not and will not be subject to any preemptive rights or rights of first refusal that have not been properly waived or complied with.

3.5 Financial Statements. The Company has made available to the Investor its (or to the extent applicable, those of any predecessor in interest) (a) unaudited balance sheet as of December 31, 2002, and unaudited statements of income, cash flows, and stockholders' equity for the fiscal year then ended (collectively, the "2002 Statements"), (b) unaudited balance sheet as of March 31, 2003 (the "Statement Date") and unaudited statements of income, cash flows, and stockholders' equity for the three-month period ending on the Statement Date (the "Year to Date Statements" and together with the 2002 Statements, the "Financial Statements"). Except as set forth on the Schedule of Exceptions, the Financial Statements, together with the notes thereto, are complete and correct in all material respects, have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated, except as disclosed therein, and present fairly the financial condition and position of the Company as of the dates indicated.

3.6 Liabilities. The Company has no material liabilities and, to the best of its knowledge, knows of no material liabilities, in each case except as disclosed in the Financial Statements and except for current liabilities incurred in the


ordinary course of business subsequent to the Statement Date that have not been, either in any individual case or in the aggregate, material.

3.7 Agreements; Action.

(a) There are no material agreements, understandings or proposed transactions between the Company and any of its officers, directors, affiliates or any affiliate thereof.

(b) Except as set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions, there are no agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts, proposed transactions, judgments, orders, writs or decrees to which the Company is a party or to its knowledge by which it is bound that may involve (i) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of, or payments to, the Company in excess of $50,000 (other than obligations of, or payments to, the Company arising from purchase or sale agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business), (ii) the transfer or license of any material patent, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right to or from the Company (other than licenses arising from the purchase of "off the shelf" or other standard products), (iii) provisions restricting the development, manufacture or distribution of the Company's products or services or (iv) indemnification by the Company with respect to infringements of proprietary rights (other than indemnification obligations arising from purchase or license agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business).

(c) The Company has not (i) declared or paid any dividends, or authorized or made any distribution upon or with respect to any class or series of its capital stock, (ii) incurred any indebtedness for money borrowed or any other liabilities (other than with respect to dividend obligations, distributions, indebtedness and other obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or as disclosed in the Financial Statements) individually in excess of $50,000 or, in the case of indebtedness and/or liabilities individually less than $50,000, in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate, (iii) made any loans or advances to any person, other than ordinary advances for travel expenses, or
(iv) sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of any of its assets or rights, other than the sale of its inventory in the ordinary course of business.

(d) For the purposes of subsections (b) and (c) above, all indebtedness, liabilities, agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts and proposed transactions involving the same person or entity (including persons or entities the Company has reason to believe are affiliated therewith) shall be aggregated for the purpose of meeting the individual minimum dollar amounts of such subsections.

(e) The Company has not engaged in the past twelve months in any discussion (i) with any representative of any corporation or corporations regarding the consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any such corporation or corporations, (ii) with any corporation, partnership, association or other business entity or any individual regarding the sale, conveyance or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or a transaction or series of related transactions in which more than 50% of the voting power of the Company is disposed of, or (iii) regarding any other form of acquisition, liquidation, dissolution or winding up, of the Company.


3.8 Obligations to Related Parties. Except as set forth on the Schedule of Exceptions, there are no obligations of the Company to officers, directors, stockholders or employees of the Company other than (a) for payment of salary for services rendered, (b) reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred on behalf of the Company, (c) for other standard employee benefits made generally available to all employees (including stock option agreements outstanding under any stock option plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Company), and
(d) obligations for indemnification under the Company's organizational documents and applicable law. Except as set forth on the Schedule of Exceptions, none of the officers, directors or, to the best of the Company's knowledge, key employees or stockholders of the Company, or any members of their immediate families, are indebted to the Company or have any direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which the Company is affiliated or with which the Company has a business relationship, or any firm or corporation which competes with the Company, other than passive investments in publicly traded companies (representing less than 1% of such company) which may compete with the Company. No officer, director or stockholder, or any member of their immediate families, is, directly or indirectly, interested in any contract with the Company (other than such contracts as relate to any such person's ownership of capital stock or other securities of the Company). Except as may be disclosed in the Financial Statements, the Company is not a guarantor or indemnitor of any indebtedness of any other person, firm or corporation.

3.9 Changes. Since the Statement Date, except as set forth on the Schedule of Exceptions, there has not been, to the Company's knowledge:

(a) Any change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition, or operations of the Company from that reflected in the Financial Statements, other than changes in the ordinary course of business, none of which individually or in the aggregate has had or is reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on such assets, liabilities, financial condition, or operations of the Company;

(b) Any resignation or termination of any officer, key employee or group of employees of the Company; and the Company, to the best of its knowledge, does not know of the impending resignation or termination of employment of any such officer, key employee or group of employees;

(c) Any material change, except in the ordinary course of business, in the contingent obligations of the Company by way of guaranty, endorsement, indemnity, warranty or otherwise;

(d) Any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, materially and adversely affecting the properties, business or prospects or financial condition of the Company;

(e) Any waiver by the Company of a valuable right or of a material debt owed to it;


(f) Any direct or indirect loans made by the Company to any stockholder, employee, officer or director of the Company, other than advances made in the ordinary course of business;

(g) Any material change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any employee, officer, director or stockholder;

(h) Any declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution of the assets of the Company;

(i) Any labor organization activity related to the Company;

(j) Any debt, obligation or liability incurred, assumed or guaranteed by the Company, except those for immaterial amounts and for current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Any sale, assignment or transfer of any patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intangible assets;

(l) Any change in any material agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound which materially and adversely affects the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, operations or prospects of the Company;

(m) Any other event or condition of any character that, either individually or cumulatively, has materially and adversely affected the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, or operations of the Company; or

(n) Any arrangement or commitment by the Company to do any of the acts described in subsection (a) through (m) above.

3.10 Title to Properties and Assets; Liens, Etc. The Company has good and marketable title to its material tangible properties and assets, including the tangible properties and assets reflected in the most recent balance sheet included in the Financial Statements, and good title to its leasehold estates, in each case subject to no mortgage, pledge, lien, lease, encumbrance or charge, other than (a) those resulting from taxes which have not yet become delinquent,
(b) minor liens and encumbrances which do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially impair the operations of the Company, and (c) those that have otherwise arisen in the ordinary course of business. All material facilities, machinery, equipment, fixtures, vehicles and other tangible assets owned, leased or used by the Company are in good operating condition and repair and are reasonably fit and usable for the purposes for which they are being used. The Company is in compliance with all material terms of each lease to which it is a party or is otherwise bound.

3.11 Intellectual Property

(a) Set forth in the Schedule of Exceptions is a true and complete list of all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trademark and service mark applications, trade names, copyright registrations and licenses presently


used by the Company (with the exception of licenses and rights in off the shelf software publications and sold as such). The Company has full title and ownership of, or is duly licensed or otherwise authorized to use, all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses, information and other proprietary rights and processes necessary for its business as now conducted, without any known infringement of the rights of others. There are no outstanding options, licenses or agreements of any kind relating to the foregoing proprietary rights, nor is the Company bound by or a party to any options, licenses or agreements of any kind with respect to the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses, information and other proprietary rights and processes of any other person or entity other than such licenses or agreements arising from the purchase of "off the shelf" or standard products.

(b) The Company has not received any communications alleging that the Company has violated any of the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights or trade secrets or other proprietary rights of any other person or entity.

(c) The Company is not aware that any of its employees is obligated under any contract (including licenses, covenants or commitments of any nature) or other agreement, or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative agency, that would interfere with their duties to the Company. No former or current employee, officer or consultant of the Company has excluded works or inventions made prior to his or her employment with the Company from his or her assignment of inventions pursuant to such employee, officer or consultant's proprietary information and inventions agreement. The Company does not believe it is or will be necessary to utilize any inventions, trade secrets or proprietary information of any of its employees made prior to their employment by the Company, except for inventions, trade secrets or proprietary information that have been assigned to the Company and which are disclosed in the Schedule of Exceptions hereto.

(d) Neither the execution, delivery nor performance of this Agreement or the Related Agreements, nor the carrying on of the Company's business by the employees of the Company, will, to the Company's knowledge, conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any contract, covenant or instrument under which any employee is now obligated.

3.12 Compliance with Other Instruments. The Company is not in violation or default of any material term of its certificate of incorporation or Bylaws, or of any provision of any material mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement, instrument or contract to which it is party or by which it is bound or of any judgment, decree, order or writ. The execution, delivery and performance of and compliance with this Agreement, the Certificate and the Related Agreements, and the issuance and sale of the Shares pursuant hereto, and of the Conversion Shares pursuant to the Certificate, will not, with or without the passage of time or giving of notice or both, result in any such material violation, or be in conflict with or constitute a default under any such term, or result in the creation of any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or charge upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or nonrenewal of any permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to the Company, its business or operations or any of its assets or properties.


3.13 Litigation. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the Company's knowledge, currently threatened against the Company that questions the validity of this Agreement, the Certificate, or the Related Agreements or the right of the Company to enter into any of such agreements, or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or which might result, either individually or in the aggregate, in any material adverse change in the assets, condition, affairs or prospects of the Company, financially or otherwise, or any change in the current equity ownership of the Company. The foregoing includes, without limitation, actions pending or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened or any basis therefor known by the Company involving the prior employment of any of the Company's employees, their use in connection with the Company's business of any information or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers, or their obligations under any agreements with prior employers. The Company is not a party or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation by the Company currently pending or which the Company intends to initiate.

3.14 Tax Returns and Payments. The Company has timely filed all tax returns (federal, state and local) required to be filed by it. All taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns, any assessments imposed, and to the Company's knowledge all other taxes due and payable by the Company on or before the Closing, have been paid or will be paid prior to the time they become delinquent. The Company has not been advised (a) that any of its returns, federal, state or other, have been or are being audited as of the date hereof, or (b) of any deficiency in assessment or proposed adjustment to its federal, state or other taxes. The Company has no knowledge of any liability of any tax to be imposed upon its properties or assets as of the date of this Agreement that is not adequately provided for.

3.15 Employees. The Company has no collective bargaining agreements with any of its employees. There is no labor union organizing activity pending or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened with respect to the Company. The Company is not a party to or bound by any currently effective employment contract, deferred compensation arrangement, bonus plan, incentive plan, profit sharing plan, retirement agreement or other employee compensation plan or agreement, including, but not limited to, any Employee Pension Benefit Plan as defined in
Section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. No employee of the Company has been granted the right to continued employment by the Company or to any material compensation following termination of employment with the Company. The Company is not aware that any officer, key employee or group of employees intends to terminate his, her or their employment with the Company, nor does the Company have a present intention to terminate the employment of any officer, key employee or group of employees.

3.16 Obligations of Management. Each officer and key employee of the Company is currently devoting substantially all of his or her business time to the conduct of the business of the Company. The Company is not aware that any officer or key employee of the Company is planning to work less than full time at the Company in the future. No officer or key employee is currently working or, to the Company's knowledge, plans to work for a competitive enterprise, whether or not such officer or key employee is or will be compensated by such enterprise.


3.17 Registration Rights. Except as required pursuant to the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, the Company is presently not under any obligation, and has not granted any rights, to Register (as defined in Section 1.1 of the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement) any of the Company's presently outstanding securities or any of its securities that may hereafter be issued.

3.18 Compliance with Laws; Permits. The Company is not in violation of any applicable statute, rule, regulation, order or restriction of any domestic or foreign government or any instrumentality or agency thereof in respect of the conduct of its business or the ownership of its properties which violation would materially and adversely affect the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, operations or prospects of the Company. No governmental orders, permissions, consents, approvals or authorizations are required to be obtained and no registrations or declarations are required to be filed in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance of the Shares and the Conversion Shares, except such as has been duly and validly obtained or filed, or with respect to any filings that must be made after the Closing, as will be filed in a timely manner. The Company has all franchises, permits, licenses and any similar authority necessary for the conduct of its business as now being conducted by it, the lack of which could materially and adversely affect the business, properties, prospects or financial condition of the Company and believes it can obtain, without undue burden or expense, any similar authority for the conduct of its business as planned to be conducted.

3.19 Environmental and Safety Laws. The Company is not in violation in any material respect of any applicable statute, law or regulation relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, and to its knowledge, no material expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing statute, law or regulation.

3.20 Offering Valid. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of each Investor contained in Section 4.2 hereof, the offer, sale and issuance of the Shares and the Conversion Shares will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and will have been registered or qualified (or are exempt from registration and qualification) under the registration, permit or qualification requirements of all applicable state securities laws. Neither the Company nor any agent on its behalf has solicited or will solicit any offers to sell or has offered to sell or will offer to sell all or any part of the Shares to any person or persons so as to bring the sale of such Shares by the Company within the registration provisions of the Securities Act or any state securities laws.

3.21 Full Disclosure. The Company has provided each Investor with all information requested in writing by the Investor in connection with its decision to purchase the Shares. Neither this Agreement, the Related Agreements, the Certificate nor any other certificate delivered by the Company to the Investor or its attorneys or agents in connection herewith or therewith or with the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, contain any untrue statement of a material fact nor omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading.


3.22 Minute Books. The minute books of the Company made available to the Investors' counsel contain a complete summary in all material respects of all meetings of directors and stockholders since the time of incorporation.

3.23 Insurance. The Company has general commercial, product liability, fire and casualty insurance policies and, to the best of its knowledge, such policies provide coverage customary for companies similarly situated to the Company.

3.24 Qualified Small Business Stock. The Company will use reasonable efforts to comply with the reporting and record keeping requirements of Section 1202 of the Code and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE INVESTORS.

Each Investor hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Requisite Power and Authority. Such Investor has all necessary power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Related Agreements to which it is a party and to carry out their provisions. All action on such Investor's part required for the lawful execution and delivery of this Agreement, and the Related Agreements to which it is a party, has been or will be effectively taken prior to the Closing. Upon their execution and delivery, this Agreement and the Related Agreements to which it is a party will be valid and binding obligations of such Investor, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except (a) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors' rights, (b) as limited by general principles of equity that restrict the availability of equitable remedies, and (c) to the extent that the enforceability of the indemnification provisions of Section 2.9 of the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement may be limited by applicable laws.

4.2 Investment Representations. Such Investor understands that none of the Shares or the Conversion Shares has been registered under the Securities Act. Such Investor also understands that the Shares are being offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in the Securities Act based in part upon Investor's representations contained in the Agreement. Investor hereby represents and warrants as follows:

(a) Investor Bears Economic Risk. Such Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests. Such Investor must bear the economic risk of this investment indefinitely unless the Shares (or the Conversion Shares) are registered pursuant to the Securities Act, or an exemption from registration is available. Such Investor understands that the Company has no present intention of registering the Shares, the Conversion Shares, or any shares of its Common Stock. Such Investor also understands that there is no assurance that any exemption from registration under the Securities Act will be available and that, even if available, such exemption may not allow such Investor to transfer all or any portion of the Shares or the Conversion Shares under the circumstances, in the amounts or at the times Investor might propose.


(b) Acquisition for Own Account. Such Investor is acquiring the Shares, and the Conversion Shares for such Investor's own account for investment only, and not with a view towards their distribution.

(c) Investor Can Protect Its Interest. Such Investor represents that by reason of its, or of its management's, business or financial experience, such Investor has the capacity to protect its own interests in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the Related Agreements. Further, such Investor is aware of no publication of any advertisement in connection with the transactions contemplated in the Agreement.

(d) Accredited Investor. Such Investor represents that it is an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

(e) Company Information. Such Investor has received and read all information it has deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of considering its investment hereunder, including, without limitation, the Financial Statements and has had an opportunity to discuss the Company's business, management and financial affairs with directors, officers and management of the Company and has had the opportunity to review the Company's operations and facilities. Such Investor has also had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from, the Company and its management regarding the terms and conditions of this investment.

(f) Rule 144. Such Investor acknowledges and agrees that the Shares, and, if issued, the Conversion Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Such Investor has been advised or is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act as in effect from time to time, which permits limited resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including, among other things: the availability of certain current public information about the Company, the resale occurring following the required holding period under Rule 144 and the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations.

(g) Residence. If the Investor is an individual, then the Investor resides in the state or province identified in the address of the Investor set forth on EXHIBIT A; if the Investor is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity, then the principal place of business of the Investor and, if different, the office or offices in which its investment decision was made, is located at the address or addresses of the Investor set forth on EXHIBIT A.

4.3 Transfer Restrictions. Investors acknowledge and agree that the Shares and, if issued, the Conversion Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer as set forth in the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement.

5. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.

5.1 Conditions to Investors' Obligations at the Closing. The Investors' obligations to purchase the Shares at the Closing are subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing Date, of the following conditions:


(a) Representations and Warranties True; Performance of Obligations. The representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 3 hereof shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if they had been made as of the Closing Date, and the Company shall have performed all obligations and conditions herein required to be performed or observed by it on or prior to the Closing.

(b) Minimum Investment. The Company shall have received at least $11,000,000 in aggregate gross proceeds from Investors' subscriptions for Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, exclusive of the Deferred Investment by GP Strategies Corporation pursuant to Section 1.2(b).

(c) Legal Investment. On the Closing Date, the sale and issuance of the Shares and the proposed issuance of the Conversion Shares shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which the Investors and the Company are subject.

(d) Consents, Permits and Waivers. The Company shall have obtained any and all consents, permits and waivers necessary or appropriate for consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements (except for such as may be properly obtained subsequent to the Closing).

(e) Amendment of Certificate. The Certificate shall have been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall continue to be in full force and effect as of the Closing Date.

(f) Corporate Documents. The Company shall have delivered to the Investors or their counsel copies of all corporate documents of the Company as the Investors shall reasonably request.

(g) Reservation of Conversion Shares. The Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance upon such conversion.

(h) Compliance Certificate. The Company shall have delivered to the Investors a Compliance Certificate, executed by the President of the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions specified in subsections (a),
(c), (d) and (f) of this Section 5.1 have been satisfied.

(i) Secretary's Certificate. The Investors shall have received from the Company's Secretary, a certificate having attached thereto (i) the Certificate as in effect at the time of the Closing, (ii) the Company's Bylaws as in effect at the time of the Closing, (iii) the resolutions approved by the Board of Directors of the Company authorizing the transactions contemplated hereby, (iv) good standing certificates (including tax good standing) with respect to the Company from the applicable authority(ies) in Delaware and any other jurisdiction in which the Company is qualified to do business, dated a recent date before the Closing, and (v) all required stockholder consents to the transaction as described in this Agreement.


(j) Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement. The Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT C shall have been executed and delivered by the parties thereto.

(k) Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement. The Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT D shall have been executed and delivered by the parties thereto. The stock certificates representing the shares subject to the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement shall have been delivered to the Secretary of the Company and shall have had appropriate legends placed upon them to reflect the restrictions on transfer set forth on the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement.

(l) Board of Directors. Upon the Initial Closing, the authorized size of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be seven members, and the Board shall consist of (i) three directors nominated by the Investors, voting as a separate class, one of whom shall be designated by the Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P. and who shall initially be James C. Gale, one of whom shall be designated by Wheatley MedTech Partners L.P., and who shall initially be David Dantzker, and one of whom shall be designated by SMH Hydro Med II, LLC; (ii) one director nominated by the holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class; (iii) two outside directors, who have relevant industry experience and who are not employees of the Company or Parent or otherwise would not be considered independent, nominated by mutual agreement of (X) the holders of Common Stock, (Y) the holders of the Series A Preferred, and (Z) the Investors; and (iv) one director who also is a member of the Company's senior management.

(m) Legal Opinion. The Investors shall have received from Pepper Hamilton, LLP, legal counsel to the Company, an opinion addressed to them, dated as of the Initial Closing Date, in substantially the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT F.

(n) Proceedings and Documents. All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated at the Closing hereby and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the Investors and their counsel, and the Investors and their counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as they may reasonably request.

(o) Due Diligence. The due diligence conducted by the Investors and their representatives in connection with the proposed transactions contemplated hereby shall not have caused the Investors or their representatives to become aware of any material facts relating to the business, assets, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise), or prospects of the Company which, in the good faith judgment of the Investors, make it inadvisable for the Investors to proceed with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(p) No Material Adverse Change. The business, assets, financial condition, operations, results of operations and prospects of the Company are substantially as have been represented to the Investors. Since March 31, 2003, there shall not


have been any material adverse change in the business, assets, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company.

5.2 Conditions to Obligations of the Company at the Closing. The Company's obligation to issue and sell the Shares is subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing, of the following conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties True. The representations and warranties in
Section 4 made by the Investors shall be true and correct in all material respects at the date of the Closing, with the same force and effect as if they had been made on and as of said date.

(b) Minimum Investment. The Company shall have received at least $11,000,000 in aggregate gross proceeds from the Investors' subscriptions for Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, exclusive of the Deferred Investment by GP Strategies Corporation pursuant to Section 1.2(b).

(c) Performance of Obligations. The Investors shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions herein required to be performed or complied with by Investors on or before the Closing.

(d) Filing of Certificate. The Certificate shall have been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

(e) Securities Exemption. The offer and sale of the Shares to the Investors pursuant to this Agreement shall be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the registration requirements and/or qualification requirements of all other applicable state securities laws.

(f) Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement. The Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT C shall have been executed and delivered by the Investors.

(g) Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement. The Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT D shall have been executed and delivered by the parties thereto.

(h) Consents, Permits, and Waivers. The Company shall have obtained any and all consents, permits and waivers necessary or appropriate for consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements (except for such as may be properly obtained subsequent to the Closing).

(i) Board of Directors and Stockholder Approval. The Board of Directors and the holders of the requisite number of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company shall have approved the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.


5.3 Conditions to Deferred Investor's Obligations at the Deferred Closing. The Deferred Investor's obligations to purchase the Shares at the Deferred Closing are subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Deferred Investment Closing Date, of the following conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties True; Performance of Obligations. The representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 3 hereof shall be true and correct as of the Deferred Closing Date with the same force and effect as if they had been made as of the Deferred Closing Date, and the Company shall have performed all obligations and conditions required to be performed or observed by it under this Section 5.3 on or prior to the Deferred Closing; provided, however, that the Company may update the Schedule of Exceptions as of the Deferred Closing Date and for purposes of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.5, the term "Year to Date Statements" shall refer to the unaudited balance sheet of the Company as of the last day of the calendar quarter ended at least 30 days prior to the Deferred Investment Closing Date, and the related unaudited statements of income, partner's capital, and cash flows for the three, six, or nine-month period then ended.

(b) Legal Investment. On the Deferred Closing Date, the sale and issuance of the Shares proposed to be issued to the Deferred Investor, and the proposed issuance of the Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion thereof, shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which the Deferred Investor and the Company are subject.

(c) Consents, Permits and Waivers. The Company shall have obtained any and all consents, permits and waivers necessary or appropriate for the sale and issuance of the Shares to the Deferred Investor (except for such as may be properly obtained subsequent to the Deferred Closing).

(d) Corporate Documents. The Company shall have delivered to the Deferred Investor or its counsel copies of all corporate documents of the Company as the Deferred Investor shall reasonably request.

(e) Reservation of Conversion Shares. The Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of the Shares proposed to be issued to the Deferred Investor shall have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance upon such conversion.

(f) Compliance Certificate. The Company shall have delivered to the Deferred Investor a Compliance Certificate, executed by the President of the Company, dated the Deferred Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions specified in subsections (a), (c) and (e) of this Section 5.3 have been satisfied.

(g) Secretary's Certificate. The Deferred Investor shall have received from the Company's Secretary, a certificate having attached thereto (i) the Certificate as in effect at the time of the Deferred Closing, (ii) the Company's Bylaws as in effect at the time of the Deferred Closing, (iii) the resolutions approved by the Board of Directors of the Company authorizing the transactions contemplated hereby, (iv) good standing certificates (including tax good standing) with respect to the Company from the applicable authority(ies) in Delaware and any other jurisdiction in which the Company is qualified to do business, dated a


recent date before the Deferred Closing, and (v) all required stockholder consents to the transactions as described in this Agreement.

(h) Proceedings and Documents. All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated at the Deferred Closing hereby and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the Deferred Investor and its counsel, and the Deferred Investor and its counsel shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as they may reasonably request.

5.4 Conditions to Obligations of the Company at the Deferred Closing. The Company's obligation to issue and sell the Shares comprising the Deferred Investment to the Deferred Investor is subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Deferred Closing, of the following conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties True. The representations and warranties in
Section 4 made by the Deferred Investor shall be true and correct in all material respects at the date of the Deferred Closing, with the same force and effect as if they had been made on and as of said date.

(b) Performance of Obligations. The Deferred Investor shall have performed and complied with all agreements and conditions herein required to be performed or complied with by the Deferred Investor on or before the Deferred Closing.

(c) Securities Exemption. The offer and sale of the Shares to the Deferred Investor pursuant to this Agreement shall be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the registration requirements and/or qualification requirements of all other applicable state securities laws.

(d) Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement. The Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement in the form delivered to the Company by the Investors at the Closing shall have been executed and delivered by the Deferred Investor.

(e) Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement. The Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement in the form delivered to the Company by the Investors at the Closing shall have been executed and delivered by the Deferred Investor.

(f) Consents, Permits, and Waivers. The Company shall have obtained any and all consents, permits and waivers necessary or appropriate for consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements (except for such as may be properly obtained subsequent to the Deferred Closing).

6. MISCELLANEOUS.

6.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.


6.2 Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive any investigation made by the Investors and the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby for a period of one year following the Deferred Investment Period. All statements as to factual matters contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant hereto in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed to be representations and warranties by the Company hereunder solely as of the date of such certificate or instrument.

6.3 Expenses. The Company shall pay all costs and expenses that it incurs with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement, the Certificate and the Related Agreements.

6.4 Attorneys' Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

6.5 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of the Shares from time to time.

6.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the exhibits and schedules hereto, the Related Agreements and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto, all of even date herewith between the parties hereto, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein.

6.7 Severability. In case any provision of the Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

6.8 Amendment and Waiver.

(a) This Agreement may be amended or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the Investors.

(b) The obligations of the Company and the rights of the holders of the Shares and the Conversion Shares under this Agreement may be waived only with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the Shares (treated as if converted and including any Conversion Shares into which the Shares have been converted that have not been sold to the public). The rights of the Company under this Agreement may be waived only by the prior written consent of the Company.


6.9 Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement, the Related Agreements or the Certificate, shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the Investors' part of any breach, default or noncompliance under this Agreement, the Related Agreements or under the Certificate or any waiver on such party's part of any provisions or conditions of the Agreement, the Related Agreements or the Certificate must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, the Related Agreements, the Certificate, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

6.10 Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day, (c) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Company at the address as set forth on the signature page hereof and to the Investors at the addresses set forth on EXHIBIT A attached hereto or at such other address as the Company or the Investors may designate by ten days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

6.11 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of the Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

6.12 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

6.13 Broker's Fees. Each party hereto represents and warrants that except for Sanders Morris Harris Inc., a Texas corporation, no agent, broker, investment banker, person or firm acting on behalf of or under the authority of such party hereto is or will be entitled to any broker's or finder's fee or any other commission directly or indirectly in connection with the transactions contemplated herein. Each party hereto further agrees to indemnify each other party for any claims, losses or expenses incurred by such other party as a result of the representation in this Section 6.13 being untrue.

6.14 Pronouns. All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as to the identity of the parties hereto may require.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed the PURCHASE AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

COMPANY:                                INVESTORS:

HYDRO MED SCIENCES, INC.
                                        SMH HYDRO MED II, LLC


By:                                     By:
    -------
Name: David S. Tierney                  Name: James C. Gale
Title:   President                      Title:   Manager

                                        CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.

                                        By:  SMM Corporate Management, LLC,
                                                General Partner


                                        By:  ________________________________
                                                Name: James C. Gale
                                                Title: Manager
                                        CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND
                                                  (INSTITUTIONAL), L.P.

                                        By:  SMM Corporate Management, LLC,
                                                General Partner


                                        By:  ________________________________
                                                Name: James C. Gale
                                                Title: Manager

                                        LIFE SCIENCES OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.

                                        By:  SMH Life Sciences Management, LLC,
                                                General Partner


                                        By:  ________________________________
                                                Name: James C. Gale
                                                Title: Manager

                                        WHEATLEY MEDTECH PARTNERS L.P.

                                        By:  Wheatley MedTech Partners LLC,
                                                General Partner

                                        By: ________________________________
                                        Name:__________________________
                                        Title:___________________________

                                        WHEATLEY ASSOCIATES III, L.P.

                                        By:  Wheatley Partners III, LLC,
                                                General Partner

                                        By: ________________________________
                                               Name:__________________________
                                               Title:___________________________

                                        WHEATLEY PARTNERS III, L.P.

                                        By:  Wheatley Partners III, LLC,
                                                General Partner

                                        By: ________________________________
                                               Name:__________________________
                                               Title:___________________________

                                        WHEATLEY FOREIGN PARTNERS III, L.P.

                                        By:  Wheatley Partners III, LLC,
                                                General Partner

                                        By: ________________________________
                                               Name:__________________________
                                               Title:___________________________

                                        PALADIN LABS INC.


                                        By: ________________________________
                                               Name:__________________________
                                               Title:___________________________


                                        FALCON SEABOARD HOLDINGS, L.P.


                                        By: ________________________________
                                               Name:__________________________
                                               Title:___________________________


                                        DEFERRED INVESTOR:

                                        GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION


                                        By: ________________________________
                                               Name:__________________________
                                               Title:___________________________


List Of Exhibits:

Schedule of Investors                                                 Exhibit A

Certificate                                                           Exhibit B

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement                        Exhibit C

Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement     Exhibit D

List of Stockholders, Optionholders and Warrantholders                Exhibit E

Form of Legal Opinion                                                 Exhibit F


EXHIBIT A

schedule of InvestorS

                                                                      AGGREGATE
NAME AND ADDRESS                           SHARES           PURCHASE PRICE

SMH Hydro Med II LLC
600 Travis, Suite 3100                    4,358,620          $3,160,000.00
Houston, Texas 77002
       Attention: John Malanga

Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P.
c/o SMM Corporate Management LLC           863,448             $626,000.00
126 East 56 Street
New York, New York 10022
       Attention: James C. Gale
                                          4,653,793          $3,374,000.00
Corporate Opportunities Fund
         (Institutional), L.P.
c/o SMM Corporate Management LLC
126 East 56 Street
New York, New York 10022
       Attention: James C. Gale

Wheatley MedTech Partners L.P.
80 Cuttermill Road, Suite 311              689,655             $499,999.88
Great Neck, New York 11021

With a copy to:

Wheatley Partners
825 Third Avenue, 32nd Floor
New York, New York 10022
Attn.: David R. Dantzker, M.D.
          Lawrence Wagenberg


Wheatley Partners III, L.P.               964,964*            $699,598.90*
80 Cuttermill Road, Suite 311
Great Neck, New York 11021

With a copy to:

Wheatley Partners
825 Third Avenue, 32nd Floor
New York, New York 10022
Attn.: David R. Dantzker, M.D.
          Barry K. Fingerhut

Wheatley Associates III, L.P.
80 Cuttermill Road, Suite 311             203,822*            $147,770.95*
Great Neck, New York 11021

With a copy to:

Wheatley Partners
825 Third Avenue, 32nd Floor
New York, New York 10022
Attn.: David R. Dantzker, M.D.
          Barry K. Fingerhut

Wheatley Foreign Partners III, L.P.
80 Cuttermill Road, Suite 311             210,524*            $152,629.90*
Great Neck, New York 11021

With a copy to:

Wheatley Partners
825 Third Avenue, 32nd Floor
New York, New York 10022
Attn.: David R. Dantzker, M.D.
          Barry K. Fingerhut

Life Sciences Opportunities Fund, L.P.
c/o SMM Corporate Management LLC          1,379,310          $1,000,000.00
126 East 56 Street
New York, New York 10022
Attention: James C. Gale


Paladin Labs, Inc.
6111 Royalmount Avenue                    1,379,310          $1,000,000.00
Suite 102
Montreal, Quebec H4P 2T4
Attention:  Samira Sakhia


Falcon Seaboard Holdings, L.P.
109 North Post Oak Lane                    468,865             $340.000.00
Houston, Texas 77024
Attention: Gene Dewhurst


GP Strategies Corporation**
9 West 57th Street                       6,896,551**       $5,000,000.00**
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Andrea Kantor

* Wheatley Partners III, L.P., Wheatley Associates II, L.P., and Wheatley Foreign Partners III, L.P. have the right to purchase up to an additional 1,379,310 Shares on or before June 30, 2003.

** Subject to exercise of option granted to GP Strategies Corporation (or an affiliated entity of GP Strategies Corporation) to purchase all or a portion of its $5,000,000 allocation on or before March 31, 2004, and fund such purchase within 90 days following its exercise.


EXHIBIT E

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS, OPTIONHOLDERS AND WARRANTHOLDERS

                                                              Series A
                                                             Convertible
                          Common Stock Preferred Stock
                                      --------------------------------------
GP Strategies Corporation              10,000,000.00
                                                          -
SMH Hydro Med, LLC
                                      -                    4,000,000.00
Corporate Opportunities Fund, LP
                                      -                       313,000.00
Corporate Opportunities Fund
(Institutional), LP                   -                    1,687,000.00
Wheatley MedTech Partners, LP
                                      -                    1,000,000.00
                                      --------------------------------------

10,000,000.00 7,000,000.00

       Incentive Stock Options             Qualified        Non-Qualified        Total          Vested     Vested Shares
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Nadia A. Coyman                                 2,000.00          -                2,000.00         25.00%          500.00

Cuza                                            5,000.00          -                5,000.00         25.00%        1,250.00

Stephenie Decker                                7,000.00          -                7,000.00         25.00%        1,750.00

Daniel J. Hayes                                30,000.00          -               30,000.00         25.00%        7,500.00

William Jimenez                                12,000.00          -               12,000.00         25.00%        3,000.00

Nelva Jolly                                    2,500.00           -                2,500.00         25.00%          625.00

Renee King                                    20,000.00           -               20,000.00         25.00%        5,000.00

David Kuchler                                 10,000.00           -               10,000.00         25.00%        2,500.00

Scott Kuo                                     18,000.00           -               18,000.00         25.00%        4,500.00

Petr Kuzma                                   100,000.00           -              100,000.00         25.00%       25,000.00

Kathy Long                                     7,000.00           -                7,000.00         25.00%        1,750.00

Judith Pearson                                 4,000.00           -                4,000.00         25.00%        1,000.00

Kevin Reed                                     3,000.00           -                3,000.00         25.00%          750.00

Matthew L. Rue III                           300,000.00           -              300,000.00         25.00%       75,000.00

David S. Tierney                             400,000.00        600,000.00      1,000,000.00         25.00%      250,000.00

John Spitznagel                               80,000.00           -               80,000.00         25.00%       20,000.00

Hubert Huckel                                 80,000.00           -               80,000.00         25.00%       20,000.00

Ogden Reid                                    40,000.00           -               40,000.00         25.00%       10,000.00
                                      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           1,120,500.00        600,000.00      1,720,500.00                     380,125.00
                                      ====================================================================================

Upon the Company's receipt of Regulatory Approval (as defined in the License Agreement dated October 3, 2002 (the "License Agreement"), between the Company and Paladin Labs Inc. ("Paladin")) to market the Product (as defined in the License Agreement) within Canada, the Company shall have the option to issue and sell to Paladin, and upon the exercise of such option by the Company, Paladin shall purchase from the Company, (1) such number of shares of the same class and series of capital stock that were sold in the then most recently completed equity financing of the Company as is equal to US$500,000 divided by the per share price paid in such financing, or (2) if the Company's common stock is then listed on a national securities exchange or is quoted on Nasdaq or another quotation and reporting service, then such number of shares of common stock as is equal to US$500,000 divided by the then current market price of the common stock, for an aggregate purchase price of US$500,000.


Exhibit 10.33

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

series B convertible preferred stock

PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 1 to Stock Purchase Agreement (this "Amendment") is made and entered into as of November 18, 2003, by and among Valera Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (f/k/a Hydro Med Sciences, Inc.) (the "Company"), and the investors whose names and addresses are set forth on the signature pages hereto (the "Investors"), and amends the Stock Purchase Agreement dated May 30, 2003 among the Company and the Investors (the "Agreement").

RECITALS

The Company and the Investors desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment..

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises, representations, warranties and covenants hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement unless the context hereof requires otherwise.

2. Section 1.2(b). Section 1.2(b) of the Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, GP Strategies Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or an affiliated entity (the "Deferred Investor" or the "Parent"), shall have the option to purchase up to 6,896,551 shares of a series of Preferred Stock to be designated by the Company upon the exercise of this option by the Deferred Investor (the "Series B-1 Preferred Stock") at a purchase price of $0.725 per share (the "Deferred Investment") during the period (the "Deferred Investment Period") commencing on the date hereof and ending on the first to occur of: (i) March 31, 2004, (ii) the date an Acquisition or Transfer (as defined in the Certificate) is consummated, or (iii) the date the Series B Preferred stock is automatically converted into Common Stock as provided in Section 6(b) of Article 4(C)(2) of the Certificate. The Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be identical to the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock except that the Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be non-voting stock and shall be convertible into shares of non-voting Common Stock; provided that (x) upon the sale or transfer of any shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock to any person or entity not affiliated with the Deferred Investor (as determined pursuant to 13 C.F.R. 121.103) (a "Non-Affiliate"), such shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock thereafter shall be convertible


into shares of voting Common Stock and (y) upon the sale or transfer of any shares of non-voting Common Stock to any Non-Affiliate, such shares of non-voting Common Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of voting Common Stock. The holders of shares of Series B-1 stock and shares of non-voting Common Stock shall not (A) have the right to vote such shares for the election of directors or any other matters submitted to the stockholders of the Company, (B) be entitled to elect any members of the Board of Directors of the Company on account of such shares and (C) be entitled to vote as a separate class on any matters except as required by law. If the Deferred Investor exercises its option to purchase the Deferred Investment, the Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Deferred Investor, and the Deferred Investor agrees to purchase from the Company, the number of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock that the Deferred Investor elects to purchase at the Deferred Closing (as hereinafter defined) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The Company shall give the Deferred Investor at least 60 days prior written notice of the anticipated closing date of any Qualified Public Offering (as defined in the Certificate).

3. References. With respect to each reference in the Agreement to the Deferred Closing, the Agreement is amended by replacing all references to the "Shares" with "shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock."

4. Rights. Except as set forth in Section 2 above with respect to voting rights, the holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall have all of the rights and preferences of the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, including all such rights under the Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement and the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement.

5. No Other Amendment. Except as specifically amended pursuant to this Amendment, the Agreement remains in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

6. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the conflicts of laws principles of any jurisdiction.

7. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, including by facsimile signature, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO PURCHASE AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

COMPANY:                           INVESTORS:

HYDRO MED SCIENCES, INC.
                                   SMH HYDRO MED II, LLC


By:                                By:
    -------
Name: David S. Tierney             Name: James C. Gale
Title:   President                 Title:   Manager

                                   CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.

                                   By:  SMM Corporate Management, LLC,
                                           General Partner


                                   By:  ________________________________
                                           Name: James C. Gale
                                           Title: Manager
                                   CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND
                                             (INSTITUTIONAL), L.P.

                                   By:  SMM Corporate Management, LLC,
                                           General Partner


                                   By:  ________________________________
                                           Name: James C. Gale
                                           Title: Manager

                                   LIFE SCIENCES OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.

                                   By:  SMH Life Sciences Management, LLC,
                                           General Partner


                                   By:  ________________________________
                                           Name: James C. Gale
                                           Title: Manager

                                   WHEATLEY MEDTECH PARTNERS L.P.

                                   By:  Wheatley MedTech Partners LLC,
                                           General Partner

                                   By: __________________
                                   Name:__________________________
                                   Title:___________________________

                                   WHEATLEY ASSOCIATES III, L.P.

                                   By:  Wheatley Partners III, LLC,
                                           General Partner

                                   By: ________________________________
                                          Name:__________________________
                                          Title:___________________________

                                   WHEATLEY PARTNERS III, L.P.

                                   By:  Wheatley Partners III, LLC,
                                           General Partner

                                   By: ________________________________
                                          Name:__________________________
                                          Title:___________________________

                                   WHEATLEY FOREIGN PARTNERS III, L.P.

                                   By:  Wheatley Partners III, LLC,
                                           General Partner

                                   By: ________________________________
                                          Name:__________________________
                                          Title:___________________________

                                   PALADIN LABS INC.


                                   By: ________________________________
                                          Name:__________________________
                                          Title:___________________________


                                   FALCON SEABOARD HOLDINGS, L.P.


                                   By: ________________________________
                                          Name:__________________________
                                          Title:___________________________


                                   DEFERRED INVESTOR:

                                   GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION


                                   By: ________________________________
                                          Name:__________________________
                                          Title:___________________________


Exhibit 10.34

HYDRO MED SCIENCES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

May 30, 2003


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          PAGE

SECTION 1         GENERAL...................................................1

         1.1      Definitions...............................................1

SECTION 2         RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER; REGISTRATION....................3

         2.1      Restrictions on Transfer..................................3

         2.2      Demand Registration.......................................5

         2.3      Piggyback Registrations...................................6

         2.4      Form S-2 and S-3 Registration.............................7

         2.5      Expenses of Registration..................................9

         2.6      Obligations of the Company................................9

         2.7      Termination of Registration Rights.......................11

         2.8      Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information............11

         2.9      Indemnification..........................................11

         2.10     Assignment of Registration Rights........................13

         2.11     Amendment of Registration Rights.........................14

         2.12     Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights.............14

         2.13     "Market Stand-Off" Agreement.............................14

         2.14     Agreement to Furnish Information.........................14

         2.15     Rule 144 Reporting.......................................14

SECTION 3         COVENANTS................................................15

         3.1      Basic Financial Information and Reporting................15

         3.2      Inspection Rights........................................15

         3.3      Confidentiality of Records...............................16

         3.4      Reservation of Common Stock..............................16

         3.5      Stock Vesting............................................16

         3.6      Special Relationships of Prospective Employees...........16

         3.7      Directors' Liability and Indemnification.................17

         3.8      Reimbursement of Expenses................................17

         3.9      Qualified Small Business.................................17

         3.10     Election of Directors....................................17

         3.11     Observer Rights..........................................17

         3.12     Termination of Covenants.................................18

SECTION 4         PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS........................................18

         4.1      Subsequent Offerings.....................................18

         4.2      Exercise of Preemptive Rights............................18

         4.3      Termination and Waiver of Preemptive Right...............19

         4.4      Transfer of Preemptive Rights............................19

         4.5      Excluded Securities......................................19

SECTION 5         MISCELLANEOUS............................................20

         5.1      Governing Law............................................20

         5.2      Survival.................................................20

         5.3      Successors and Assigns...................................20

         5.4      Entire Agreement.........................................20

         5.5      Severability.............................................20

         5.6      Amendment and Waiver.....................................20

         5.7      Delays or Omissions......................................21

         5.8      Notices..................................................21

         5.9      Attorneys' Fees..........................................21

         5.10     Titles and Subtitles.....................................21

         5.11     Additional Investors.....................................21

         5.12     Counterparts.............................................22

         5.13     Joinder of Spouses.......................................22


HYDRO MED SCIENCES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of May 30, 2003, by and among HYDRO MED SCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), the stockholders of the Company listed as "Common Stock Investors" on Exhibit A hereto (collectively, the "Common Stock Investors", and each individually, a "Common Stock Investor"), the investors listed as the "Series B Investors" on Exhibit A hereto (the "Series B Investors"), and the stockholders of the Company listed as "Series A Investors" on Exhibit A hereto (the "Series A Investors" and, together with the Common Stock Investors and the Series B Investors, the "Investors").

RECITALS

The Series B Investors are purchasing shares of the Company's Series B Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to that certain Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") of even date herewith (the "Financing").

The obligations in the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

In connection with the consummation of the Financing, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement in order to grant registration, information rights and other rights to the Investors as set forth below.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree hereto as follows:

1. GENERAL.

1.1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

"Board of Directors" means the Company's Board of Directors.

"Certificate" means the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on May 30, 2003.

"Common Stock" means the Company's common stock, par value $.001 per share.

"Equity Securities" means (i) any Common Stock, Preferred Stock, or other security of the Company, (ii) any security convertible, with or without consideration, into any Common Stock, Preferred Stock, or other security of the Company (including any option to purchase such a convertible security),


(iii) any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any Common Stock, Preferred Stock, or other security of the Company, or (iv) any such warrant or right.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

"Form S-2" means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits inclusion or incorporation of certain information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

"Form S-3" means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC, which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

"GP Strategies" means GP Strategies Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

"Holder" means any person owning of record Registrable Securities, or securities convertible into Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities or securities in accordance with Section 2.10 hereof.

"Preferred Stock" means the Company's preferred stock, par value $.001 per share.

"Qualified Offering" a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company's Common Stock, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (i) at a public offering price per share, before deductions for underwriter discounts and commissions, of at least three
(3) times the higher of the then-applicable conversion price of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock or Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, and (ii) with aggregate proceeds to the Company of at least $25,000,000 before deductions for underwriter discounts and commissions and any and all expenses of such underwritten offering incurred by the Company.

"Register," "registered," and "registration" refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

"Registrable Securities" means (a) Common Stock of the Company issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares, (b) for purposes of Section 2.3 and 2.4 only (and to the extent such provisions relate to Section 2.3 or 2.4, Sections 2.1, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.13, 2.14, 2.15 or Section 5), Common Stock owned by GP Strategies, and (c) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above-described securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144 or sold in a private transaction in which the transferor's rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned.


"Registrable Securities then outstanding" shall be the number of shares determined by calculating the total number of shares of the Company's Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and either (a) are then issued and outstanding or (b) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities, excluding any Registrable Securities as to which the rights under
Section 2 have terminated pursuant to Section 2.7.

"Registration Expenses" mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

"SEC" or "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

"Selling Expenses" mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale.

"Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" means shares of the Company's Preferred Stock designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share.

"Series B Convertible Preferred Stock" means shares of the Company's Preferred Stock designated as Series B 10% Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share.

"Shares" mean (i) Series B Convertible Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement held by the Series B Investors hereto and their permitted assigns, (ii) Series A Convertible Preferred Stock held by the Series A Investors and their permitted assigns, and (iii) for purposes of
Section 2.3 and 2.4 only (and to the extent such provisions relate to Section 2.3 or 2.4, Sections 2.1, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.13 and 2.14 or Section 5), shares of Common Stock held by GP Strategies and its permitted assigns.

"Special Registration Statement" means a registration statement relating to any employee benefit plan or with respect to any corporate reorganization or other transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act.

2. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER; REGISTRATION.

2.1. Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares or Registrable Securities unless and until:

(i) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or


(ii) (A) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (B) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144 except in unusual circumstances.

Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, no such registration statement, detailed statement or opinion of counsel shall be necessary for a transfer by a party hereto which is (A) a partnership to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests, (B) a corporation to its shareholders in accordance with their interest in the corporation, (C) a limited liability company to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, (D) to the party's family member or trust for the benefit of an individual party, (E) an entity which is controlled by, controls or is under common control with the transferor (an "Affiliate"), or (F) a Common Stock Investor to another Common Stock Investor or then current employees of the Company; provided that in each case the transferee will be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he, she or it were an original party hereunder.

(b) Each certificate representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of the Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws or under any other agreement):

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE STATE SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO THE SECURITIES UNDER SAID ACT AND SECURITIES LAWS OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED. COPIES OF THE AGREEMENTS COVERING THE PURCHASE OF THESE SHARES AND RESTRICTING THEIR TRANSFER MAY BE OBTAINED AT NO COST BY WRITTEN REQUEST MADE BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THIS CERTIFICATE TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE CORPORATION.

(c) If such Shares or Registrable Securities are proposed to be disposed of, the Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly certificates without the foregoing legend at the request of any holder thereof if the holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities may lawfully be so disposed of thereafter without registration, qualification, or legend.


2.2. Demand Registration.

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive a written request from a Holder or Holders of at least 50% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (the "Initiating Holders") that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of a majority of the Registrable Securities owned by such Initiating Holders, then the Company shall, within 30 days of receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders and, subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, use its commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with the Commission covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders request to be registered.

(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in
Section 2.2(a), as applicable. In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder's participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder's Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Registrable Securities) then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated first to the Holders who are holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) and Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by such Holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Series A Convertible Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this
Section 2.2:

(1) prior to the earlier of (A) six months following a Qualified Offering, and (B) December 31, 2004;

(2) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to Section 2.2(a), and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;


(3) during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date 90 days following the effective date of, any registration statement (other than a Special Registration Statement) of the Company;

(4) if within 30 days of receipt of a written request from Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.2(a), the Company gives notice to the Holders of the Company's intention to make a Qualified Offering within 90 days;

(5) if the Company shall furnish to the Initiating Holders, a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve-month period; or

(6) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4 below.

2.3. Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least 20 days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Special Registration Statements) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within 15 days after the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a) Underwriting. If the registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to be included in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder's participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder's Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement, if the underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors


require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company; second, to the Holders who are holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) and Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by such Holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock; and third, to the Holders who are holders of Common Stock (issued otherwise than upon conversion of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock or Series A Convertible Preferred Stock) on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by such Holders; provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company (other than securities being offered by the Company and Registrable Securities being offered by the Holders) are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder that is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners, stockholders and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing person shall be deemed to be a single "Holder," and any pro rata reduction with respect to such "Holder" shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares of Registrable Securities owned by all entities and individuals included in such "Holder," as defined in this sentence.

(b) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with
Section 2.5 hereof.

2.4. Form S-2 and S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from a Holder or Holders of at least 50% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-2 or Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b) as soon as practicable, use its best efforts to file such registration statement as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder's Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:


(i) if Form S-2 or Form S-3, as the case may be, is not available for such offering by the Holders, or

(ii) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-2 or Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the registration statement for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided, that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve-month period, or

(iii) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, or

(iv) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such Form S-2 or Form S-3 registration statement, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $3,000,000; or

(v) if the Company has filed a registration statement at the request of Holders under this Section 2.4 within the preceding six months.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-2 or Form S-3 registration statement, as the case may be, covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 2.2 or 2.3, respectively.

(d) If the registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.4 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to be included in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be conditioned upon such Holder's participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder's Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Holders who are holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (or shares


of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) and Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (or shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by such Holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock; and second, to the Holders who are holders of Common Stock issued other than upon conversion of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock or Series A Convertible Preferred Stock on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by such Holders; provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company (other than securities being offered by the Company and Registrable Securities being offered by the Holders) are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners, stockholders and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing person shall be deemed to be a single "Holder," and any pro rata reduction with respect to such "Holder" shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares of Registrable Securities owned by all entities and individuals included in such "Holder," as defined in this sentence.

2.5. Expenses of Registration. Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.2 or any registration under
Section 2.3 or Section 2.4 herein shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance proceedings begun pursuant to a request under Section 2.2 if such request is subsequently withdrawn by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration, qualification or compliance (in which case all participating Holders shall bear all such Registration Expenses). All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered and sold.

2.6. Obligations of the Company. Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective (i) in the case of any registration under
Section 2.2, for up to 180 days or, if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto and (ii) in the case of any registration under Section 2.4, indefinitely or, if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in paragraph (a) above.


(c) Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Use its reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

(g) Use its reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters.

(h) Use reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and to be qualified for trading on each system on which securities issued by the Company are from time to time qualified.

(i) Use its reasonable efforts to provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement and thereafter maintain such transfer agent and registrar.

(j) Use its reasonable efforts to provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities, not later than the effective date of the applicable registration statement.


2.7. Termination of Registration Rights. All registration rights granted under Sections 2.2, 2.3, and 2.4 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect with respect to any Holder when all Registrable Securities held by and issuable to such Holder (and its Affiliates, partners, former partners, members and former members) may be sold under Rule 144 during any 90-day period.

2.8. Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information.

(a) No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this
Section 2.

(b) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

2.9. Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Section 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a "Violation") by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will pay as incurred to each such Holder, partner, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.9(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, or by any partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder; and provided, further, that such indemnity shall not apply with respect to any


untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission in any preliminary or final prospectus if the prospectus (as amended or supplemented), as provided to the person claiming indemnification prior to the time the Company made the sale to the person making the claim of a Violation, did not contain such statement or alleged statement or omission or alleged omission.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration qualifications or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder's partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder in writing expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will pay as incurred any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Violation; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this
Section 2.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further, that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.9 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.9, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if materially prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.9, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the


indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.9.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.9 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(e) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.9 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and the termination of this Agreement. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

2.10. Assignment of Registration Rights.

(a) The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities which (i) is a subsidiary, parent, Affiliate, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member or shareholder of a Holder, (ii) is a Holder's family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or (iii) acquires at least 100,000 shares of such Holder's Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock dividend, combination, splits, reorganization, and the like); provided, however, (A) the transferor shall, within ten (10) days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (B) such transferee shall agree to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.10, no assignment under Section 2.10(a) shall be valid if the transferee of the Registrable Securities of a Holder is determined in good faith by the Board of Directors to be a direct competitor of the Company.


2.11. Amendment of Registration Rights. Any provision of this Section 2 may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 2.11 shall be binding upon each Holder and the Company. By acceptance of any benefits under this Section 2, Holders of Registrable Securities hereby agree to be bound by the provisions hereunder.

2.12. Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights. Other than as provided in
Section 5.11, after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder registration rights pari passu or senior to those granted to the Holders hereunder.

2.13. "Market Stand-Off" Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale of, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided that such agreement shall apply only to the Company's initial Qualified Offering.

2.14. Agreement to Furnish Information. Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company's securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

2.15. Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act; and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance


with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

3. COVENANTS.

3.1. Basic Financial Information and Reporting.

(a) The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

(b) As long as shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, and/or Registrable Securities issued therefor are outstanding, the Company shall deliver or provide to each Series B Investor and Series A Investor (so long as such Investor continues to hold 10% of the Shares originally purchased by said Series B Investor or Series A Investor and/or Registrable Securities issued therefor) of each respective class, and as long as GP Strategies holds at least 10% of the outstanding Common Stock, the Company shall deliver and provide to GP Strategies:

(i) Within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a balance sheet of the Company, as at the end of such fiscal year, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by independent public accountants of national standing selected by the Board of Directors; and

(ii) (A) At least 30 days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year, an annual budget and operating plans for such fiscal year (and as soon as available, any subsequent revisions thereto); and (B) within 20 days after the end of each quarter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such quarter, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such quarter and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

3.2. Inspection Rights. As long as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, and/or Registrable Securities issued therefor are outstanding, each Series B Investor and Series A Investor (so long as such Investor continues to hold 10% of the Shares originally purchased by said Investor and/or Registrable Securities issued therefor), and as long as GP


Strategies holds at least 10% of the outstanding Common Stock, GP Strategies, after giving reasonable advance notice to the Company, shall have the right during normal business hours to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with its officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.2 with respect to a direct competitor of the Company or with respect to information which the Board of Directors determines in good faith is confidential and should not, therefore, be disclosed.

3.3. Confidentiality of Records. Each Investor agrees to use, and to use its reasonable commercial efforts to insure that its authorized representatives use, the same degree of care as such Investor uses to protect its own confidential information to keep confidential any information furnished to it which the Company identifies as being confidential or proprietary (so long as such information is not in the public domain), except that such Investor may disclose such proprietary or confidential information to any partner, Affiliate, subsidiary or parent of such Investor for the purpose of evaluating its investment in the Company as long as such partner, subsidiary or parent is advised of and agrees to abide by the confidentiality provisions of this Section
3.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Investor (and each employee, representative, or other agent of such Investor) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitations of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analysis) that are provided to such Investor relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.

3.4. Reservation of Common Stock. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Shares, all Common Stock issuable from time to time upon such conversion.

3.5. Stock Vesting. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, all stock options and other stock equivalents issued by the Company after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers of the Company shall be subject to vesting as follows: (a) 25% of such stock shall vest at the end of the first year following the date of issuance, and (b) 75% of such stock shall vest on a monthly basis over the remaining three years. With respect to any shares of stock purchased by any such person, except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Company will enter into an agreement in connection with each such issuance of stock to an employee, director or consultant of the Company that provides that upon the termination of the employment or service of such employee, director or consultant, with or without cause with respect to any unvested shares or options owned or held by an employee, director or consultant of the Company, such unvested shares or options shall be forfeited to the Company or its assignee.

3.6. Special Relationships of Prospective Employees. The Company shall not hire or contract for the services, directly or indirectly, whether as an employee, independent contractor, consultant or in any other capacity, of any person who is a spouse, sibling, parent, child, or other family member of a current officer, director, employee, independent contractor or consultant to the Company without the unanimous consent of the Board of Directors of the Company.


3.7. Directors' Liability and Indemnification. The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws shall provide (a) for elimination of the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by law and (b) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law.

3.8. Reimbursement of Expenses. The Company shall reimburse each nonemployee member of the Board of Directors for all reasonable and customary actual expenses incurred in connection with their service as a member of the Board of Directors, including without limitation all actual travel and lodging expenses incurred in connection with the attendance by any such member at a meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof.

3.9. Qualified Small Business. The Company will use its best efforts to comply with the reporting and recordkeeping requirements of Section 1202 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, any regulations promulgated thereunder and any similar state laws and regulations, and agrees not to repurchase any stock of the Company if such repurchase would cause the Shares not to so qualify as "Qualified Small Business Stock."

3.10. Election of Directors.

(a) In any election of directors of the Company, the Investors shall vote at any regular meeting or special meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent) such number of shares of voting capital stock then owned by them (or as to which they then have voting power) as may be necessary to elect the following individuals to the Board of Directors:

(i) One director designated by the Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P., who shall initially be James C. Gale;

(ii) One director designated by Wheatley MedTech Partners L.P.;

(iii) One director designated by GP Strategies;

(iv) One director designated by SMH Hydro Med II, LLC;

(v) Two directors who have relevant industry experience and are not employees of the Company or GP Strategies, nominated by mutual agreement of the Investors (the "Outside Directors"); and

(vi) The President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

(b) Any director nominated pursuant to Section 3.10(a)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) may be removed by, and shall not be removed except by, Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P., Wheatley MedTech Partners L.P., GP Strategies, and SMH Hydro Med II, LLC, respectively.

3.11. Observer Rights. As long as SMH Hydro Med LLC or Paladin Labs, Inc., respectively, hold any Shares, the Company shall, if such Investors do not otherwise have a representative on the Board of Directors, invite a


representative of each such Investor to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors and the committees of the Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors; provided, however, that such representative shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and, provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

3.12. Termination of Covenants. All covenants of the Company contained in
Section 3 of this Agreement shall expire and terminate as to each Investor upon the earlier of (a) the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the initial Qualified Offering, or (b) upon (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions, including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation but, excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a "Change in Control"); provided that in the event that the Company's stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to any such transaction (on a fully diluted basis) will, immediately after such transaction (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the Company's acquisition or sale or otherwise), hold at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity, such transaction shall not be deemed to constitute a Change in Control.

4. PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS.

4.1. Subsequent Offerings. In the event the Company issues and sells Equity Securities (as defined below) other than the Equity Securities excluded by
Section 4.5 hereof, each Investor shall have a preemptive right to purchase such number of shares of Equity Securities necessary for such Investor to maintain its percentage ownership position in the Company on an as converted basis. Each Investor's preemptive share is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of the Company's Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock or Series A Convertible Preferred Stock) of which such Investor is deemed to be a holder immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of shares of the Company's outstanding Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, or other security of the Company or upon the exercise of any outstanding warrants, options, or rights to subscribe to or purchase any Common Stock, Preferred Stock, or other security) immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities.

4.2. Exercise of Preemptive Rights. If the Company issues any Equity Securities, it shall give each Investor written notice of such issuance, describing the Equity Securities and the price and the terms and conditions upon which the Company issued the same and shall provide each Investor with access to any information regarding such offering and the Company, provided to the purchasers of Equity Securities. Each Investor shall have 45 days from the giving of such notice to exercise its preemptive right to purchase Equity Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving


written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any Investor who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable federal securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale.

4.3. Termination and Waiver of Preemptive Rights. The preemptive rights established by this Section 4 shall terminate following the Company's initial Qualified Offering.

4.4. Transfer of Preemptive Rights. The preemptive rights of each Investor under this Section 4 may be transferred to the same parties, subject to the same restrictions, as any transfer of registration rights pursuant to Section 2.10.

4.5. Excluded Securities. The preemptive rights established by this Section 4 shall have no application to any of the following Equity Securities:

(a) Up to 5,500,000 shares (as may be adjusted for any stock dividend, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like) of Common Stock (and/or options, warrants or other Common Stock purchase rights issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights) issued or to be issued after the date hereof to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary, pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board of Directors;

(b) Up to 6,896,552 shares (as may be adjusted for any stock dividend, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like) of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock issued or to be issued after the date hereof to GP Strategies;

(c) capital stock of the Company issued pursuant to any rights or agreements outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, options and warrants outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, and capital stock issued pursuant to or upon the exercise of any such rights or agreements granted after the date of this Agreement; provided that in the case of rights or agreements granted after the date of this Agreement, such rights or agreements were approved by the Board of Directors, including representatives designated by Sanders Morris Harris and Wheatley MedTech Partners L.P.;

(d) shares of Common Stock issued in connection with any stock split, dividend, combination, distribution, or recapitalization;

(e) shares of Common Stock issued in connection with any merger, consolidation, acquisition, or similar business combination approved by the Board of Directors;

(f) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Shares;

(g) any Equity Securities issued pursuant to any equipment leasing or loan arrangement, or debt financing from a bank or similar financial or lending institution approved by the Board of Directors; and

(h) any Equity Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including (i) joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements or (ii) technology transfer or development arrangements; provided that such strategic transactions


and the issuance of shares therein, has been approved by the Board of Directors.

5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principals of conflict of laws.

5.2. Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants, and agreements made herein shall survive any investigation made by any Holder and the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby. All statements as to factual matters contained in any certificate or other instrument delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant hereto in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed to be representations and warranties by the Company hereunder solely as of the date of such certificate or instrument.

5.3. Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators of the parties hereto and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time; provided, however, that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the transfer of any Registrable Securities in accordance with this Agreement, such notice to specify the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or any redemption price.

5.4. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Purchase Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. This Agreement replaces and supercedes the Investor Rights Agreement dated December 27, 2001 by and among the Company, the Common Investors, and the Series A Investors.

5.5. Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

5.6. Amendment and Waiver.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement may be amended or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities.

(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided, the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement may be waived only with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities.


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with only the written consent of the Company to include additional purchasers of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock as "Series B Investors," "Holders," and parties hereto.

(d) For the purposes of determining the number of Holder or Investors entitled to vote or exercise any rights hereunder, the Company shall be entitled to rely solely on the list of record holders of its stock as maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

5.7. Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any Holder, upon any breach, default or noncompliance of the Company under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any Holder's part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such Holder's part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to Holders, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.8. Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the party to be notified at the address as set forth on the signature pages hereof or Exhibit A hereto or at such other address as such party may designate by ten days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

5.9. Attorneys' Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all reasonable fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

5.10. Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

5.11. Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue additional shares of its Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an "Investor" hereunder.


5.12. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5.13. Joinder of Spouses. The undersigned spouses of each Investor, if applicable, join in the execution and delivery of this Agreement for the express purpose of binding any interest he or she may have in the Shares or Common Stock.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


406523 000088 HOUSTON 256618.1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

COMPANY:                            SERIES B INVESTORS:

HYDRO MED SCIENCES, INC.            SMH HYDRO MED II LLC


By:                                 By:
    -------
     Name: David S. Tierney                Name: James C. Gale
     Title: President                      Title:  Manager

                                    CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.
                                    By:  SMM Corporate Management, LLC,
                                            General Partner


                                    By:  ________________________________
                                            Name: James C. Gale
                                            Title: Manager

                                    CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND (INSTITUTIONAL
                                    By:  SMM Corporate Management, LLC,
                                            General Partner


                                    By:  ________________________________
                                            Name: James C. Gale
                                            Title: Manager

                                    LIFE SCIENCES OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.
                                    By:  SMH Life Sciences Management, LLC,
                                            General Partner


                                    By:  ________________________________
                                            Name: James C. Gale
                                            Title: Manager

                                    WHEATLEY MEDTECH PARTNERS L.P.
                                    By: Wheatley MedTech Partners LLC,
                                            General Partner


                                    By: ________________________________
                                           Name:__________________________
                                           Title:___________________________

                                    WHEATLEY PARTNERS III, L.P.
                                    By: Wheatley Partners III, LLC,
                                            General Partner


                                    By: ________________________________
                                           Name:__________________________
                                           Title:___________________________


                                    WHEATLEY ASSOCIATES III, L.P.
                                    By: Wheatley Partners III, LLC,
                                            General Partner


                                    By: ________________________________
                                           Name:__________________________
                                           Title:___________________________


                                    WHEATLEY FOREIGN PARTNERS III, L.P.
                                    By: Wheatley Partners III, LLC,
                                            General Partner


                                    By: ________________________________
                                           Name:__________________________
                                           Title:___________________________


                                    PALADIN LABS INC.


                                    By:_________________________________
                                          Name:____________________________
                                          Title: _____________________________

                                    FALCON SEABOARD HOLDINGS, L.P.


                                    By:_________________________________
                                          Name:____________________________
                                          Title: _____________________________


SERIES A INVESTORS:

SMH HYDRO MED LLC

By:
Name: James C. Gale
Title: Manager

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.
By: SMM Corporate Management, LLC,
General Partner

By: ________________________________
Name: James C. Gale
Title: Manager

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND
(INSTITUTIONAL), L.P.
By: SMM Corporate Management, LLC,
General Partner

By: ________________________________
Name: James C. Gale
Title: Manager

WHEATLEY MEDTECH PARTNERS L.P.
By: Wheatley MedTech Partners LLC,
General Partner

By: ________________________________
Name:__________________________
Title:___________________________


COMMON STOCK INVESTORS:

GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION

By:_________________________________
Name:____________________________
Title:_____________________________


406523 000088 HOUSTON 256618.1 A-3

EXHIBIT A

common stock investors

GP Strategies Corporation
9 West 57th Street
New York, New York 10019

SERIES B INVESTORS

As of May 30, 2003

SMH Hydro Med II LLC
600 Travis, Suite 3100
Houston, Texas 77002
Attention: John Malanga

Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P.
Corporate Opportunities Fund (Institutional), L.P. Life Sciences Opportunities Fund, L.P.
c/o SMM Corporate Management LLC
126 East 56 Street
New York, New York 10022
Attention: James C. Gale

Wheatley MedTech Partners L.P.
80 Cuttermill Road, Suite 311
Great Neck, New York 11021

With a copy to:

Wheatley Partners
825 Third Avenue, 32nd Floor
New York, New York 10022
Attn: David R. Dantzker, M.D./
Lawrence Wagenburg

Wheatley Partners III, L.P.
Wheatley Associates III, L.P.
Wheatley Foreign Partners, III, L.P.
80 Cuttermill Road, Suite 311
Great Neck, New York 11021

With a copy to:

Wheatley Partners
825 Third Avenue, 32nd Floor
New York, New York 10022
Attn: David R. Dantzker, M.D./
Barry K. Fingerhut


Paladin Labs, Inc.
6111 Royalmount Avenue
Suite 102
Montreal, Quebec H4P 2T4
Attention: Samira Sakhia

Falcon Seaboard Holdings, L.P.
109 N. Post Oak Lane
Houston, Texas 77024

GP Strategies Corporation
9 West 57th Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Andrea Kantor

Series A Investors

SMH Hydro Med LLC
600 Travis, Suite 3100
Houston, Texas 77002
Attention: John Malanga

Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P.
Corporate Opportunities Fund (Institutional), L.P. c/o SMM Corporate Management LLC
126 East 56 Street
New York, New York 10022
Attention: James C. Gale

Wheatley MedTech Partners L.P.
80 Cuttermill Road, Suite 311
Great Neck, New York 11021

With a copy to:

Wheatley Partners
825 Third Avenue, 32nd Floor
New York, New York 10022
Attn: David R. Dantzker, M.D./
Lawrence Wagenburg


Exhibit 10.35

HYDRO MED SCIENCES, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL
AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into as of May 30, 2003, by and among Hydro Med Sciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), each of the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A hereto (the "Investors"), each of the persons listed as "Common Stockholders" on Exhibit B hereto (the "Common Stockholders"), and each of the persons listed as "Series A Stockholders" on Exhibit C hereto (the "Series A Stockholders" and together with the Common Stockholders, the "Current Stockholders").

RECITALS

The Common Stockholders are the beneficial owners of an aggregate 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company.

The Series A Stockholders are the beneficial owners of an aggregate 7,000,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company.

The Investors are purchasing shares of the Company's Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, pursuant to that certain Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") of even date herewith (the "Financing").

The obligations in the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

In connection with the consummation of the Financing, the Company, the Common Stockholders, the Series A Stockholders, and the Investors have agreed to the first refusal and co-sale rights as set forth below.

In consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS.

(a) "Common Stock" shall mean shares of the Company's common stock, par value $.001 per share, and shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Company's outstanding Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or Series B Convertible Preferred Stock or exercise of any option, warrant, or other security or right of any kind convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

(b) "Preferred Stock" shall mean shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.


(c) "Preferred Stockholder" shall mean the Investors and the Series A Stockholders.

(d) "Series A Convertible Preferred Stock" shall mean shares of the Company's preferred stock, par value $.001 per share, designated as "Series A Convertible Preferred Stock."

(e) "Series B Convertible Preferred Stock" shall mean shares of the Company's preferred stock, par value $.001 per share, designated as "Series B 10% Convertible Preferred Stock."

(f) "Stock" shall mean shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock now owned or subsequently acquired by the Current Stockholders or the Investors by gift, purchase, dividend, option exercise or any other means whether or not such securities are only registered in a Current Stockholder's or Investor's name or beneficially or legally owned by such Current Stockholder or Investor, including any interest of a spouse in any of the Stock, whether that interest is asserted pursuant to marital property laws or otherwise. The number of shares of Stock owned by each Current Stockholder as of the date hereof is set forth on Exhibit B or Exhibit C, as applicable, which Exhibit may be amended from time to time by the Company to reflect changes in the number of shares owned by the Current Stockholders, but the failure to so amend shall have no effect on such Stock being subject to this Agreement.

(g) "Stockholder" shall mean the holders of Stock, including the Investors and the Current Stockholders.

(h) For the purpose of this Agreement, the term "Transfer" shall include any sale, assignment, encumbrance, hypothecation, pledge, conveyance in trust, gift, transfer by request, merger or consolidation, devise or descent, or other transfer or disposition of any kind, including, but not limited to, transfers to receivers, levying creditors, trustees or receivers in bankruptcy proceedings or general assignees for the benefit of creditors, whether voluntary or by operation of law, directly or indirectly, of any of the Stock.

2. NOTICE OF TRANSFERS.

(a) Before any Common Stockholder, in the case of Section 3 or 5 of this Agreement, or any Investor or Series A Stockholder, in the case of
Section 4 of this Agreement, may effect any Transfer of Stock, such Common Stockholder, Investor, or Series A Stockholder, as applicable (the "Selling Stockholder"), must give at the same time to (i) the Company, (ii) if a Common Stockholder, each other Common Stockholder (if any) and each Investor and Series A Stockholder, (iii) if an Investor, each other Investor and each Common Stockholder and Series A Stockholder, and (iv) if a Series A Stockholder, each other Series A Stockholder and each Investor and Common Stockholder, a written notice signed by the Selling Stockholder (the "Selling Stockholder's Notice") stating: (a) the Selling Stockholder's bona fide intention to transfer such Stock; (b) the number of shares of Stock proposed to be transferred to each proposed purchaser or other transferee ("Proposed Transferee"); (c) the name, address and relationship, if any, to the Selling Stockholder of each Proposed Transferee; (d) the bona fide cash price or, in reasonable detail, other


consideration, per share for which the Selling Stockholder proposes to transfer such Stock to each Proposed Transferee (the "Offered Price"); (e) the proposed time of payment; and (f) any other relevant terms of the proposed sale. Upon the request of the Company, any Investor, any Series A Stockholder, or any Common Stockholder, the Selling Stockholder will promptly furnish to the Company, all other Investors, all other Series A Stockholders, and all other Common Stockholders such other information as may be reasonably requested to establish that the offer and Proposed Transferee(s) are bona fide.

3. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL WITH RESPECT TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS.

(a) The Company shall have a right of first refusal (the "Company's Right of First Refusal") to purchase all or any part of the Stock of any Common Stockholder proposed to be transferred by such Common Stockholder ("Offered Stock"), if the Company gives written notice of the exercise of such right to the Selling Stockholder within 20 days (the "Company's Refusal Period") after the date of the Selling Stockholder's Notice to the Company. Prior to the expiration of the Company's Refusal Period, the Company shall send written notice (the "Company's Notice") to the Selling Stockholder, each Investor, each Series A Stockholder, and all Common Stockholders other than the Selling Stockholder ("Other Common Stockholders") specifying (i) that the Company intends to exercise the Company's Right of First Refusal in full or in part,
(ii) that the Company does not intend to exercise the Company's Right of First Refusal in full, or (iii) that the Company is not lawfully able to repurchase all or any portion of the Offered Stock.

(b) If the Company does not exercise its right of first refusal in full, each Investor, Series A Stockholder, and Other Common Stockholder will have a right of first refusal (the "Investors' Right of First Refusal") to purchase some or all of the Offered Stock not purchased by the Company. The Investors' Right of First Refusal may be exercised as follows:

(i) Each Investor, Series A Stockholder, and Other Common Stockholder desiring to purchase some or all of the Offered Stock must, within the 20-day period commencing on the date of the Company's Notice or expiration of the period therefor (the "Investor Refusal Period"), give written notice to the Selling Stockholder and to the Company of such Investor's, Series A Stockholder's, or Other Common Stockholder's election to purchase the Offered Stock, and the number of shares and type of the Offered Stock that such Investor, Series A Stockholder or Other Common Stockholder desires to purchase. If the total number of shares specified in the elections of the Investors, Series A Stockholders, and Other Common Stockholders exceeds the number of shares of Offered Stock available for purchase, then (unless the electing Investors, Series A Stockholders, and Other Common Stockholders otherwise agree in writing) each Investor, Series A Stockholder, and Other Common Stockholder electing to purchase will have the right to purchase that number of shares of Offered Stock that is obtained by multiplying the number of shares of Offered Stock available for purchase by a fraction (A) the numerator of which will be the number of shares of Common Stock then held by such Investor, Series A Stockholder, or Other Common Stockholder, and (B) the denominator of which will be the sum of the total number of shares of Common Stock then held by all Investors, Series A Stockholders, and Other Common Stockholders electing to purchase the Offered Stock.

(ii) Within five days after expiration of the Investor Refusal Period, the Company will give written notice (the "Investors' Notice")


to the Selling Stockholder, the Investors, the Series A Stockholders, and the Other Common Stockholders specifying (A) that some or all of the Offered Stock was subscribed by the Company, the Investors, the Series A Stockholders, and/or the Other Common Stockholders exercising their respective Rights of First Refusal and (B) that the Transfer proposed by the Selling Stockholder is subject to the co-sale rights pursuant to Section 6 hereof with respect to the Offered Stock.

(c) The purchase price for the Offered Stock to be purchased by the Company, by an Investor, by a Series A Stockholder, or by an Other Common Stockholder exercising its Right of First Refusal under this Agreement will be the Offered Price (subject, in the case of the Company, to any rights the Company may have under any other agreement to purchase all or some of such Offered Stock at a lower price), and will be payable as set forth in Section 3(d) hereof. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, which determination will be binding upon the Company, the Investors, the Series A Stockholders, the Other Common Stockholders, and the Selling Stockholder absent fraud or error.

(d) Payment of the purchase price for Offered Stock purchased by the Company or by an Investor, Series A Stockholder, or Other Common Stockholder exercising its respective Right of First Refusal shall be made within 10 days after the date of the Investors' Notice; provided that, if the Company elects to purchase all of the Offered Stock, payment of the purchase price for such Offered Stock shall be made within 10 days after the earlier of
(i) the date of the Company's Notice or (ii) the expiration of the Company's Refusal Period. Payment of the purchase price will be made, at the option of the Company or, as the case may be, by an Investor, Series A Stockholder, or Other Common Stockholder to the Selling Stockholder (i) in cash or by cashier's check,
(ii) by wire transfer of immediately available funds, or (iii) by any combination of the foregoing.

(e) Upon the date that payment is made for the Offered Stock purchased by the Company or the Investors, Series A Stockholders, or Other Common Stockholders pursuant to their respective Rights of First Refusal hereunder, the Selling Stockholder will have no further rights as a holder of such Offered Stock and the Selling Stockholder will forthwith cause all certificate(s) evidencing such Offered Stock to be surrendered to the Company for cancellation, or, as to purchases by Investor(s), Series A Stockholder(s), or Other Common Stockholder(s), for transfer to the purchasing Investor(s), Series A Stockholder(s), or Other Common Stockholder(s).

(f) If the Company, the Investors, the Series A Stockholders, or the Other Common Stockholders have not elected pursuant to their respective Rights of First Refusal set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 3 to purchase all of the Offered Stock, then the Selling Stockholder shall have the right either to (i) elect to sell to the Company, the Investors, the Series A Stockholders, or the Other Common Stockholders whatever portion of the Offered Stock that Company, the Investors, the Series A Stockholders, and the Other Common Stockholders have elected to purchase pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 3 and transfer the remaining Offered Stock to any person named as a Proposed Transferee in the Selling Stockholder's Notice, or (ii) withdraw all offers under this Section 3 and either retain the Offered Stock or transfer the Offered Stock proposed to be


sold by the Selling Stockholder to any person named as a Proposed Transferee in the Selling Stockholder's Notice, in either case at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such transfer (i) is consummated within 120 days after the date of the Selling Stockholder's Notice and (ii) is in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including the co-sale rights provided for in Section 6). If the Offered Stock is transferred in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, then the Proposed Transferee(s) of the Offered Stock will thereafter hold such Offered Stock free of all restrictions on transfer imposed by this Agreement. If the Offered Stock is not so transferred during such 120-day period, then the Selling Stockholder will not transfer any of such Offered Stock without complying again in full with the provisions of this Agreement.

(g) The exercise or non-exercise of the rights of the Investors, the Series A Stockholders, or the Other Common Stockholders hereunder to participate in one or more Transfers of Offered Stock made by such Selling Stockholder shall not adversely affect their rights to participate in subsequent Transfers of Offered Stock subject to this Section 3. An Investor or Series A Stockholder that exercises its right to purchase Offered Stock pursuant to
Section 4(b)(ii) shall not be entitled to exercise its co-sale right under
Section 6.

4. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL WITH RESPECT TO PREFERRED STOCKHOLDERS.

(a) The Company shall have a right of first refusal (the "Company's Preferred Right of First Refusal") to purchase all or any part of the Stock of any Preferred Stockholder proposed to be transferred by such Preferred Stockholder ("Offered Preferred Stock"), if the Company gives written notice of the exercise of such right to the Selling Stockholder within 20 days (the "Company's Preferred Refusal Period") after the date of the Selling Stockholder's Notice to the Company. Prior to the expiration of the Company's Preferred Refusal Period, the Company shall send written notice (the "Company's Preferred Notice") to the Selling Stockholder and to each other Series A Stockholder, Investor, and Common Stockholder specifying (i) that the Company intends to exercise the Company's Preferred Right of First Refusal in full or in part, (ii) that the Company does not intend to exercise the Company's Preferred Right of First Refusal in full, or (iii) that the Company is not lawfully able to repurchase all or any portion of the Offered Preferred Stock.

(b) If the Company does not exercise its right of first refusal in full, each other Preferred Stockholder and each Common Stockholder will have a right of first refusal (the "Stockholders' Right of First Refusal") to purchase some or all of the Offered Preferred Stock not purchased by the Company. The Stockholders' Right of First Refusal may be exercised as follows:

(i) Each Preferred Stockholder (other than the Selling Stockholder) and each Common Stockholder desiring to purchase some or all of the Offered Preferred Stock must, within the 20-day period commencing on the date of the Company's Preferred Notice or expiration of the period therefor (the "Stockholder Refusal Period"), give written notice to the Selling Stockholder and to the Company of such Preferred Stockholder's or Common Stockholder's election to purchase the Offered Preferred Stock, and the number of shares and type of the Offered Preferred Stock that such Preferred Stockholder or Common Stockholder desires to purchase. If the total number of shares specified in the


elections of the Preferred Stockholders and Common Stockholders exceeds the number of shares of Offered Preferred Stock available for purchase, then (unless the electing Preferred Stockholders and Common Stockholders otherwise agree in writing) each Preferred Stockholder and Common Stockholder electing to purchase will have the right to purchase that number of shares of Offered Preferred Stock that is obtained by multiplying the number of shares of Offered Preferred Stock available for purchase by a fraction (A) the numerator of which will be the number of shares of Common Stock then held by such Preferred Stockholder or Common Stockholder, and (B) the denominator of which will be the sum of the total number of shares of Common Stock then held by all Preferred Stockholders and Common Stockholders electing to purchase the Offered Preferred Stock.

(ii) Within five days after expiration of the Stockholder Refusal Period, the Company will give written notice (the "Preferred Stockholders' Notice") to the Selling Stockholder, the other Preferred Stockholders and the Common Stockholders specifying that some or all of the Offered Preferred Stock was subscribed by the Company, the other Preferred Stockholders and/or the Common Stockholders exercising their respective Rights of First Refusal.

(c) The purchase price for the Offered Preferred Stock to be purchased by the Company, by a Preferred Stockholder or by a Common Stockholder exercising its Right of First Refusal under this Agreement will be the Offered Price (subject, in the case of the Company, to any rights the Company may have under any other agreement to purchase all or some of such Offered Preferred Stock at a lower price), and will be payable as set forth in Section 4(d) hereof. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, which determination will be binding upon the Company, the Preferred Stockholders, the Common Stockholders, and the Selling Stockholder absent fraud or error.

(d) Payment of the purchase price for Offered Preferred Stock purchased by the Company, a Preferred Stockholder, or a Common Stockholder exercising its respective Right of First Refusal shall be made within 10 days after the date of the Preferred Stockholders' Notice; provided that, if the Company elects to purchase all of the Offered Preferred Stock, payment of the purchase price for such Offered Preferred Stock shall be made within 10 days after the earlier of (i) the date of the Company's Preferred Notice or (ii) the expiration of the Company's Preferred Refusal Period. Payment of the purchase price will be made, at the option of the Company or, as the case may be, by a Preferred Stockholder or Common Stockholder to the Selling Stockholder (i) in cash or by cashier's check, (ii) by wire transfer of immediately available funds, or (iii) by any combination of the foregoing.

(e) Upon the date that payment is made for the Offered Preferred Stock purchased by the Company, the other Preferred Stockholders, or the Common Stockholders pursuant to their respective Rights of First Refusal hereunder, the Selling Stockholder will have no further rights as a holder of such Offered Preferred Stock and the Selling Stockholder will forthwith cause all certificate(s) evidencing such Offered Preferred Stock to be surrendered to the Company for cancellation, or, as to purchases by the Preferred Stockholder(s) or Common Stockholder(s), for transfer to the purchasing Investor(s).


(f) If the Company, the other Preferred Stockholders, or the Common Stockholders have not elected pursuant to their respective Rights of First Refusal hereunder to purchase all of the Offered Preferred Stock, then the Selling Stockholder shall have the right either to (i) elect to sell to the Company, the other Preferred Stockholders or the Common Stockholders whatever portion of the Offered Preferred Stock that Company, the other Preferred Stockholders, and the Common Stockholders have elected to purchase pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 4 and transfer the remaining Offered Preferred Stock to any person named as a Proposed Transferee in the Selling Stockholder's Notice, or (ii) withdraw all offers under this Section 3 and either retain the Offered Preferred Stock or transfer the Offered Preferred Stock proposed to be sold by the Selling Stockholder to any person named as a Proposed Transferee in the Selling Stockholder's Notice, in either case, at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such transfer (i) is consummated within 120 days after the date of the Selling Stockholder's Notice and (ii) is in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. If the Offered Preferred Stock is transferred in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, then the Proposed Transferee(s) of the Offered Preferred Stock will thereafter hold such Offered Preferred Stock free of all restrictions on transfer imposed by this Agreement. If the Offered Investor Stock is not so transferred during such 120-day period, then the Selling Stockholder will not transfer any of such Offered Preferred Stock without complying again in full with the provisions of this Agreement.

(g) The exercise or non-exercise of the rights of the Preferred Stockholders and the Common Stockholders hereunder to participate in one or more Transfers of Offered Preferred Stock made by such Selling Stockholder shall not adversely affect their rights to participate in subsequent Transfers of Offered Preferred Stock subject to this Section 4.

5. CO-SALE RIGHT.

(a) In the event the Company, the Investors, the Series A Stockholders, and/or the Other Common Stockholders fail to exercise their respective rights to purchase all of the Offered Stock of a Common Stockholder subject to Section 3(a) and/or (b) hereof, following the exercise or expiration of the rights of purchase set forth in Section 3(a) and 3(b), then the Common Stockholder shall deliver to the Company, which the Company shall in turn promptly deliver to each Investor and Series A Stockholder, written notice (the "Co-Sale Notice") that each Investor and Series A Stockholder shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice to the Selling Stockholder within 15 days after receipt of the Co-Sale Notice by the Investors and Series A Stockholders, to participate in such Transfer of Stock by the Common Stockholder to the Proposed Transferee ("Co-Sale Stock") on the same terms and conditions. Such notice shall indicate the number of shares of Common Stock such Investor or Series A Stockholder wishes to sell under its right to participate. To the extent one or more of the Investors or Series A Stockholders exercise such right of participation in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below, the number of shares of Co-Sale Stock that such Selling Stockholder may sell in the transaction shall be correspondingly reduced.

(b) Each Investor and Series A Stockholder may sell all or any part of that number of shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying
(i) the aggregate number of shares of Co-Sale Stock covered by the Selling Stockholder Notice by (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of


shares of Common Stock owned by such Investor or Series A Stockholder at the time of the Transfer and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Selling Stockholder and the Investors and Series A Stockholders at the time of the Transfer. If not all of the Investors and Series A Stockholders elect to sell their share of the Co-Sale Stock proposed to be transferred within said 15-day period, then the Selling Stockholder shall promptly notify in writing the Investors and Series A Stockholders who do so elect and shall offer such Investors and Series A Stockholders the additional right to participate in the sale of such additional shares of Co-Sale Stock proposed to be transferred on the same percentage basis as set forth above in this Section 5(b). The Investors and Series A Stockholders shall have five days after the receipt of such notice to notify the Selling Stockholder of their election to sell all or a portion thereof of the unsubscribed shares.

(c) Each Investor and Series A Stockholder who elects to participate in the Transfer pursuant to this Section 5 (a "Participant") shall effect its participation in the Transfer by promptly delivering to the Selling Stockholder for transfer to the Proposed Transferee one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, which represent:

(i) number of shares of Common Stock which such Participant elects to sell; or

(ii) that number of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or Series B Convertible Preferred Stock which is at such time convertible into the number of shares of Common Stock which such Participant elects to sell; provided, however, that if the Proposed Transferee objects to the delivery of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock or Series B Convertible Preferred Stock in lieu of Common Stock, such Participant shall convert such Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock into Common Stock and deliver Common Stock as provided in Section 5(c)(i) above. The Company agrees to make any such conversion concurrent with the actual transfer of such shares to the Proposed Transferee.

(d) The stock certificate or certificates that the Participant delivers to such Selling Stockholder pursuant to Section 5(c) shall be transferred to the Proposed Tranferee in consummation of the sale of the Common Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Co-Sale Notice, and the Selling Stockholder shall concurrently therewith remit to such Participant that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Participant is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale. To the extent that any Proposed Transferee prohibits such assignment or otherwise refuses to purchase shares or other securities from a Participant exercising its rights of co-sale hereunder, such Selling Stockholder shall not sell to such Proposed Transferee any Co-Sale Stock unless and until, simultaneously with such sale, such Selling Stockholder shall purchase such shares or other securities from such Participant on the same terms and conditions specified in the Co-Sale Notice.

(e) To the extent that the Investors and Series A Stockholders do not elect to participate in the sale of the Co-Sale Stock subject to the Co-Sale Notice, such Selling Stockholder may, not later than 120 days following delivery to the Company of the Co-Sale Notice, enter into an agreement providing for the closing of the Transfer of the Co-Sale Stock covered by the Co-Sale Notice within 30 days of such agreement on terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the Selling Stockholder than those described in


the Co-Sale Notice. Any proposed Transfer on terms and conditions materially more favorable than those described in the Co-Sale Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer of any of the Co-Sale Stock by a Selling Stockholder, shall again be subject to the co-sale rights of the Investors and Series A Stockholders and shall require compliance by a Selling Stockholder with the procedures described in this Section 5.

(f) The exercise or non-exercise of the rights of the Investors and Series A Stockholders hereunder to participate in one or more Transfers of Co-Sale Stock made by such Selling Stockholder shall not adversely affect their rights to participate in subsequent Transfers of Co-Sale Stock subject to this Section 5.

6. EXEMPT TRANSFERS.

(a) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rights of first refusal and the co-sale rights of the Company, the Investors, and the Series A Stockholders under Sections 3, 4 and 5 shall not apply to (i) any Transfer to the ancestors, descendants or spouse of the Common Stockholders or to trusts for the benefit of such persons, (ii) any Transfer or Transfers by a Common Stockholder to another Common Stockholder or to an individual employed by the Company at the time of such transfer (the "Employee"), but only if the transferring Common Stockholder first offers the shares to all other Common Stockholders or Employees, as applicable, and each member of the applicable group is allowed to participate pro rata with the other members of that group,
(iii) any pledge of Stock made pursuant to a bona fide loan transaction that creates a mere security interest; (iv) any Transfer by a Common Stockholder or Preferred Stockholder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation to the partners, members or stockholders of such entity without the payment of consideration therefor, or (v) any bona fide gift; provided that in the event of any transfer made pursuant to one of the exemptions provided by clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v), (A) the transferor shall inform the Company and the Investors of such pledge, transfer or gift prior to effecting it and (B) the pledgee, transferee or donee shall furnish the Company and the Investors with a written agreement to be bound by and comply with all provisions of this Agreement. Such transferred Stock shall remain "Stock" hereunder, and such pledgee, transferee or donee shall be treated as a "Common Stockholder" (to the extent such transfer was from a Common Stockholder) for purposes of this Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Sections 3, 4, and 5 shall not apply to the sale of any Stock to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

(c) This Agreement is subject to, and shall in no manner limit, any other right that the Company may have to repurchase securities from the Common Stockholders pursuant to a stock restriction agreement or other agreement between the Company and the Common Stockholders.

7. PROHIBITED TRANSFERS.

(a) In the event that a Stockholder (a "Prohibited Transferee") should Transfer any Stock in contravention of the right of first


refusal or co-sale rights of the Investors, Series A Stockholders, and/or Common Stockholders under Sections 3, 4 or 5, as the case may be, under this Agreement (a "Prohibited Transfer"), each Investor, Series A Stockholder, or Common Stockholder, as the case may be, in addition to such other remedies as may be available at law, in equity or hereunder, shall have the option provided below, and the Prohibited Transferee shall be bound by the applicable provisions of such option.

(b) In the event of a Prohibited Transfer, each Investor, Series A Stockholder, and/or Common Stockholder, as the case may be, shall have the right to purchase from (to the extent the Prohibited Transferee still owns Stock) or sell to Prohibited Transferee, as applicable, the type and number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares such Investor or Series A Stockholder would have been entitled to purchase from or sell to the purchaser under Sections 3 and 5 hereof, or such Common Stockholder would have been entitled to purchase under Section 3 and 4 hereof, had the Prohibited Transfer been effected pursuant to and in compliance with the terms hereof. Such sale shall be made on the following terms and conditions:

(i) The price per share at which the shares are to be purchased from or sold to the Prohibited Transferee shall be equal to the price per share paid by the Proposed Transferee to the Prohibited Transferee in such Prohibited Transfer. The Prohibited Transferee shall also reimburse each Investor, Series A Stockholder, or Common Stockholder for any and all fees and expenses, including legal fees and expenses, incurred pursuant to the exercise or the attempted exercise of the Investor's rights under Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Series A Stockholder's rights under Section 3, 4, or 5, or the Common Stockholder's rights under Section 3 or 4.

(ii) Within 30 days after the date on which an Investor, Series A Stockholder, or Common Stockholder, as the case may be, received notice of the Prohibited Transfer or otherwise became aware of the Prohibited Transfer, such Investor, Series A Stockholder, or Common Stockholder shall, if exercising the option created hereby, deliver to the Prohibited Transferee payment for the aggregate purchase price or the certificate or certificates representing shares to be purchased or sold, each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer.

(iii) The Prohibited Transferee shall, upon receipt of the purchase price or certificate or certificates for the shares to be purchased or sold by an Investor, Series A Stockholder, or Common Stockholder, pursuant to this Section 7(b), deliver to the Investor, Series A Stockholder or Common Stockholder the certificate or certificates representing the shares to be purchased or pay the aggregate purchase price therefor, as applicable, and the amount of reimbursable fees and expenses, as specified in Section 7(b)(i), in cash or by other means acceptable to the Investor, the Series A Stockholder, or the Common Stockholder.

(iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) any attempt by a Common Stockholder to Transfer Stock in violation of Sections 3 or 5 shall be voidable at the option of a majority-in-interest of the Other Common Stockholders, the Investors and Series A Stockholders (voting as a single class on an as converted basis) if a majority in interest of the Other Common Stockholders, the Investors and Series A Stockholders (taken as a single class on an as converted basis) do not elect to exercise the option set forth in this
Section 7, and (B) any attempt by a Preferred Stockholder to Transfer Stock in


violation of Section 4 hereof shall be voidable at the option of a majority-in-interest of the Common Stockholders and the other Preferred Stockholders if a majority in interest of the Common Stockholders and the other Preferred Stockholders do not elect to exercise the option set forth in this
Section 7, and the Company agrees it will not effect such a Transfer nor will it treat any alleged transferee as the holder of such shares without the written consent of a majority in interest of the Investors, the Series A Stockholders, and/or the Common Stockholders, as the case may be.

8. DRAG ALONG RIGHT. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if at any time (i) the holders of a 75% majority-in-interest of the Common Stock, the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, and the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (voting as a single class on an as converted basis), and (ii) the Board of Directors of the Company shall approve (x) a bona fide arms length proposal from a person for the transfer, directly or indirectly, of all of the Common Stock to such person, (y) the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another person in which the stockholders of the Company will receive cash or securities of any other person for their shares or (z) the sale by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets to a person, in each of the above cases for a specified price payable in cash or otherwise and on specified terms and conditions (a "Sale Proposal"), then the Board of Directors of the Company shall deliver a notice (a "Required Sale Notice") with respect to such Sale Proposal to each Common Stockholder and each Preferred Stockholder stating that the Sale Proposal has been approved in the manner provided in this Section
8. Each such Common Stockholder and Preferred Stockholder, upon receipt of a Required Sale Notice, shall be obligated, which obligation shall be enforceable by the Company, if applicable, to sell their Stock and participate in the transaction (a "Required Sale") contemplated by the Sale Proposal, vote their shares of Stock in favor of such Sale Proposal at any meeting of stockholders of the Company called to vote on or approve such Sale Proposal and otherwise to take all necessary action to cause the Company, the Common Stockholders and the Preferred Stockholders to consummate such Required Sale.

9. LEGEND.

(a) Each certificate representing shares of Stock now or hereafter owned by the Common Stockholders, the Series A Stockholders, or the Investors shall be endorsed with the following legend:

"THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE STOCKHOLDER, THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN HOLDERS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY."

(b) The Common Stockholders, the Series A Stockholders, and the Investors agree that the Company may instruct its transfer agent to impose transfer restrictions on the shares represented by certificates bearing the legend referred to in Section 9(a) above to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and the Company agrees to promptly do so. The legend shall be removed upon termination of this Agreement.


10. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Conditions to Exercise of Rights. Exercise of the Investors' or Series A Stockholders' rights under this Agreement shall be subject to and conditioned upon, and the Common Stockholders and the Company shall use their best efforts to assist each Investor or Series A Stockholder in, compliance with applicable laws.

(b) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

(c) Amendment. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only by the written consent of (i) as to the Company, only the Company, (ii) as to the Investors, persons holding more than a majority-in-interest of the Common Stock held by the Investors and their assignees, pursuant to Section 10(d) hereof, and
(iii) as to the Series A Stockholders, persons holding more than a majority-in-interest of the Common Stock held by Series A Stockholders and their assignees, pursuant to Section 10(d) hereof, and (iv) as to the Common Stockholders, only the Common Stockholders (unless such amendment and waiver is less restrictive to the Common Stockholders, in which case a majority-in-interest of the Common Stock held by the Common Stockholders); provided, that no consent of any Common Stockholder shall be necessary for any amendment and/or restatement which includes additional holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock as "Investors" and parties hereto. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this
Section 10(c) shall be binding upon each Investor, Series A Stockholder, Common Stockholder, the Company, and their successors and assigns.

(d) Assignment of Rights. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relative to the specific subject matter hereof. Any previous agreement among the parties relative to the specific subject matter hereof is superseded by this Agreement. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, their respective successors, assigns and legal representatives.

(e) Term. This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect from the date hereof through the earliest of the following dates, on which date it shall terminate in its entirety:

(i) the date of the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and declared effective under the Securities Act, which results in the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock being converted into Common Stock;

(ii) the date of the closing of a sale, lease, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets or the Company's merger into or consolidation with any other corporation or other entity, or any other corporate reorganization, in which the holders of the Company's outstanding voting stock immediately prior to such transaction own, immediately


after such transaction, securities representing less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the corporation or other entity surviving such transaction, provided that this Section 10(e)(ii) shall not apply to a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company; or

(iii) the date as of which the parties hereto terminate this Agreement by written consent of a majority in interest of the Preferred Stockholders and a majority in interest of the Common Stockholders (voting on a fully diluted basis).

(f) Ownership. Except as disclosed on Schedule 10(f), the Current Stockholders represent and warrant that each is the sole legal and beneficial owner of those shares of Stock he, she or it currently holds subject to the Agreement and that no other person has any interest (other than a community property interest) in such shares.

(g) Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or (iv) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to (i) each Investor at the address set forth on Exhibit A hereto,
(ii) each Series A Stockholder at the address set forth on Exhibit C hereto, or
(iii) at such other address as such party may designate by ten days advance written notice to the other parties hereto. All communications shall be sent to the Common Stockholders at their respective address of record with the Company or at such other address as such party may designate by ten days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

(h) Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

(i) Attorneys' Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

(j) Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Exhibits hereto, along with the Purchase Agreement and each of the Exhibits thereto, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. This Agreement replaces and supercedes the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated December 27, 2001, by and among the Company, the Common Stockholders, and the Series A. Stockholders.


(k) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(l) Joinder of Spouses. The undersigned spouses of each Investor and Current Stockholder, if applicable, join in the execution and delivery of this Agreement for the express purpose of binding any interest he or she may have in the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, and Common Stock, as applicable.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


The foregoing AMENDED AND RESTATED RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE

AGREEMENT is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

COMPANY:                        INVESTORS:

HYDRO MED SCIENCES, INC.        SMH HYDRO MED II LLC


By:                             By:
    -------
     Name: David S. Tierney            Name: James C. Gale
     Title: President                  Title: Manager

                                LIFE SCIENCES OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.

                                By:    SMH Life Sciences Management, LLC,
                                       General Partner


                                By:
                                       Name: James C. Gale
                                       Title: Manager

                                CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.

                                By:    SMM Corporate Management, LLC,
                                       General Partner


                                By:
                                       Name: James C. Gale
                                       Title: Manager

                                CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND(INSTITUTIONAL),L.P.

                                By:    SMM Corporate Management, LLC,
                                       General Partner


                                By:
                                       Name: James C. Gale
                                       Title: Manager

                                WHEATLEY MEDTECH PARTNERS L.P.

                                By:    Wheatley Medtech Partners LLC,
                                       General Partner


                                By:
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                WHEATLEY PARTNERS III, L.P.

                                By:    Wheatley Partners III, LLC,
                                       General Partner


                                By:
                                       Name:
                                         Title: ___________________________


                                WHEATLEY ASSOCIATES III, L.P.

                                By:    Wheatley Partners III, LLC,
                                       General Partner


                                By:
                                       Name:
                                         Title:___________________________


                                WHEATLEY FOREIGN PARTNERS III, L.P.

                                By:    Wheatley Partners III, LLC,
                                       General Partner


                                By:
                                       Name:
                                         Title:___________________________


PALADIN LABS INC.

By:
Name:
Title:

FALCON SEABOARD HOLDINGS, L.P.

By:
Name:
Title:


COMMON STOCKHOLDERS:

GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION

By:
Name:
Title:

SERIES A STOCKHOLDERS:

SMH HYDRO MED LLC

By:
Name: James C. Gale
Title: Manager

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.

By: SMM Corporate Management, LLC,
General Partner

By:
Name: James C. Gale
Title: Manager

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND(INSTITUTIONAL),L.P.

By: SMM Corporate Management, LLC,
General Partner

By:
Name: James C. Gale
Title: Manager


WHEATLEY MEDTECH PARTNERS L.P.

By: Wheatley Medtech Partners LLC,
General Partner

By:
Name:
Title:


EXHIBIT A

LIST OF INVESTORS

As of April __, 2003

SMH Hydro Med II LLC
600 Travis, Suite 3100
Houston, Texas 77002
Attention: John Malanga

Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P.
Corporate Opportunities Fund (Institutional), L.P. Life Sciences Opportunities Fund, L.P.
c/o SMM Corporate Management LLC
126 East 56 Street
New York, New York 10022
Attention: James C. Gale

Wheatley MedTech Partners L.P.
80 Cuttermill Road, Suite 311
Great Neck, New York 11021

With a copy to:

Wheatley Partners
825 Third Avenue, 32nd Floor
New York, New York 10022
Attn: David R. Dantzker, M.D./
Lawrence Wagenburg

Paladin Labs, Inc.

Attn: __________________

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT B

STOCK OWNERSHIP

GP Strategies Corporation
9 West 57th Street
New York, New York 10019


EXHIBIT C

Series A Stockholders

SMH Hydro Med LLC
600 Travis, Suite 3100
Houston, Texas 77002
Attention: John Malanga

Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P.
Corporate Opportunities Fund
(Institutional), L.P.
c/o SMM Corporate Management LLC
126 East 56 Street
New York, New York 10022
Attention: James C. Gale

Wheatley MedTech Partners L.P.
80 Cuttermill Road, Suite 311
Great Neck, New York 11021

With a copy to:

Wheatley Partners
825 Third Avenue, 32nd Floor
New York, New York 10022
Attn: David R. Dantzker, M.D./
Lawrence Wagenburg

GP Strategies Corporation
9 West 57th Street
New York, New York 10019


Exhibit 10.36
PROMISSORY NOTE

$2,800,000.00 New York, New York December 19, 2003

The undersigned, FIVE STAR PRODUCTS, INC., hereby promises to pay to the order of JL DISTRIBUTORS, INC. ("Payee"; Payee, and any subsequent holder[s] hereof, being hereinafter referred to collectively as "Holder") on September 30, 2004, at the offices of Holder or at such other place or places as Holder may from time to time designate in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of Two Million, Eight Hundred Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($2,800,000.00), with interest at the rate of 8% per annum from the date hereof, payable quarterly on December 31, 2003, March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004, and September 30, 2004.

1. Prepayment. The undersigned may at any time or from time to time prepay all or any part of the principal amount of this Note, with accrued interest on the amount prepaid to the date of prepayment, but without penalty or premium.

2. Events of Default. If any of the following events (each, an "Event of Default") shall occur:

(a) The undersigned shall default in the payment of any installment of interest on this Note when due, and such default shall continue for a period of ten (10) days after written notice thereof shall have been sent to the undersigned by Holder; or

(b) A voluntary case in bankruptcy shall be begun by the undersigned or any order for relief against the undersigned shall be entered in an involuntary case in bankruptcy; or

(c) The undersigned shall fail, or admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts as they mature, by acceleration or otherwise; or make a settlement with or general assignment for the benefit or creditors; or a committee of creditors shall be appointed for the undersigned or a receiver or receivers or a custodian or custodians shall be appointed for or shall take possession of all or a substantial part of the undersigned's property;


then (i) in the case of an Event of Default described in clause (b) or (c) above, the outstanding principal of this Note and all accrued interest thereon shall become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived; and (ii) in the case of an Event of Default described in clause (a) above, Holder may at any time (unless all defaults theretofore shall have been remedied), by written notice to the undersigned, declare the principal of and the accrued interest on this Note to be due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are expressly waived.

3. Change of Control. At any time after a change of control of the undersigned (as defined below) has occurred, Holder may, by written notice to the undersigned, declare the principal of and the accrued interest on this Note to be due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are expressly waived. For purposes of this Note, a "change of control of the undersigned" shall mean (a) a change of control of the undersigned of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 1(a) of Current Report on Form 8-K pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), other than a change of control of the undersigned resulting in control by Holder or a group including Holder, (b) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Holder or a group including Holder, is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the undersigned representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the undersigned's then outstanding securities, or (c) at any time individuals who were either nominated for election by the Board of Directors of the undersigned or were elected by the Board of Directors of the undersigned cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the undersigned.

4. Governing Law. This Note shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

FIVE STAR PRODUCTS, INC.

By: ___________________________
Name: Charles Dawson
Title: President


Exhibit 10.37
PROMISSORY NOTE

$2,800,000.00 New York, New York March 31, 2004

The undersigned, FIVE STAR PRODUCTS, INC., hereby promises to pay to the order of JL DISTRIBUTORS, INC. ("Payee"; Payee, and any subsequent holder[s] hereof, being hereinafter referred to collectively as "Holder") on June 30, 2005, at the offices of Holder or at such other place or places as Holder may from time to time designate in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of Two Million, Eight Hundred Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($2,800,000.00), with interest at the rate of 8% per annum from the date hereof, payable quarterly on June 30, 2004, September 30, 2004, December 31, 2004, March 31, 2005 and June 30, 2005.

1. Prepayment. The undersigned may at any time or from time to time prepay all or any part of the principal amount of this Note, with accrued interest on the amount prepaid to the date of prepayment, but without penalty or premium.

2. Events of Default. If any of the following events (each, an "Event of Default") shall occur:

(a) The undersigned shall default in the payment of any installment of interest on this Note when due, and such default shall continue for a period of ten (10) days after written notice thereof shall have been sent to the undersigned by Holder; or

(b) A voluntary case in bankruptcy shall be begun by the undersigned or any order for relief against the undersigned shall be entered in an involuntary case in bankruptcy; or

(c) The undersigned shall fail, or admit in writing its inability, to pay its debts as they mature, by acceleration or otherwise; or make a settlement with or general assignment for the benefit or creditors; or a committee of creditors shall be appointed for the undersigned or a receiver or receivers or a custodian or custodians shall be appointed for or shall take possession of all or a substantial part of the undersigned's property;


then (i) in the case of an Event of Default described in clause (b) or (c) above, the outstanding principal of this Note and all accrued interest thereon shall become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived; and (ii) in the case of an Event of Default described in clause (a) above, Holder may at any time (unless all defaults theretofore shall have been remedied), by written notice to the undersigned, declare the principal of and the accrued interest on this Note to be due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are expressly waived.

3. Change of Control. At any time after a change of control of the undersigned (as defined below) has occurred, Holder may, by written notice to the undersigned, declare the principal of and the accrued interest on this Note to be due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or further notice, all of which are expressly waived. For purposes of this Note, a "change of control of the undersigned" shall mean (a) a change of control of the undersigned of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 1(a) of Current Report on Form 8-K pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), other than a change of control of the undersigned resulting in control by Holder or a group including Holder, (b) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Holder or a group including Holder, is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the undersigned representing 20% or more of the combined voting power of the undersigned's then outstanding securities, or (c) at any time individuals who were either nominated for election by the Board of Directors of the undersigned or were elected by the Board of Directors of the undersigned cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the undersigned.

4. Governing Law. This Note shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

FIVE STAR PRODUCTS, INC.

By: __________________________________
Name: Charles Dawson
Title: President


Exhibit 10.38

TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

TAX SHARING AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") dated as of February 1, 2004 between GP Strategies Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("GP Strategies"), and Five Star Products, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ("Five Star").

WHEREAS, GP Strategies anticipates that it may increase its ownership to at least 80% of Five Star's outstanding stock and, in such case, Five Star would become, for federal income tax purposes, part of the affiliated group of which GP Strategies is the common parent and GP Strategies and Five Star and their respective subsidiaries would join in the filing of a consolidated federal income tax return for a group of affiliated companies of which GP Strategies is the common parent and Five Star is a member (the "GP Strategies Consolidated Group"); and

WHEREAS, GP Strategies and Five Star wish to provide for the payment of tax liabilities and entitlement to refunds, allocate responsibility and provide for cooperation in the filing of tax returns, provide for the realization and payment of tax benefits arising out of adjustments to the tax returns of the parties, and to provide for certain other matters;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and intending to be legally bound, GP Strategies and Five Star agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) "Taxes" means all federal, state, local, foreign and other net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property (including, without limitation, real property Taxes and any assessments, special or otherwise), windfall profits, customs, duties or other Taxes, fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatever, together with any interest and penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto (and "Tax" means any one of the foregoing Taxes).

(b) "Returns" means all returns, declarations, reports, statements and other documents required under a Tax Law (as hereinafter defined) either (i) to be filed with a Governmental Authority (as hereinafter defined) in respect of Taxes; or (ii) to be provided to a person other than a Governmental Authority (and "Return" means any one of the foregoing Returns).

(c) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All citations to the Code, or to the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, shall include any amendments or any substitute or successor provisions thereto.


(d) "Section" means a section of this Agreement, unless indicated otherwise.

(e) "Governmental Authority" means the government of the United States or any foreign country or any state, province, municipality or other political subdivision of the United States or any foreign country, or any agency, department, board, instrumentality, authority or commission (including regulatory and administrative bodies) of any of the foregoing.

(f) "Tax Law" means a statute, regulation or administrative rule enacted or promulgated for the determination, imposition, assessment or collection of any Tax.

(g) "Common Consolidated Tax Return" shall mean any consolidated, combined or unitary Return that includes at least one member of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group (other than Five Star or any of its subsidiaries) and Five Star or any of its subsidiaries.

(h) "Tax Attribute" shall mean any net operating loss, capital loss, credit or other tax attribute (other than the basis of property) relevant to the calculation of a tax liability.

(i) "Applicable Federal Rate" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1274(d) of the Code for a short term rate, compounded quarterly.

(j) "Accounting Firm" means (i) the nationally recognized accounting firm that is the principal independent auditor of both GP Strategies and Five Star at the time of a dispute governed by Section 7 hereof; or (ii) if the firm described in clause (i) is unwilling or unable to serve under Section 7, the nationally recognized accounting firm appointed by the firm described in clause (i); or (iii) if GP Strategies and Five Star do not use the same accounting firm as their principal independent auditor, then the nationally recognized accounting firm jointly selected by the principal independent auditors of GP Strategies and Five Star at the time of a dispute governed by
Section 7 hereof.

(k) "Disaffiliation" means any event that results in Five Star no longer being a member of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group.

(l) "Disaffiliation Date" means the date on which Disaffiliation occurs.

(m) "Affiliation" means that GP Strategies has become the owner of at least 80% of the outstanding Five Star stock and Five Star has become a member of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group.

(n) "Affiliation Date" means the first day on which Five Star is a member of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group for federal income tax purposes.


2. Returns and Payments.

(a) Filing of Returns.

(i) GP Strategies shall prepare and shall timely file or cause to be timely filed (1) all Returns filed on a separate company basis for any member of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group other than Five Star or any of its subsidiaries, (2) all Returns filed on a consolidated, combined or unitary basis that include members of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group (other than Five Star or any of its subsidiaries) that is not a Common Consolidated Tax Return, and (3) all Common Consolidated Tax Returns. Subject to
Section 2(c), GP Strategies shall make full and timely payment of all Taxes shown due on all Returns described in this Section 2(a)(i).

(ii) Five Star shall prepare, at its own expense, and shall timely file or cause to be timely filed (1) all Returns filed on a separate company basis for Five Star or any of its subsidiaries, (2) all Returns filed on a consolidated, combined or unitary basis that include Five Star or any of its subsidiaries other than any Common Consolidated Tax Return, and (3) all Returns with respect to Five Star or any of its subsidiaries for any taxable year or other taxable period beginning after the Disaffiliation Date. Five Star shall make full and timely payment of all Taxes shown due on all Returns described in this Section 2(a)(ii).

(iii) To the extent required or permitted by law or administrative practice, in the case of any Common Consolidated Tax Return that includes the Disaffiliation Date, the taxable year of Five Star and its subsidiaries shall be treated as closing at the close of the Disaffiliation Date.

(b) Obligation to Remit Taxes. Five Star and GP Strategies shall each timely remit or cause to be remitted any Taxes due in respect of any Tax for which it is required to file a Return hereunder and shall be entitled to reimbursement for such payments only to the extent provided in Section 2(c).

(c) Tax Sharing Obligations.

(i) Five Star's Obligations. Other than liabilities dealt with elsewhere in this Agreement, Five Star shall be liable for and shall indemnify and hold GP Strategies and its subsidiaries (other than Five Star and its subsidiaries) harmless against any Tax liability of Five Star or any of its subsidiaries, including the portion of any Tax liability resulting from the inclusion of Five Star or any of its subsidiaries in a Common Consolidated Tax Return as determined under Section 2(c)(iii).

(ii) GP Strategies' Obligations. Other than liabilities dealt with elsewhere in this Agreement, GP Strategies shall be liable for, and shall hold Five Star and its subsidiaries harmless against any Tax liability of any member of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group other than Five Star and its subsidiaries.


(iii) Five Star's Share of the Common Consolidated Tax Return Liability. Five Star's proportionate share of the Tax liability with respect to a Common Consolidated Tax Return, or with respect to any estimated Tax payment relating to any such Return, shall be determined by multiplying the separate return Tax liability, if any, of Five Star and its subsidiaries (the "Five Star Subgroup") by 80%. For purposes of this determination, the separate return Tax liabilities of the Five Star Subgroup shall be determined as if (1) the Common Consolidated Tax Return included only the Tax items of the Five Star Subgroup, applying the principles of Section 1552(a)(2) of the Code and Treas. Reg. ss. 1.1552-1(a)(2) and (2) any Tax Attribute attributable to the Five Star Subgroup were available solely to the Five Star Subgroup.

(iv) Notification and Contest Procedures.

(1) GP Strategies shall, in good faith, calculate Five Star's Tax liability, if any, under Section 2(c)(iii) and notify Five Star of the amount of such liability, if any (the "GP Strategies Notification Letter"). Notification of a Five Star Tax liability and payment obligation under this clause (1) of this Section 2(c)(iv) shall constitute a request for payment, and, subject to clause (2) of this Section 2(c)(iv), Five Star shall pay such amount, in immediately available funds, to GP Strategies within 30 days after receipt of the GP Strategies Notification Letter, provided that Five Star shall not be obligated to make such payment to GP Strategies earlier than 10 days prior to the due date for the filing or making of the relevant Return or estimated Tax payment.

(2) If Five Star determines in good faith that the amount of its Tax liability under Section 2(c)(iii) differs from the corresponding amount in the GP Strategies Notification Letter, Five Star shall notify GP Strategies of such difference (the "Five Star Tax Adjustment Amount") (such determination, with calculations in reasonable detail, being referred to as the "Five Star Notification Letter," which Five Star shall deliver to GP Strategies no later than 30 days after the date of receipt of the GP Strategies Notification Letter). If GP Strategies determines in good faith that Five Star's determination of the Five Star Tax Adjustment Amount is incorrect, GP Strategies shall notify Five Star of such determination (the "Second GP Strategies Notification Letter") within 30 days of receipt of the Five Star Notification Letter. If the dispute is not resolved by mutual accord within 30 days of Five Star's receipt of the Second GP Strategies Notification Letter, the dispute shall be resolved under the provisions of Section 7. Until GP Strategies and Five Star reach agreement, or any dispute between them is resolved pursuant to
Section 7, as to the Five Star Tax Adjustment Amount, the provisions of this
Section 2(c) shall continue to apply and payments shall be made by the parties in the amounts set forth in the GP Strategies Notification Letter in accordance with clause (1) of this Section 2(c)(iv). Within 30 days of reaching an agreement or resolution, GP Strategies shall pay to Five Star, or Five Star shall pay to GP Strategies, the agreed amount after taking into account any payments made under clause (1) of this Section 2(c)(iv), together with interest at a rate equal to the Applicable Federal Rate from the date of Five Star's payment pursuant to this Section 2(c)(iv).

(v) Subsequent Adjustments. If the items used to determine the Tax liabilities in Section 2(c)(iii) are adjusted by reason of an amended


return, claim for refund, examination by a Governmental Authority, or the final decision of any court, the amount due from or to Five Star under Section 2(c)(iii) shall be recomputed using the adjusted items. Five Star agrees to pay to GP Strategies any additional amount owed including interest at the rate applicable to underpayments of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group pursuant to
Section 6621 of the Code (with full credit given for any prior payments for the year), and GP Strategies agrees to pay to Five Star any overpayment made by Five Star including interest at the rate applicable to underpayments of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group pursuant to Section 6621 of the Code.

Payments to be made by GP Strategies to Five Star pursuant to this Section 2(c)(v) shall be made, in the case of a refund, within 30 days after GP Strategies has received such refund. In the case of a credit, such payments by GP Strategies to Five Star shall be made within 30 days after GP Strategies has received written notification from a Governmental Authority reflecting adjustments for such credit to a Return of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group. Payments to be made by Five Star to GP Strategies shall be made, in the case of any additional Tax, no later than 5 days before the due date of any required Tax payment by GP Strategies. In the case of a reduction in credit of Tax, such payment by Five Star to GP Strategies shall be made within 30 days after GP Strategies has received written notification from a Governmental Authority reflecting an adjustment for such reduction to a Return of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group.

All payments required under this Section 2(c)(v) shall be paid by Five Star to GP Strategies or by GP Strategies to Five Star, as the case may be, regardless of whether Five Star is a member of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group.

3. Affiliation and Disaffiliation of Five Star.

(a) Unless the Affiliation shall occur on or before December 1, 2004, this Agreement shall have no application and GP Strategies, the GP Strategies Consolidated Group or Five Star shall have no obligation to each other under this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement shall have no application and GP Strategies, the GP Strategies Consolidated Group or Five Star shall have no obligation to each other under this Agreement with respect to any taxable period that begins before the Affiliation Date or after the Disaffiliation Date, provided however, that this Agreement shall apply to any taxable period that includes the Affiliation Date and any final short taxable period of Five Star that includes the Disaffiliation Date. After the filing of all Returns related to periods beginning before the Disaffiliation Date, Five Star will be informed of the amount of consolidated carryovers as of the end of such taxable year or period that are attributable to Five Star, as provided by applicable Tax Law.

4. Record Retention.

After the Disaffiliation Date, GP Strategies and Five Star shall each make available to the other, as reasonably requested, and to any Governmental Authority that is duly authorized to request information, records


or documents, all information, records or documents of GP Strategies and Five Star and its subsidiaries for all periods prior to or including the Disaffiliation Date and shall preserve all such information, records and documents until the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations including extensions thereof, provided that notice of any such extension is given to the party which did not grant the extension.

5. Audits and Contests.

GP Strategies shall, at its expense, have the right to control on the taxpayer's behalf any Tax audit and any administrative or court proceeding concerning Taxes for which GP Strategies is responsible for filing a Return under Section 2(a)(i) and to concede, compromise or contest any assessment or assertion of liability with respect to any such Taxes, provided however, that Five Star will be entitled to participate in any such audit or proceeding concerning Taxes for which Five Star is liable under Section 2 and GP Strategies shall not concede, compromise or contest any assessment or assertion of liability with respect to any such Taxes for which Five Star is liable under
Section 2 without the consent of Five Star (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

Five Star shall, at its expense, have the right to control on the taxpayer's behalf any Tax audit and any administrative or court proceeding concerning Taxes for which Five Star is responsible for filing a Return under
Section 2(a)(ii) and to concede, compromise or contest any assessment or assertion of liability with respect to any such Taxes.

6. Duty to Cooperate.

GP Strategies and Five Star shall provide reasonable cooperation to each other in connection with (i) the preparation or filing of any Return, Tax election, Tax consent or certification, or any claim for refund, (ii) any determination of liability for Taxes, and (iii) any audit, examination or other proceeding in respect of Taxes of GP Strategies. Such cooperation shall include making available, on a reasonable basis, employees of GP Strategies or Five Star, as the case may be, whose out-of-pocket costs, if any, such as travel and lodging, shall be reimbursed by the party to which such employees are made available.

7. Dispute Resolution.

In the event of a dispute concerning this Agreement, the parties shall, in good faith, attempt to resolve such dispute. If the dispute is not resolved then the parties shall submit such dispute to the Accounting Firm whose decision shall be binding on the parties. The Accounting Firm's fee shall be borne equally by GP Strategies and Five Star.

8. Notices.

All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery, telecopier, commercial courier service with guaranteed one-day delivery, or prepaid first class mail to the following addresses:


If to GP Strategies:

GP Strategies Corporation
777 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, NY 10604
Attn: Andrea Kantor, Esq.

If to Five Star:

Five Star Products, Inc.
777 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, NY 10604
Attn: Charles Dawson

9. Successors.

This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of any successor, by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise, to any of the parties hereto (including but not limited to any successor of GP Strategies or Five Star succeeding to the Tax Attributes of either under Section 381 of the Code), to the same extent as if the successor had been an original party to this Agreement. In the event that National Patent Development Corporation ("NPDC") were to acquire all of the stock of Five Star held by GP Strategies in connection with the anticipated spin off of NPDC, NPDC shall be considered the successor of GP Strategies for purposes of the preceding sentence.

10. Amendments.

This Agreement shall not be modified, amended, supplemented or terminated except in writing executed by both parties hereto.

11. Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION

By:______________________________
Scott N. Greenberg, President

FIVE STAR PRODUCTS, INC.

By:_______________________________
Charles Dawson, President


Exhibit 10.39

FIVE STAR PRODUCTS, INC
777 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, NY 10604

January 22, 2004

GP Strategies Corporation
777 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, NY 10604

Gentlemen:

In connection with the offer by Five Star Products, Inc. ("Five Star") to purchase up to 5,000,000 shares of its common stock pursuant to a tender offer (the "Tender Offer") which it intends to commence on or about February 6, 2004, Five Star and GP Strategies Corporation ("GP Strategies") hereby agree as follows:

1. If Five Star acquires at least 3,750,000 shares of its common stock pursuant to the Tender Offer, GP Strategies shall exchange for Five Star common stock a sufficient principal amount of the Five Star 8% Senior Unsecured Note due September 30, 2004 (the "Five Star Note") to allow GP Strategies to increase its ownership to at least 80% of our common stock. The exchange price for the Five Star Note shall equal the same price that Five Star is paying to its stockholders in the Tender Offer. Such exchange shall occur as soon as legally permissible following termination of the Tender Offer.

2. If, pursuant to Clause 1 above, GP Strategies shall increase its ownership to at least 80% of the Five Star common stock and Five Star would become, for federal tax purposes, part of the affiliated group of which GP Strategies is the common parent, Five Star and GP Strategies shall inter into the Tax Sharing Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, promptly following the date upon which Five Star becomes part of the affiliated group.

Very truly yours,

FIVE STAR PRODUCTS, INC.

BY:

Charles Dawson President Agreed to and Acknowledged:

GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION

BY:
Scott N. Greenberg
President and Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit "A"

TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

TAX SHARING AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") dated as of February 1, 2004 between GP Strategies Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("GP Strategies"), and Five Star Products, Inc., a Delaware corporation, ("Five Star").

WHEREAS, GP Strategies anticipates that it may increase its ownership to at least 80% of Five Star's outstanding stock and, in such case, Five Star would become, for federal income tax purposes, part of the affiliated group of which GP Strategies is the common parent and GP Strategies and Five Star and their respective subsidiaries would join in the filing of a consolidated federal income tax return for a group of affiliated companies of which GP Strategies is the common parent and Five Star is a member (the "GP Strategies Consolidated Group"); and

WHEREAS, GP Strategies and Five Star wish to provide for the payment of tax liabilities and entitlement to refunds, allocate responsibility and provide for cooperation in the filing of tax returns, provide for the realization and payment of tax benefits arising out of adjustments to the tax returns of the parties, and to provide for certain other matters;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and intending to be legally bound, GP Strategies and Five Star agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) "Taxes" means all federal, state, local, foreign and other net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property (including, without limitation, real property Taxes and any assessments, special or otherwise), windfall profits, customs, duties or other Taxes, fees, assessments or charges of any kind whatever, together with any interest and penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts with respect thereto (and "Tax" means any one of the foregoing Taxes).

(b) "Returns" means all returns, declarations, reports, statements and other documents required under a Tax Law (as hereinafter defined) either (i) to be filed with a Governmental Authority (as hereinafter defined) in respect of Taxes; or (ii) to be provided to a person other than a Governmental Authority (and "Return" means any one of the foregoing Returns).

(c) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All citations to the Code, or to the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, shall include any amendments or any substitute or successor provisions thereto.

(d) "Section" means a section of this Agreement, unless indicated otherwise.

(e) "Governmental Authority" means the government of the United States or any foreign country or any state, province, municipality or other political subdivision of the United States or any foreign country, or any


agency, department, board, instrumentality, authority or commission (including regulatory and administrative bodies) of any of the foregoing.

(f) "Tax Law" means a statute, regulation or administrative rule enacted or promulgated for the determination, imposition, assessment or collection of any Tax.

(g) "Common Consolidated Tax Return" shall mean any consolidated, combined or unitary Return that includes at least one member of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group (other than Five Star or any of its subsidiaries) and Five Star or any of its subsidiaries.

(h) "Tax Attribute" shall mean any net operating loss, capital loss, credit or other tax attribute (other than the basis of property) relevant to the calculation of a tax liability.

(i) "Applicable Federal Rate" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1274(d) of the Code for a short term rate, compounded quarterly.

(j) "Accounting Firm" means (i) the nationally recognized accounting firm that is the principal independent auditor of both GP Strategies and Five Star at the time of a dispute governed by Section 7 hereof; or (ii) if the firm described in clause (i) is unwilling or unable to serve under Section 7, the nationally recognized accounting firm appointed by the firm described in clause (i); or (iii) if GP Strategies and Five Star do not use the same accounting firm as their principal independent auditor, then the nationally recognized accounting firm jointly selected by the principal independent auditors of GP Strategies and Five Star at the time of a dispute governed by
Section 7 hereof.

(k) "Disaffiliation" means any event that results in Five Star no longer being a member of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group.

(l) "Disaffiliation Date" means the date on which Disaffiliation occurs.

(m) "Affiliation" means that GP Strategies has become the owner of at least 80% of the outstanding Five Star stock and Five Star has become a member of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group.

(n) "Affiliation Date" means the first day on which Five Star is a member of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group for federal income tax purposes.

2. Returns and Payments.

(a) Filing of Returns.

(i) GP Strategies shall prepare and shall timely file or cause to be timely filed (1) all Returns filed on a separate company basis for any member of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group other than Five Star or any of its subsidiaries, (2) all Returns filed on a consolidated, combined or unitary basis that include members of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group (other than Five Star or any of its subsidiaries) that is not a Common Consolidated Tax Return, and (3) all Common Consolidated Tax Returns. Subject to
Section 2(c), GP Strategies shall make full and timely payment of all Taxes shown due on all Returns described in this Section 2(a)(i).

(ii) Five Star shall prepare, at its own expense, and shall timely file or cause to be timely filed (1) all Returns filed on a separate


company basis for Five Star or any of its subsidiaries, (2) all Returns filed on a consolidated, combined or unitary basis that include Five Star or any of its subsidiaries other than any Common Consolidated Tax Return, and (3) all Returns with respect to Five Star or any of its subsidiaries for any taxable year or other taxable period beginning after the Disaffiliation Date. Five Star shall make full and timely payment of all Taxes shown due on all Returns described in this Section 2(a)(ii).

(iii) To the extent required or permitted by law or administrative practice, in the case of any Common Consolidated Tax Return that includes the Disaffiliation Date, the taxable year of Five Star and its subsidiaries shall be treated as closing at the close of the Disaffiliation Date.

(b) Obligation to Remit Taxes. Five Star and GP Strategies shall each timely remit or cause to be remitted any Taxes due in respect of any Tax for which it is required to file a Return hereunder and shall be entitled to reimbursement for such payments only to the extent provided in Section 2(c).

(c) Tax Sharing Obligations.

(i) Five Star's Obligations. Other than liabilities dealt with elsewhere in this Agreement, Five Star shall be liable for and shall indemnify and hold GP Strategies and its subsidiaries (other than Five Star and its subsidiaries) harmless against any Tax liability of Five Star or any of its subsidiaries, including the portion of any Tax liability resulting from the inclusion of Five Star or any of its subsidiaries in a Common Consolidated Tax Return as determined under Section 2(c)(iii).

(ii) GP Strategies' Obligations. Other than liabilities dealt with elsewhere in this Agreement, GP Strategies shall be liable for, and shall hold Five Star and its subsidiaries harmless against any Tax liability of any member of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group other than Five Star and its subsidiaries.

(iii) Five Star's Share of the Common Consolidated Tax Return Liability. Five Star's proportionate share of the Tax liability with respect to a Common Consolidated Tax Return, or with respect to any estimated Tax payment relating to any such Return, shall be determined by multiplying the separate return Tax liability, if any, of Five Star and its subsidiaries (the "Five Star Subgroup") by 80%. For purposes of this determination, the separate return Tax liabilities of the Five Star Subgroup shall be determined as if (1) the Common Consolidated Tax Return included only the Tax items of the Five Star Subgroup, applying the principles of Section 1552(a)(2) of the Code and Treas. Reg. ss. 1.1552-1(a)(2) and (2) any Tax Attribute attributable to the Five Star Subgroup were available solely to the Five Star Subgroup.

(iv) Notification and Contest Procedures.

(1) GP Strategies shall, in good faith, calculate Five Star's Tax liability, if any, under Section 2(c)(iii) and notify Five Star of the amount of such liability, if any (the "GP Strategies Notification Letter"). Notification of a Five Star Tax liability and payment obligation under this clause (1) of this Section 2(c)(iv) shall constitute a request for payment, and, subject to clause (2) of this Section 2(c)(iv), Five Star shall pay such amount, in immediately available funds, to GP Strategies within 30 days after receipt of the GP Strategies Notification Letter, provided that Five Star shall not be obligated to make such payment to GP Strategies earlier than 10 days prior to the due date for the filing or making of the relevant Return or estimated Tax payment.


(2) If Five Star determines in good faith that the amount of its Tax liability under Section 2(c)(iii) differs from the corresponding amount in the GP Strategies Notification Letter, Five Star shall notify GP Strategies of such difference (the "Five Star Tax Adjustment Amount") (such determination, with calculations in reasonable detail, being referred to as the "Five Star Notification Letter," which Five Star shall deliver to GP Strategies no later than 30 days after the date of receipt of the GP Strategies Notification Letter). If GP Strategies determines in good faith that Five Star's determination of the Five Star Tax Adjustment Amount is incorrect, GP Strategies shall notify Five Star of such determination (the "Second GP Strategies Notification Letter") within 30 days of receipt of the Five Star Notification Letter. If the dispute is not resolved by mutual accord within 30 days of Five Star's receipt of the Second GP Strategies Notification Letter, the dispute shall be resolved under the provisions of Section 7. Until GP Strategies and Five Star reach agreement, or any dispute between them is resolved pursuant to
Section 7, as to the Five Star Tax Adjustment Amount, the provisions of this
Section 2(c) shall continue to apply and payments shall be made by the parties in the amounts set forth in the GP Strategies Notification Letter in accordance with clause (1) of this Section 2(c)(iv). Within 30 days of reaching an agreement or resolution, GP Strategies shall pay to Five Star, or Five Star shall pay to GP Strategies, the agreed amount after taking into account any payments made under clause (1) of this Section 2(c)(iv), together with interest at a rate equal to the Applicable Federal Rate from the date of Five Star's payment pursuant to this Section 2(c)(iv).

(v) Subsequent Adjustments. If the items used to determine the Tax liabilities in Section 2(c)(iii) are adjusted by reason of an amended return, claim for refund, examination by a Governmental Authority, or the final decision of any court, the amount due from or to Five Star under Section 2(c)(iii) shall be recomputed using the adjusted items. Five Star agrees to pay to GP Strategies any additional amount owed including interest at the rate applicable to underpayments of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group pursuant to
Section 6621 of the Code (with full credit given for any prior payments for the year), and GP Strategies agrees to pay to Five Star any overpayment made by Five Star including interest at the rate applicable to underpayments of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group pursuant to Section 6621 of the Code.

Payments to be made by GP Strategies to Five Star pursuant to this Section 2(c)(v) shall be made, in the case of a refund, within 30 days after GP Strategies has received such refund. In the case of a credit, such payments by GP Strategies to Five Star shall be made within 30 days after GP Strategies has received written notification from a Governmental Authority reflecting adjustments for such credit to a Return of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group. Payments to be made by Five Star to GP Strategies shall be made, in the case of any additional Tax, no later than 5 days before the due date of any required Tax payment by GP Strategies. In the case of a reduction in credit of Tax, such payment by Five Star to GP Strategies shall be made within 30 days after GP Strategies has received written notification from a Governmental Authority reflecting an adjustment for such reduction to a Return of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group.

All payments required under this Section 2(c)(v) shall be paid by Five Star to GP Strategies or by GP Strategies to Five Star, as the case may be, regardless of whether Five Star is a member of the GP Strategies Consolidated Group.


3. Affiliation and Disaffiliation of Five Star.

(a) Unless the Affiliation shall occur on or before December 1, 2004, this Agreement shall have no application and GP Strategies, the GP Strategies Consolidated Group or Five Star shall have no obligation to each other under this Agreement.

(b) This Agreement shall have no application and GP Strategies, the GP Strategies Consolidated Group or Five Star shall have no obligation to each other under this Agreement with respect to any taxable period that begins before the Affiliation Date or after the Disaffiliation Date, provided however, that this Agreement shall apply to any taxable period that includes the Affiliation Date and any final short taxable period of Five Star that includes the Disaffiliation Date. After the filing of all Returns related to periods beginning before the Disaffiliation Date, Five Star will be informed of the amount of consolidated carryovers as of the end of such taxable year or period that are attributable to Five Star, as provided by applicable Tax Law.

4. Record Retention.

After the Disaffiliation Date, GP Strategies and Five Star shall each make available to the other, as reasonably requested, and to any Governmental Authority that is duly authorized to request information, records or documents, all information, records or documents of GP Strategies and Five Star and its subsidiaries for all periods prior to or including the Disaffiliation Date and shall preserve all such information, records and documents until the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations including extensions thereof, provided that notice of any such extension is given to the party which did not grant the extension.

5. Audits and Contests.

GP Strategies shall, at its expense, have the right to control on the taxpayer's behalf any Tax audit and any administrative or court proceeding concerning Taxes for which GP Strategies is responsible for filing a Return under Section 2(a)(i) and to concede, compromise or contest any assessment or assertion of liability with respect to any such Taxes, provided however, that Five Star will be entitled to participate in any such audit or proceeding concerning Taxes for which Five Star is liable under Section 2 and GP Strategies shall not concede, compromise or contest any assessment or assertion of liability with respect to any such Taxes for which Five Star is liable under
Section 2 without the consent of Five Star (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).

Five Star shall, at its expense, have the right to control on the taxpayer's behalf any Tax audit and any administrative or court proceeding concerning Taxes for which Five Star is responsible for filing a Return under
Section 2(a)(ii) and to concede, compromise or contest any assessment or assertion of liability with respect to any such Taxes.

6. Duty to Cooperate.

GP Strategies and Five Star shall provide reasonable cooperation to each other in connection with (i) the preparation or filing of any Return, Tax election, Tax consent or certification, or any claim for refund, (ii) any determination of liability for Taxes, and (iii) any audit, examination or other proceeding in respect of Taxes of GP Strategies. Such cooperation shall include making available, on a reasonable basis, employees of GP Strategies or Five Star, as the case may be, whose out-of-pocket costs, if any, such as travel and lodging, shall be reimbursed by the party to which such employees are made available.


7. Dispute Resolution.

In the event of a dispute concerning this Agreement, the parties shall, in good faith, attempt to resolve such dispute. If the dispute is not resolved then the parties shall submit such dispute to the Accounting Firm whose decision shall be binding on the parties. The Accounting Firm's fee shall be borne equally by GP Strategies and Five Star.

8. Notices.

All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery, telecopier, commercial courier service with guaranteed one-day delivery, or prepaid first class mail to the following addresses:

If to GP Strategies:

GP Strategies Corporation
777 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, NY 10604
Attn: Andrea Kantor, Esq.

If to Five Star:

Five Star Products, Inc.
777 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, NY 10604
Attn: Charles Dawson

9. Successors.

This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of any successor, by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise, to any of the parties hereto (including but not limited to any successor of GP Strategies or Five Star succeeding to the Tax Attributes of either under Section 381 of the Code), to the same extent as if the successor had been an original party to this Agreement. In the event that National Patent Development Corporation ("NPDC") were to acquire all of the stock of Five Star held by GP Strategies in connection with the anticipated spin off of NPDC, NPDC shall be considered the successor of GP Strategies for purposes of the preceding sentence.

10. Amendments.

This Agreement shall not be modified, amended, supplemented or terminated except in writing executed by both parties hereto.

11. Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION

By:______________________________
Name:
Title:

FIVE STAR PRODUCTS, INC.

By:_______________________________
Name:
Title:


Exhibit 10.40

AGREEMENT OF SUBORDINATION & ASSIGNMENT

This AGREEMENT OF SUBORDINATION & ASSIGNMENT made and dated as of June 20, 2003, by JL DISTRIBUTORS, INC., a corporation of the State of Delaware with its principal corporate place of business at 777 Westchester Avenue, Fourth Floor, White Plains, Westchester County, New York 10604 (hereinafter referred to as "CREDITOR")

in favor of

FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Rhode Island with offices at 750 Walnut Avenue, Third Floor, Cranford, New Jersey 07016 (hereinafter referred to as "LENDER")

WITNESSES THAT:

(1) WHEREAS, FIVE STAR GROUP, INC., a corporation of the State of Delaware with its principal corporate place of business at 903 Murray Road, P.O. Box 1960, East Hanover, Morris County, New Jersey (hereinafter referred to as "DEBTOR") and LENDER are parties to a certain Loan and Security Agreement dated even date herewith (such certain Loan and Security Agreement and all extensions, modifications (including without limitation modifications increasing or decreasing the amount of the Revolving Loan described below), refinancings, renewals, substitutions, replacements and/or redatings thereof being called the "Loan Agreement" in this Agreement);

(2) WHEREAS, pursuant to the Loan Agreement, DEBTOR has obtained the benefits of a $25,000,000 revolving loan facility (called the "Revolving Loan" in this Agreement and more fully defined in Article I of the Loan Agreement) from LENDER; and

(3) WHEREAS, it is a condition of the obligation of LENDER to execute the Loan Agreement and to extend to DEBTOR the benefits of the Revolving Loan that this Agreement shall have been executed and shall be in full force and effect; and

(4) WHEREAS, CREDITOR desires that LENDER enter into the Loan Agreement and extend the Revolving Loan to DEBTOR as aforesaid and, as a result, executes this Agreement as an inducement to LENDER to do so;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration and in order to induce LENDER from time to time to extend and/or to continue to extend credit, advances or loans to DEBTOR under the Loan Agreement, CREDITOR hereby agrees as follows:

(1) (a) (i) Subject to the provisions of subparagraph (b) and subparagraph (c) below, no "Claims" which CREDITOR now has or may hereafter have or acquire against DEBTOR or any of its property or any of its rights in any property can be paid unless and until DEBTOR has paid and satisfied in full all "Liabilities" which are owed by DEBTOR to LENDER.

(ii) For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Claims" means all claims and demands (and all interest accrued or that may hereafter accrue thereon) which CREDITOR now has or may hereafter have or acquire against DEBTOR or any of its property or any of its rights in any property which, in each and all of the foregoing cases, arise out of DEBTOR's obligations to CREDITOR under
(x) that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated August 31, 1998 between JL DISTRIBUTORS, INC. (as seller and then known as FIVE STAR GROUP, INC.) and BORROWER (as buyer and then known as "FIVE STAR ACQUISITION CORP.") relating to BORROWER's purchase


of the assets of said JL DISTRIBUTORS, INC. (then known as FIVE STAR GROUP, INC.) and (y) that certain $4,500,000 note dated August 2, 2002 (the "Subordinated SellerNote"), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit "A".

(iii) For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Liabilities" shall have the same meaning in this Agreement that it has in the Loan Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) above, DEBTOR may pay and CREDITOR may receive payments of interest on the Subordinated Seller Note so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Loan Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) above, DEBTOR may pay and CREDITOR may receive limited repayments of principal (each a "principal paydown") on the Subordinated Seller Note if the following conditions have been satisfied:

(i) No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Loan Agreement.

(ii) The amount of any permitted "principal paydown" will be calculated and paid once each year, after LENDER's receipt and review of BORROWER's audited fiscal year-end financial statements prepared and submitted as required by the Loan Agreement.

(iii) The "principal paydown" for BORROWER's 2002 fiscal year can be made no sooner than April 1, 2003 and cannot exceed the lesser of (A) $1,250,000 or (B) the sum of $1,000,000 plus 50% of BORROWER's Net Income after taxes (determined based on generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied over the period to which they relate) for BORROWER's 2002 fiscal year .The "principal paydown" for BORROWER's 2003 fiscal year and for each fiscal year thereafter can be made no sooner than April 1 of the immediately following fiscal year [e.g., the "principal paydown" based on BORROWER's 2003 fiscal year Net Income after taxes cannot be made until April 1, 2004] and cannot exceed the lesser of (A) $1,250,000 or (B) the sum of $1,000,000 plus 50% of BORROWER's Net Income after taxes (determined based on generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied over the period to which they relate) for the fiscal year immediately preceding the date of distribution [e.g., the "principal paydown" made by BORROWER in 2004 must be based on BORROWER's 2003 Net Income after taxes].

(iv) The full amount of the "principal paydown" made in any fiscal year, if treated as a scheduled payment in the year BORROWER's Net Income after taxes was earned, will not cause the Fixed Charge Coverage (as determined in accordance with the Loan Agreement) to be less than 1.13 to 1.0 for the year in which such income was earned (provided, however, that this subsection (iv) shall not apply to any "principal paydown" made during BORROWER's 2003 fiscal year).

(v) Immediately prior to the "principal paydown", the Fixed Charge Coverage (as determined in accordance with the Loan Agreement) for the year in which BORROWER's Net Income after taxes was earned must be greater than 1.25 to 1.0.

(vi) If only the component of the "principal paydown" consisting of 50% of BORROWER's Net Income after taxes for the year in which such income was earned is treated as a scheduled payment, the Fixed Charge Coverage (as determined in accordance with the Loan Agreement) for the year in which such income was earned must be at least 1.25 to 1.0.

(vii) After giving effect to the"principal paydown", the "loan value" of "Eligible Inventory" and "Eligible Receivables" must exceed the outstanding principal balance of the Revolving Loan by at least $1,500,000 (the terms "loan value", "Eligible Inventory" and "Eligible Receivables" to have the same meaning herein that they have in the Loan Agreement).


(viii) The amount of the "principal paydown", when deducted from BORROWER's "Tangible Net Worth" (as determined in accordance with the Loan Agreement) will not cause such Tangible Net Worth to be less than $6,000,000.

(ix) The ratio of BORROWER's "Total Debt to its Tangible Net Worth" (as determined in accordance with the Loan Agreement) will not, when the "principal paydown" is taken into account, cause such ratio of Total Debt to Tangible Net Worth to be more than 6.0 to 1.0.

(x) The average "loan value" of "Eligible Inventory" and "Eligible Receivables" during the three full calendar months preceding the date of the "principal paydown" must exceed by at least $2,500,000 BORROWER's average daily usage under the Revolving Loan during the same three month period (the terms "loan value", "Eligible Inventory" and "Eligible Receivables" to have the same meaning herein that they have in the Loan Agreement).

(xi) Each allowed annual "principal paydown" is for one year only and is non cumulative so that any "principal paydown" which is not made in any year will not accrue to and cannot be used in future years.

(xii) The "principal paydown", if treated for accounting purposes as made in the fiscal year from which the payment has been earned, cannot be made if the amount and effect of the payment would have given rise to a covenant default, if such "principal paydown" had in fact been made in such fiscal year.

(2) In all events, no collateral or other security may be given by DEBTOR to CREDITOR to secure payment of any sum due on any of the Claims, and no such collateral or other security shall be received, accepted or retained by CREDITOR unless and until DEBTOR has paid and satisfied in full all the Liabilities.

(3) CREDITOR waives any and all notice of the acceptance of this Agreement and of the creation, extension, modification (including without limitation any modification increasing or decreasing the amount of the Liabilities), refinancing, renewal, substitution, replacement, redating and/or accrual of any of the Liabilities or of the reliance of LENDER upon this Agreement.

(4) CREDITOR hereby consents that, without notice to or further assent by CREDITOR, and without impairing the subordination contained in this Agreement (a) the obligation of DEBTOR or of any other party for or upon any of the Liabilities may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, modified, accelerated, compromised or released by LENDER, as it may deem advisable and whether with or without consideration, (b) any collateral and/or liens securing any of the Liabilities may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be exchanged, sold, impaired, released, surrendered or otherwise disposed of by LENDER, as it may deem advisable and whether with or without consideration, and (c) any deposit balance or balances to the credit of DEBTOR may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be paid out, surrendered, released or otherwise disposed of by LENDER, as it in its discretion may deem advisable and whether with or without consideration.

(5) CREDITOR hereby transfers and assigns to LENDER, as collateral security for any and all of the Liabilities, all Claims of CREDITOR against DEBTOR, and hereby authorizes AGENT, in its own name or in the name of CREDITOR, to collect and enforce said Claims by suit, proof of debt in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Act, or amendments thereto, or any decedent's estate, insolvency or liquidation proceeding, or otherwise.

(6) Should any payment (except as set forth in Paragraph 1(b) and Paragraph 1(c) above) or security or anything of any value whatsoever be received by CREDITOR for or on account of said Claims, prior to the payment and satisfaction in full of the Liabilities, CREDITOR agrees that it will forthwith deliver the same to LENDER in precisely the form received, except for CREDITOR's endorsement or assignment where necessary, for application on account


of the Liabilities, and that until so delivered, CREDITOR shall hold the same in trust as the property of LENDER.

(7) CREDITOR further agrees that, should any signature, endorsement, assignment or other form of transfer be required to effect the transfer of any such payment, security or other thing of value to LENDER, or in any other respect to carry out the terms of this Agreement, to make and deliver all signatures, endorsements, transfers, assignments and other instruments required by LENDER to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement as herein expressed or reasonably implied; and in the event of the failure of CREDITOR to do so within 15 days of written request by LENDER, LENDER is hereby irrevocably constituted and appointed the agent and attorney in fact of CREDITOR to do so, with full power of substitution in the premises.

(8) CREDITOR and DEBTOR represent to LENDER that DEBTOR now owes CREDITOR the principal sum of $4,500,000 and that DEBTOR's obligation to repay such sum is evidenced by the Subordinated Seller Note, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit "A". Such sum is owed without counterclaim, defense or offset and may be prepaid only as so allowed by Paragraph 1(b) and Paragraph 1(c) above.

(9) CREDITOR and DEBTOR further agree that at no time hereafter will any part of said indebtedness be represented by any other negotiable instruments or writings, except the Subordinated Seller Note or such other negotiable instruments or writings, if any, as LENDER shall request to be executed and delivered to it for the purpose of evidencing said indebtedness or any part thereof, and in that case said negotiable instruments or other writings shall either be payable to LENDER or delivered to LENDER, or, if payable to CREDITOR, shall be endorsed and/or assigned by CREDITOR and delivered to LENDER.

(10) CREDITOR and DEBTOR agree that the rights granted to LENDER hereunder shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the fact that BORROWER's account may, from time to time, be temporarily in a credit position and shall continue until the Loan Agreement is terminated and all the Liabilities are paid in full.

(11) DEBTOR hereby agrees that (a) it will render to LENDER upon demand, from time to time, a statement of the account of CREDITOR with DEBTOR; (b) LENDER shall have access, from time to time, to its books and records in order that LENDER may make full and free examination of the state of the accounts of CREDITOR with DEBTOR (with the right to make copies thereof); and (c) it will duly comply with and perform each and every term of this Agreement on its part required to be performed.

(12) DEBTOR agrees that a breach by either DEBTOR or CREDITOR in the performance of any of the terms of this Agreement shall be an Event of Default as that term is defined in the Loan Agreement.

(13) The term "DEBTOR" as used throughout this Agreement shall include the corporation named herein as DEBTOR, and shall also include, but not be limited to, (a) any successor individual or individuals, association, partnership or corporation to which all or substantially all of the business or assets of DEBTOR shall have been transferred and (b) any other corporation into or with which DEBTOR shall have been merged, consolidated, reorganized, or absorbed.

(14) No waiver of any right or remedy, and no modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by the party to be charged, and then only to the extent therein set forth.

(15) The rights and remedies of LENDER under this Agreement, shall be cumulative, and may be exercised independently or concurrently with any other rights and remedies LENDER may have, and such rights and remedies may be exercised from time to time in whole or in part as LENDER in its sole discretion, may determine.


(16) No delay on the part of LENDER in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or elsewhere conferred shall operate as a waiver thereof.

(17) This Agreement is binding upon the undersigned, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall inure to the benefit of LENDER and its successors and assigns, and shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey.

(18) CREDITOR AND DEBTOR MUTUALLY HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM BASED HEREON, ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY. THIS WAIVER CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR LENDER TO ENTER INTO THE LOAN AGREEMENT AND MAKE THE REVOLVING LOAN. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused these presents to be properly executed as of the date first above written.

WITNESS:                             FIVE STAR GROUP, INC.
                                              (DEBTOR)


                                     By:
-------------------------           --------------------------------------------
John Moran                          Steve Schilit
                                    Executive Vice President

WITNESS:                            JL DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
                                              (CREDITOR)


                                              By:
-------------------------           --------------------------------------------
Steve Schilit                       John Moran, Vice President


EXHIBIT "A"

True copy of subordinated note


Exhibit 10.60

MANAGEMENT SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made as of January 1, 2004 between GP Strategies Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("GP") and GSE Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("GSE").
W I T N E S S E T H WHEREAS, GP has processes, systems, equipment and personnel capable of supporting the business operations of its own and other businesses; and

WHEREAS, GSE has need of the types of business support services that GP can provide and GSE wishes to avail itself of services GP can provide; and

WHEREAS GP and GSE desire in this Agreement to evidence the terms upon which GP shall provide mutually agreed services;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I. - MANAGEMENT SERVICES

During the term of this Agreement, GP shall provide the following support services to the extent and in the areas described (collectively, the "Services"):

1. Supervision and administration of payroll and employee-benefit services covering GSE employees, including the administration of health care claims.

2. Obtaining and maintaining in force all insurance policies necessary or appropriate in connection with GSE's activities, provided that GP shall have no obligation to pay premiums or other fees under such insurance policies on GSE's behalf (and GP shall be promptly reimbursed for any insurance-related cost it incurs on GSE's behalf).

3. GP shall provide GSE with financial analysis and support, accounting and audit service and support, and accounts payable services using the systems, processes and practices utilized by GP.

4. GP shall provide GSE with legal advice through its in-house counsel, and supervision of matters referred to outside counsel, including assistance with respect to the preparation and review of SEC reports, general corporate and securities matters, corporate governance issues, issues relating to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, claims, litigation, the preparation and review of contracts and other matters. GP shall have the authority to engage on behalf of GSE outside counsel satisfactory to GSE, provided that such engagement shall be approved in advance by GSE and further provided that all fees and expenses in connection with services rendered by such counsel shall be borne by GSE.

5. GP shall assist GSE to comply with federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations applicable to GSE's activities, including the preparation and filing of tax returns, reports and other documents required of GSE by any public authority or agency.

6. GP shall advise GSE in banking, financial and cash management affairs, and shall use its best efforts to obtain payment and performance bonds and letters of credit for GSE. Any fees charged by GP for obtaining such bonds or letters of credit for GSE shall be based on commercially reasonable terms and payment thereof is subject to approval by GSE's independent directors. To the extent requested by GSE, GP shall prepare and present to GSE's Board of Directors recommendations as to the appropriate means of financing GSE's activities and shall assist in the supervision of banking and other cash control matters.


7. GP shall assist GSE in matters relating to purchasing, leasing, procurement, disposal and other activities relating to resources utilized in its business, and GSE shall receive the financial benefit of such activities. By way of example only, if GP negotiates a volume discount or other savings relating to purchasing, such benefits shall flow directly to GSE.

8. GP shall assist GSE with invoicing and collection services, but GP shall not be a guarantor of the collectability of any amounts owed to GSE. 9. GP shall provide network support services and financial system support services using the systems and processes used by GP. This includes providing the actual financial system that GSE will utilize.

10. GP shall provide human resources advice and services to GSE management and GSE employees, including assistance regarding employment issues, benefits, policies and procedures and the administration thereof.

11. GP shall assist GSE with such other general and administrative services as are necessary to enable GSE to function in the ordinary course of business.

12. GP shall provide GSE with executive management support to assist GSE with business performance and development.

ARTICLE II. - PERSONNEL AND EXPENSES

GP shall employ and maintain a staff adequate, in its judgment, to provide management and administrative services to GSE pursuant to this Agreement. In addition to the Compensation stated in Article VI, GSE shall reimburse GP any for any reasonable travel and temporary living expenses incurred while traveling and other reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by its employees in providing the services described in Article I of this Agreement. GP shall invoice GSE quarterly and GSE shall, within 30 days after the receipt of each such invoice, remit payment to GP.

GSE shall pay directly to the provider/vendor, or shall reimburse GP after the payment therefor by GP, all costs related to services furnished by third parties, such as legal and accounting fees, insurance premiums, facility costs, printing costs, costs of consulting services furnished by independent contractors, and all taxes and other services requested by GSE or reasonably required to carry out the objectives of this Agreement. GP agrees to work with GSE in good faith to minimize the use of third parties for any services contemplated hereunder and any such third party use shall be governed by Articles I and III.

ARTICLE III. - EXTENT OF GP's AUTHORITY

GP shall not have the authority to obligate GSE for any expenditure in excess of $10,000 or other obligation not outlined herein without prior approval from an officer or other authorized manager of GSE.

ARTICLE IV. - CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

For purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential Information" shall mean information disclosed to GP or known by GP or any of its officers, directors, stockholders, agents or employees as a consequence of or through the performance by GP of this Agreement, which in the reasonable judgment of GSE is not generally known in any industry in which GSE is engaged, about GSE's products, processes and services, including information relating to research, development, inventions, manufacturing, purchasing, accounting, engineering, marketing, merchandising and selling. Except as may be required by law or as required in the fulfillment of its duties under this Agreement, GP will not, directly or indirectly, use, disseminate or disclose any Confidential Information, and GP shall take all steps reasonably necessary to prevent the dissemination or disclosure of Confidential Information by any of its agents or employees. Upon termination of this Agreement, GP will return to GSE all documents, records, notebooks and similar repositories of such Confidential Information, including


copies thereof, then in GP's possession, whether prepared by GP, its agents, employees or others. However, nothing in this Article IV shall require GP to segregate records, electronic data or other information that would increase the cost of providing the services under this Agreement unless GSE pays the additional cost of doing so.

ARTICLE V. - COOPERATION

A. GSE shall make available to GP such information, records and other data as may be needed by GP to perform the services required by this Agreement. Any material misstatement by GSE or any failure by GSE to inform GP of any material fact with respect to GSE shall relieve GP of any liability relating to such material fact or omission arising under this Agreement.

B. Each party hereto will, and will cause their respective subsidiaries to, give one another reasonable access (including duplication rights) to any books, records, contracts, instruments and other information used in the businesses of GP and GSE prior to the date hereof which may prove reasonably necessary to the other party in connection with their respective businesses both before and after the date hereof.

ARTICLE VI. - COMPENSATION

As compensation for the services provided by GP hereunder, in addition to the reimbursement payable to GP under Article II above, GP shall receive a total yearly fee of Six Hundred Eighty Five Thousand Dollars ($685,000), which fee shall be applicable to the first year and, if exercised, the second year of this Agreement. The total yearly fee of $685,000 shall be reduced to $620,000 for the first year, and $590,000 for the second year, in the event that GP does not provide a loan guarantee to GSE in the amount of $1,800,000. Thereafter, any fee for the services provided by GP hereunder shall be agreed upon by GP and GSE not less than 30 days prior to the commencement of any year, subject to approval by GSE's independent directors. The fee compensation for all services shall be payable in equal quarterly installments on the last day of each calendar year quarter (with the first such quarterly fee being due on April 1, 2004).

ARTICLE VII. - LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

In providing services hereunder, GP shall have a duty to act, and to cause its agents to act, in a reasonably prudent manner, but neither GP nor any officer, director, employee or agent of GP shall be liable to GSE for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss incurred by GSE in connection with the matters to which this Agreement relates, except a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of GP or from GP's disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII. - indemnificatIon

GSE shall indemnify and hold harmless GP, its subsidiaries (other than GSE and its subsidiaries) and their respective stockholders, officers, directors and employees from and against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and other expenses of litigation) to which such party may become subject arising out of the provision by GP to GSE of services under this Agreement, but such indemnity shall not protect any person against any liability to which such person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or disregard of obligations and duties hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall GSE be liable for any consequential damages.

ARTOC;E IX - ARBITRATION

In the event the parties hereto shall not be able to agree as to the amount of any services rendered or expenses incurred under this Agreement, or as to any other matter relating to this Agreement, the matter shall be settled by


arbitration in New York in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and the award rendered by such arbitrator(s) shall not be subject to appeal and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

ARTICLE X. - TERM

The term of this Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue for a period of one (1) year, subject to earlier termination only upon the mutual consent of the parties hereto or at the election of one of the parties upon default by the other in performance of its obligations hereunder, provided that this Agreement may be renewed by GSE for successive one-year terms upon notifying GP in writing at least three (3) months prior to the end of the initial term of this Agreement or any renewal thereof. After the initial term, and only for any renewal period, GSE may terminate the Agreement at any time for its own convenience upon providing GP with at least sixty (60) days prior written notice.

ARTOC;E XI. - OTHER PROVISIONS

1. Any notice provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if and when delivered personally or otherwise actually received after it is (i) deposited in the United States mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (ii) hand delivered by a recognized courier service or otherwise, or (iii) faxed (with receipt confirmed) to the recipient addressed as follows:

If to GP:

777 Westchester Ave, 4th Floor
White Plains, New York 10604

Attn: Scott Greenberg, President Fax: (914) 249-9745


If to GSE:

9189 Red Branch Road
Columbia, Maryland 21045

Attn: Jerry Jen
Fax: (410) 772-3599

Or addressed to any such party at any such other address as such party shall have furnished by written notice to the other.

2. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated herein and supersedes all previous written or oral negotiations, commitments and writings with respect to such transactions.

3. Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, amended, modified, waived, discharged or terminated other than by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto, and the waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall not constitute a general waiver or a waiver of any other provision hereof.

4. In the event any provision of this Agreement is declared to be invalid or unenforceable the remainder of this Agreement shall be considered valid and enforceable in accordance with its terms, and the parties shall endeavor to replace the invalid or unenforceable provision with a new provision as close as possible to the original that is valid and enforceable.

5. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

6. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the parties hereto, provided that this Agreement may not be assigned by either of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

7. This Agreement is subject to the prior approval of GSE's independent directors.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION                          GSE SYSTEMS, INC.


By:                                                By: ________________________
         ------------------------------

Title: Title:


Exhibit 14.1

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

For Directors, Officers and Employees of GP Strategies Corporation and its Subsidiaries

It is the policy of GP Strategies Corporation that the Chief Financial Officer, the Director of Finance and the senior officers in the Accounting and Finance Department of each of GP Strategies Corporation and its subsidiaries (hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as "Company") adhere to and advocate the following principles governing their professional and ethical conduct in the fulfillment of their responsibilities:

1. Act with honesty and integrity, avoiding actual or apparent conflicts between his or her personal, private interests and the interests of Company, including receiving improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position.

2. Perform responsibilities with a view to causing periodic reports filed or otherwise submitted to the SEC to contain information which is accurate, complete, fair, timely and understandable.

3. Comply with laws of federal, state, and local governments applicable to the Company, and the rules and regulations of private and public regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over the Company.

4. Promptly report any violations of the Company's Code of Ethics to the appropriate person(s) identified herein.

5. Act in good faith, responsibly, with due care, and diligence, without misrepresenting or omitting material facts or allowing independent judgment to be compromised.

6. Respect the confidentiality of information acquired in the course of the performance of his or her responsibilities except when authorized or otherwise legally obligated to disclose. Do not use confidential information acquired in the course of the performance of his or her responsibilities for personal advantage.

7. Proactively promote ethical behavior among subordinates and peers.

8. Use corporate assets and resources employed or entrusted in a responsible manner.

9. Do not use corporate information, corporate assets, corporate opportunities or one's position with the Company for personal gain or take personally opportunities that are discovered through the use of corporate property, information or position. Do not compete directly or indirectly with the Company.

10. Comply in all respects with the Company's Conduct of Business policy, and the Company's Policy Regarding Trading in Securities and Protection of Confidential Information and the Company's Policy Regarding Investments and Related Party Transactions.

11. Advance the Company's legitimate interests when the opportunity arises.

12. Act in a manner that shows accountability for adherence to the Company's Code of Ethics by certifying to the foregoing annually and filing a copy of such certification with each of the Audit Committee and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board.

13. Deal fairly with the Company's customers, suppliers, competitors and employees.


Reporting Violations

If you have any concerns about a possible violation of the Company's Code of Ethics, it is your responsibility to promptly report any such violations to either the Company's Chairman of the Board or the Audit Committee or the Ethics Compliance Officer set forth in Section 4.0 "Ethics Program" of the Company's Conduct of Business. Requests for confidentiality will be honored to the greatest extent possible, consistent with the Company's legal obligations. If an investigation confirms the allegation, prompt corrective action will be taken. The "Ethics Program" contained in the Company's Conduct of Business is hereby incorporated by reference into this policy. The Business Conduct Hotline, 866-423-5994, provides a means for receiving confidential questions concerning any ethics-related issues of Company employees. The Company will not tolerate retaliation against persons making a report in good faith under this policy.

Amendments/Waivers to Code of Ethics

Any amendment to or waiver of, the Code of Ethics must be approved by the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors responsible for corporate governance matters. The Company is required to promptly disclose amendments to, and waivers of, the Code of Ethics for its executive officers or directors. These disclosures must be made within five business days after such amendment or waiver, in a Form 8-K filed with the SEC.

Availability on Web Site

The Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct of Business is available on the Company's web site at www.gpstrategies.com and in print for any stockholder who requests it by writing to the Corporate Secretary, GP Strategies Corporation, 777 Westchester Avenue, White Plains, NY 10604.


GP STRATEGIES CORPORATION

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

1.0 Purpose

This policy set forth Company standards of business conduct in a number of specific areas and explains the Company's Ethics Program. This policy is intended to clearly promulgate and reinforce the Company's philosophy to conduct business in an honest and ethical manner.

2.0 Background

The Company values its reputation for integrity. The business practices and activities of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates must always be characterized by honesty and the highest principles of business ethics. Everyone shares the responsibility for maintaining the ethical standards of the Company. No one will undertake, recommend, approve, condone, or permit any act or omission which violates laws, regulations, or Company policies, or which might be detrimental to public safety or public welfare.

3.0 Specific Conduct of Business Policies

3.1 Compliance with Laws and Regulations

The Company seeks strict compliance with all laws and regulations applicable to its business. All applicable laws and regulations will be observed in conducting the business of the Company. In cases of ambiguity or questions of interpretation, an employee must request advice from his or her supervisor or the Company's Ethics Program Compliance Officer, or General Counsel.

3.2 Fair Competition

The Company believes in fair and open competition. Under no circumstances will the Company enter into fraudulent or illegal arrangements with competitors affecting pricing or marketing policies.


3.3 Contributions

All requests for donations or charitable contributions to organizations outside the Company are handled through the Matching Gift Program administered by the Human Resources Department at the Company's subsidiary, General Physics Corporation. The guidelines for this Program are available from Human Resources or are available on the General Physics Corporate Intranet.

3.4 Fees to Agents

The employment of outside professional firms or individuals to act as agents for the account of the Company will only be approved by the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

3.5 Entertainment and Gifts

Entertainment or gifts should not be accepted if they might imply illegal or unethical conflicts of interest. The exchange of sales or promotional items bearing the company logo which are of insignificant value is permissible when the giving and receiving of such items is the standard practice of the customer. When acceptance of more valuable gifts is unavoidable because of local custom, common sense should prevail, and in any event they should be reported to the Chief Executive Officer or President for a determination of the extent to which they are considered the personal property of the recipient. When gift giving is customary in an international business setting, the value of such gifts should not exceed $250 unless approved in advance by the Chief Executive Officer or President.

3.6 Corporate Hospitality

Acts of hospitality toward executives and other employees of existing or prospective clients, public officials and others in a position to influence the welfare of the Company should be of such a scale and nature as to avoid compromising the integrity or impugning the reputation of such individuals or the Company. No employee shall pay any bribe or make any other illegal payment on behalf of the Company, no matter how small the amount.

3.7 Proper Accounting

Compliance with accepted accounting rules and controls is expected at all times. The books of account, budgets, proposals, economic evaluation of projects and the like must truly reflect the transactions they record. All assets of the Company, in particular bank accounts in which Company cash


                  is on deposit, shall be recorded in the regular books of the
                  Company. All accounting records and supporting documents will
                  be made available for the examination of independent auditors,
                  and there shall be no concealment of information requested.

3.8      Candor Among Members of Leadership

                  Company leadership must be informed at all times of matters
                  which might be considered sensitive in preserving the
                  reputation of the Company. Concealment may be construed to be
                  an indication that Company policies and rules can be ignored.
                  Accordingly, there will be full communication with Company
                  leadership even when it might appear that less candor is
                  desirable to protect the Company or a particular activity or
                  group within the Company. If an employee is unable to
                  communicate with Company leadership, the employee should
                  inform the Ethics Program Compliance Officer of the matter in
                  question.

3.9      Conflicts of Interest

                  Employees will avoid activities or relationships which are
                  incompatible with their employment by the Company or which
                  place them in a position where there is a conflict between
                  their private interests and the interests of the Company, its
                  subsidiaries or affiliates. Should a conflict of interest or
                  potential conflict of interest develop, employees must
                  immediately disclose such situations to their supervisors, the
                  Company's Ethics Program Compliance Officer, or the General
                  Counsel for a determination of appropriate action.

3.10     Use of Inside Information and Stock Trading

                  Material information concerning the Company's business plans,
                  finances, successes or failures is considered "inside"
                  information, which is confidential and is the property of the
                  Company. Use or disclosure of inside information for personal
                  benefit is against the Company's interests and may be a
                  criminal offense in violation of Federal securities laws and
                  regulations. No director, officer, or employee of the Company
                  shall use or disclose any information that is confidential to
                  the Company or client for personal benefit. All directors,
                  officers, or employees shall comply in all respects with the
                  Company's Policy Regarding Trading in Securities and
                  Protection of Confidential Information.


3.11     Representation

                  The Company's growth and ability to serve its clients depend
                  largely upon each employee's ability to represent the
                  organization. First and foremost, employees can best represent
                  the Company by ensuring that its work is of the highest
                  quality. Second, the Company encourages its employees to
                  participate in appropriate professional organizations,
                  professional meetings, and conferences related to their area
                  of expertise. Third, the Company relies on its employees to
                  identify and follow up new business opportunities with
                  existing and prospective clients. Employees should ensure,
                  however, that such activities are not undertaken at the
                  expense of existing commitments and have the approval of their
                  supervisors. To a large extent, the follow-up action necessary
                  to develop new business opportunities relies heavily on the
                  ability and willingness of the employee to put in extra
                  effort.

                  In representing the Company, employees should keep in mind the
                  guidelines contained in this policy and consult with their
                  supervisor or the Chief Executive Officer or the President for
                  further guidance, as required.

3.12     Outside Interests and Employment

                  All Company employees have a full-time duty of loyalty to the
                  Company. They may not engage in activities that might
                  interfere with the discharging of their responsibility or in
                  transactions that reasonably might affect the decisions they
                  make on behalf of the Company.

                  No Company employee shall solicit employment with a client for
                  whom the employee is then performing services. Nor shall any
                  employee conduct business on behalf of the Company that is
                  intended to be prejudicial to the Company's interests.

                  However, the Company recognizes that certain employees must

seek additional employment outside the Company to supplement their incomes to meet their financial obligations. Employees may undertake such activities provided: 1) they do not interfere with the employee's responsibilities to the Company; and 2) if the employment involves competitors or clients of the Company, the employee obtains the approval of the Chief Executive Officer or President prior to accepting such employment. In addition, an officer of the Company is prohibited from serving as an officer or in a similar capacity with another company (other than another subsidiary of the Company) without the prior approval of the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, the Audit Committee, or (except with respect to service by the Chief Executive Officer) the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, or of the Company's subsidiary, as appropriate. Company


employees are advised to seek the guidance of the Ethics Program Compliance Officer to clarify any questions they may have on this policy.

4.0 Ethics Program

4.1 Oversight and Administration

4.1.1 The Chief Executive Officer and President are ultimately responsible for oversight of the Company's Ethics Program.

4.1.2 The Board of Directors of the Company will appoint an Ethics Program Compliance Officer who will be responsible for the day-to-day operation of the Ethics Program, including servicing the Business Conduct Hotline, advertising the Hotline to employees, maintaining records of Hotline calls, reporting Hotline calls to General Counsel, developing and distributing ethics training materials, maintaining records of ethics training attendance, and retaining original management business conduct compliance letters. As of June 24, 2003, the Board of Directors has designated Andrea D. Kantor, the Company's General Counsel, as the Ethics Compliance Officer.

4.1.3 The Ethics Compliance Officer will advise the Chief Executive Officer and the President of questionable conduct reported on the hotline, make preliminary inquiries and investigations as appropriate, and engage outside professional advisors if determined by the Chief Executive Officer and the President to be necessary.

4.2 Hotlines

4.2.1 The Business Conduct Hotline provides a means for receiving confidential questions concerning any ethics-related issues of Company employees. The Hotline also provides a means for receiving confidential questions concerning any ethics-related issues of Company employees. The identity of employees using the Hotline will be kept confidential and protected to the greatest extent possible without compromising an investigation of any questionable conduct. To discuss ethical issues with our Ethics Compliance Officer, please call 866-423-5999.


4.2.2 The Abuse of Authority, Mismanagement, Fraud and Waste Hotline provides a means for timely reporting to the Department of Defense of any suspected violation of law in connection with government contracts. The Defense Hotline is a system wherein complaints are received, evaluated, investigated, and corrective measures are instituted. To contact the hotline, please call 1-800-424-9098.

4.3 Ethics Training

Explanation and discussion of the Company Ethics Policy and this procedure is included in the Employee Orientation Program

5.0 Disciplinary and Corrective Action

5.1 Disciplinary Action

Disciplinary actions may be taken against employees found by the Chief Executive Officer and the President to have engaged in unethical conduct or to have condoned unethical conduct by failing to report the conduct once it became known to them. In addition to any actions taken against any such employee under the law, disciplinary actions ranging in severity from a verbal warning to termination of employment may be taken.

5.2 Corrective Action

The Chief Executive Officer and the President may institute safeguards on an ad hoc basis relative to an individual, or the entire Company in order to protect against the commission or repeated commission of any unethical conduct.


Exhibit 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

                                                                  Jurisdiction
                                                                         Of
Name                                                              Incorporation



General Physics Corporation                                       Delaware

GSE Systems, Inc.                                                 Delaware

Five Star Products                                                Delaware

MXL Industries, Inc.                                              Delaware

SGLG, Inc.*                                                       Delaware

*Less than 100% owned by the Registrant


Exhibit 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors
GP Strategies Corporation

We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement No. 33-26261 on Form S-8 and Registration Statement Nos. 333-97531 and 333-110611 on Form S-3 of GP Strategies Corporation and subsidiaries of our reports dated April 5, 2004 relating to the consolidated balance sheets of GP Strategies Corporation as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003, and to the related schedule, which reports appear in Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 of GP Strategies Corporation. Our report refers to the Company's adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets", effective January 1, 2002.

KPMG LLP

New York, New York
April 13, 2004


EXHIBIT 23.1

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement No. 33-26261 on Form S-8 and Registration Statement Nos. 333-97531 and 333-11-611 on Form S-3 of GP Strategies Corporation of our report dated March 17, 2004, except for the first paragraph of Note 7, as to which the date is March 31, 2004, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of GP Strategies Corporation, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Five Star Products, Inc. and Subsidiaries (not shown separately herein.)

Eisner LLP

New York, New York
April 13, 2004


Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Jerome I. Feldman, Chief Executive Officer of GP Strategies Corporation, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of GP Strategies Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):


(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 14, 2004

Jerome I. Feldman


Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Scott N. Greenberg, Chief Financial Officer of GP Strategies Corporation, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of GP Strategies Corporation;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):


(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 14, 2004

Scott N. Greenberg


Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of GP Strategies Corporation (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 2003 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), the undersigned hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to such officer's knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: April 14, 2004

Jerome I. Feldman Scott N. Greenberg Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer